Consolidated Statutes and Regulations Consolidated Statutes Consolidated Regulations Annual Statutes and Regulations Annual Statutes Annual Regulations Additional information Québec Official Publisher What’s new? Information note Policy of the Minister of Justice Laws: Amendments Laws: Provisions not in force Laws: Provisions brought into force Annual Statutes: PDF versions since 1996 Regulations: Amendments Annual Regulations: PDF versions since 1996 Court Decisions

b-1.1, r. 2 - Construction Code

Table of contents
Occurrences0
Current Version
Full text
Updated to 6 March 2014
This document has official status.
chapter B-1.1, r. 2
Construction Code
Building Act
(chapter B-1.1, ss. 173, 176, 176.1, 178, 179, 185 and 192).
The fees prescribed in the Regulation have been indexed as of 1 January 2014 pursuant to the notice published in Part 1 (French) of the Gazette officielle du Québec of 30 November 2013, page 1280. (ss. 2.09, 2.10, 3.06 [2.2.5.1], 5.04 [2-008], 8.14, 9.14).
CHAPTER I
BUILDING
O.C. 953-2000, c. I; O.C. 293-2008, s. 1.
DIVISION I
INTERPRETATION
O.C. 953-2000, Div. I; O.C. 293-2008, s. 1.
1.01. In this Chapter, unless the context indicates otherwise, “Code” means the “National Building Code of Canada 2005” (NRCC 47666) and the “Code national du bâtiment“ Canada 2005” (CNRC 47666F), published by the Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes, National Research Council of Canada, as well as all subsequent amendments that may be published by that organization.
Despite the foregoing, amendments published after 17 May 2008 apply to construction work only as of the date that is the last day of the sixth month following the month of publication of the French text of the amendments.
O.C. 953-2000, s. 1; O.C. 961-2002, s. 1; O.C. 120-2006, s. 9; O.C. 293-2008, s. 1; O.C. 939-2009, s. 1.
DIVISION II
APPLICATION
O.C. 953-2000, Div. II; O.C. 293-2008, s. 1; O.C. 858-2012, s. 1.
1.02. Subject to the exemptions in section 1.022, this Chapter applies to all construction work that is performed on a building to which the Building Act (chapter B-1.1) applies and to any facility intended for use by the public designated in section 1.021 and to the vicinity of that building or facility. For the purposes of this Division, the definitions set out in the Code apply, unless otherwise provided.
O.C. 953-2000, s. 2; O.C. 961-2002, s. 1; O.C. 293-2008, s. 1; O.C. 858-2012, s. 1.
1.021. The following facilities are intended for use by the public for the purposes of section 10 of the Act:
(1)  stands, grandstands or exterior terraces whose highest point, above the ground, is more than 1.2 m and whose load capacity is more than 60 persons,
(2)  tents or air-supported structures to which Chapter I of the Code applies and used
(a)  as dwellings or care or detention occupancies whose floor area is 100 m2 or more, or
(b)  as assembly occupancies or mercantile occupancies whose floor area is more than 150 m2 and whose load capacity is more than 60 persons, and
(3)  belvederes built with materials other than backfill and constituted of horizontal platforms linked by their construction elements whose total area is more than 100 m2 or whose load capacity is more than 60 persons including access facilities.
O.C. 858-2012, s. 1.
1.022. The following buildings, if used solely for one of the major occupancy provided for in the Code, are exempted from the application of this Chapter:
(1)  an assembly occupancy not covered by paragraph 6 that accommodates not more than 9 persons,
(2)  a care or detention occupancy which constitutes
(a)  a prison,
(b)  a supervised education centre with or without detention facilities used to shelter or accommodate not more than 9 persons, or
(c)  a convalescence home, a care occupancy or assistance occupancy or a rehabilitation centre used to shelter or accommodate not more than 9 persons;
(3)  a residential occupancy which constitutes
(a)  a rooming house or an outfitter offering no lodgings that has not more than 9 rooms,
(b)  a single-family dwelling in which a bed and breakfast is operated by a natural person, which is also used as the person’s residence, having not more than 5 bedrooms offered for rent,
(c)  a single-family dwelling in which a school that accommodates less than 15 students at a time is operated by a natural person, which is also used as the person’s residence,
(d)  a monastery, a convent or a novitiate whose owner is a religious corporation incorporated under a special Act of Québec or the Religious Corporations Act (chapter C-71), where that building or part of the building divided by a firewall is occupied by not more than 30 persons and has not more than 3 storeys in building height,
(e)  a shelter used to shelter or accommodate not more than 9 persons, or
(f)  a building used as a dwelling unit having
i.  not more than 2 storeys in building height, or
ii.  not more than 8 dwelling units;
(4)  a business and personal services occupancy having not more than 2 storeys in building height,
(5)  a mercantile occupancy having a total floor area of not more than 300 m2,
(6)  a day care centre used to shelter or accommodate not more than 9 persons,
(7)  a subway station,
(8)  an agricultural facility, and
(9)  an industrial occupancy.
Despite the exemption provided for in the first paragraph, the energy efficiency requirements contained in Part 11 of the Code apply to the construction work performed on every building
(1)  having a building area of not more than 600 m2,
(2)  having a building height of not more than 3 storeys, and
(3)  of Group C major occupancy and housing only dwelling units.
O.C. 858-2012, s. 1.
DIVISION III
AMENDMENTS TO THE CODE
O.C. 953-2000, Div. III; O.C. 293-2008, s. 1.
1.03. Unless otherwise provided for, a reference in this Chapter to a standard or code is a reference to that standard or code as adopted by the chapter of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) or Safety Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 3) that refers to it.
O.C. 953-2000, s. 3; O.C. 961-2002, s. 1; O.C. 293-2008, s. 1; O.C. 1263-2012, s. 2.
1.04. The Code is amended
(1)  by adding the following in the Table of Contents of Volume 1 after Part 9, Division B:
“Part 10 Existing Buildings under Alteration, Maintenance or Repair
Part 11 Energy Efficiency”.
O.C. 953-2000, s. 4; O.C. 961-2002, s. 2; O.C. 872-2005, s. 1; O.C. 293-2008, s. 1; O.C. 858-2012, s. 2.
1.05. The Code is amended in Division A of Volume 1,
(1)  in Article 1.1.1.1., by replacing Sentences (1) to (3) by the following:
“(1) The NBC applies to the construction work performed on every building and facility intended for use by the public as provided in section 1.02 of Chapter I of the Construction Code made pursuant to the Building Act (chapter B-1.1) (see Appendix A).”;
(2)  in Article 1.2.1.1., by replacing Clause (b) of Sentence (1) by the following:
“(b) using alternative solutions that will achieve at least the minimum level of performance required by Division B in the areas defined by the objectives and functional statements attributed to the applicable acceptable solutions approved by the Board (see Appendix A).”;
(3)  by adding the following after Article 1.2.2.3.:
“1.2.2.4. Lightning Protection
(1) Every lightning protection system shall comply with CAN/CSA-B72-M, “Installation Code for Lightning Protection Systems.””;
(4)  by replacing Article 1.3.3.1. by the following:
“1.3.3.1. Application of Parts 1, 7, 8, 10 and 11
(1) Parts 1, 7 and 8 of Division B apply to all buildings covered by the NBC. (See Article 1.1.1.1.)
(2) Part 10 of Division B applies to every building under alteration, maintenance or repair that has been built for not less than 5 years, in accordance with section 1.02.
(3) Part 11 of Division B on energy efficiency applies to the construction and addition work of all buildings covered by the NBC (see Article 1.1.1.1. and Appendix A)
(a) having a building area not more than 600 m2,
(b) having a building height of not more than 3 storeys, and
(c) having a Group C major occupancy and housing only dwelling units.”;
(4.1)  by replacing “9” in Sentence (3) of Article 1.4.1.1. by “11””;
(5)  in Sentence (1) of Article 1.4.1.2.,
(a) by replacing the definition of “Authority having jurisdiction“ by “Authority having jurisdiction means the Régie du bâtiment du Québec.”;
(b) by replacing the definition of “Boiler” by “Boiler means an appliance, other than a direct-fired service water heater, for heating a liquid or transforming it into steam.”;
(b.1) by inserting the following in alphabetical order:
“Overall thermal transmittance (U-value) means the rate at which heat is transferred through a building assembly that is subject to a temperature difference. It represents the amount of heat transferred through a unit area in a unit of time induced under steady-state conditions by a unit temperature difference between the environments on its two faces. The U-value reflects the capacity of all elements to transfer heat through the thickness of the assembly, as well as, for instance, through air films on both faces for above-ground components.”;
(c) by striking out the definition of “Constructor”;
(d) by replacing the definition of “Grade” by the following:
“Grade (as applying to the determination of building height) means the lowest of the average levels of finished ground when the levels are measured along each exterior wall of a building within 3 m from the wall, based on surveys that include any differences in level other than those providing access to the entrance door of the building for vehicles or pedestrians. (See First storey.)”;
(d.1) by inserting the following in alphabetical order:
“Thermal bridge means a heat conductive member that results in a reduction of the total thermal resistance of a separation or as part of the building envelope.”;
(e) by striking out the definition of “Owner”;
(f) by inserting the following after the definition of “Repair garage”:
“Residential board and care occupancy means a care or detention occupancy classified as Group B, Division 2 other than a hospital, an infirmary, a rehabilitation centre or a nursing home that lodges persons requiring personal-support services and needing assistance for their evacuation. (See Appendix A.)”;
(f.1) by inserting the following in alphabetical order:
“Effective thermal resistance (RSIE value) means the thermal resistance of a separation calculated as equal to the weighted average of the total thermal resistance RSIT values of each of the separation surfaces having a separate total thermal resistance RSIT value, so as to allow for the effect of thermal bridges.
“Thermal resistance (RSI value) means the inverse of the overall thermal transmittance (see Appendix A).
“Total thermal resistance (RSIT value) means the thermal resistance of a separation equal to the sum of the thermal resistance of all the layers of material or little or unventilated air composing the separation, calculated through the insulated portion of the separation (see Appendix A).”;
(g) by replacing the definition of “Theatre” by the following:
“Theatre means a place of assembly intended for public performances or viewing of plays, operas, cinematographic works or other similar performances or viewing consisting of an auditorium with permanently fixed seats intended solely for a viewing audience.”;
(h) by replacing “theatrical” in the definition of “Stage” by “public”;
(i) by replacing the definition of “Suite” by the following:
“Suite means a single room or series of rooms of complementary use, operated under a single tenancy, and includes dwelling units, individual guest rooms in motels, hotels, rooming houses and boarding houses, dormitories, single-family dwellings as well as individual stores and individual or complementary rooms for business and personal services occupancies. (See Appendix A.)”;
(j) by adding “(See Appendix A.)” at the end of the definition of “Alteration”;
(k) by replacing the definition of “Occupancy” by the following:
“Occupancy means the use or intended use of a building or part thereof.”;
(6)  in Article 2.1.1.2., by replacing “in this Code” in Clause (a) of Sentence (1) by “in this Code except those that are intended to meet the requirements of Part 11 for the purposes of that Part only”;
(7)  in Article 3.1.1.2., by replacing “in this Code” in Clause (a) of Sentence (1) by “in this Code except those that are intended to meet the requirements of Part 11 for the purposes of that Part only”.”.
O.C. 953-2000, s. 5; O.C. 961-2002, s. 3; O.C. 293-2008, s. 1; O.C. 858-2012, s. 3.
1.06. The Code is amended in Division B of Volume 1,
(0.1)  by replacing “9” in Sentence (3) of Article 1.2.1.1. by “11””;
(1)  in Table 1.3.1.2. of Article 1.3.1.2.,
(a) by replacing the reference:
“
| ANSI/ | 62-2001 | Ventilation for Acceptable | 6.2.2.1.(1) |
| ASHRAE | | Indoor Air Quality | |
”
by the following reference:
“
| ANSI/ | 62.1-2004 | Ventilation for Acceptable | 6.2.2.1.(2) |
| ASHRAE | | Indoor Air Quality | |
”;
(a.1) by inserting the following reference:
“
| ANSI/ | 1060-2011 | Performance Rating of Air-to- | 6.2.2.8.(7) |
| AHRI | | Air Exchangers for Energy | |
| | | Recovery Ventilation Equipment | |
”;
(b) by inserting the following reference:
“
| BNQ | NQ 5710-500/2000 | Gaz médicaux ininflammables | 3.7.3.1.(1) |
| | | - Réseaux de distribution des | |
| | | établissements fournissant des | |
| | | services de santé - | |
| | | caractéristiques et méthodes | |
| | | d’essais | |
”
after the reference:
“
| AWPA | M4-02 | Care of Preservative-Treated | 4.2.3.2.(2) |
| | | Wood Products | Table 5.10.1.1. |
”;
(b.1) by replacing the reference:
“
|CAN/CSA | A-440-00 | Windous | 5.10.1.1.(3) |
| | | | Table 5.10.1.1. |
| | | | 9.7.2.1.(1) |
| | | | 9.7.2.1.(2) |
| | | | 9.7.6.1.(1) | ”;
by the following reference:
“
|CAN/CSA | A-440-00 | Windows | 5.10.1.1.(3) |
| | | | Table 5.10.1.1. |
| | | | 9.7.2.1.(1) |
| | | | 9.7.6.1.(1) |
| | | | 11.2.2.4.(2) |
”;
(b.2) by inserting the following reference:
“
|CAN/CSA | A-440.2-09/ | Fenestration energy | 11.2.2.4.(1) |
| | A-440.3-09 | performance/User guide to | |
| | | CSA A440.2-09, Fenestration | |
| | | energy performance | |
”;
(c) by replacing the reference:
“
| CSA | B44-00 | Safety Code for Elevators | 3.2.6.7.(2) |
| | | | 3.5.2.1.(1) |
| | | | 3.5.2.1.(2) |
| | | | 3.5.2.1.(3) |
| | | | 3.5.4.2.(1) |
| | | | Table 4.1.5.12. |
”
by the following reference:
“
| CSA | B44-00(2) | Safety Code for Elevators | 3.2.6.7.(2) |
| | | | 3.5.2.1.(1) |
| | | | 3.5.2.1.(2) |
| | | | 3.5.2.1.(3) |
| | | | 3.5.4.2.(1) |
| | | | Table 4.1.5.12. |
”;
(chapter1) by replacing the reference:
“
| CSA | CAN/CSA- | Installation Code for | 6.3.1.4.(1) |
| | B72-M87 | Lightning Protection Systems | |
”
by the following reference:
“
| CSA | CAN/CSA- | Installation Code for | 1.2.2.4.(9) [A] |
| | B72-M87 | Lightning Protection Systems | |
”
(d) by replacing the reference:
“
| CSA | CAN/ | Emergency Electrical Power | 3.2.7.5.(1) |
| | CSA-C282-00 | Supply for Buildings | |
”
by the following reference:
“
| CSA | CAN/ | Emergency Electrical Power | 3.2.7.5.(1) |
| | CSA-C282-05 | Supply for Buildings | |
”;
(d.1) by replacing the reference:
“
|CAN/CSA | C439-00 | Standard laboratory methods of | 9.32.3.10.(4) |
| | | test for rating the performance | 9.32.3.10.(5) |
| | | of heat/energy-recovery | |
| | | ventilators | |
by the following reference:
“
|CAN/CSA | C439-09 | Standard laboratory methods of | 6.2.2.8.(7) |
| | | test for rating the performance | 9.32.3.3.(2) |
| | | of heat/energy-recovery | 9.32.3.10.(4) |
| | | ventilators | 9.32.3.10.(5) |
”;
(e) by inserting the following reference:
“
| CSA | CAN/ | Health and Safety Code for | 3.5.5.1.(1) |
| | CSA-Z91-02 | Suspended Equipment Operations | |
”
after the reference:
“
| CSA | CAN/ | Electrical Safety and Electrical | 3.2.7.3.(4) |
| | CSA-Z32-04 | Systems in Health Care Facilities| 3.2.7.6.(1) |
”;
(f) by inserting the following reference:
“
| CSA | CAN3-Z271-F98 | Safety Code for Suspended | 3.5.5.1.(1) |
| | | Elevating Platforms | |
”
after the reference:
“
| CSA | Z240.10.1-94 | Site Preparation, Foundation, | 9.15.1.3.(1) |
| | | and Anchorage of Mobile Homes | 9.23.6.3.(1) |
”;
(g) by striking out the following reference:
“
| CSA | CAN/ | Nonflammable Medical Gas | 3.7.3.1.(1) |
| | CSA-Z305.1-92 | Piping Systems | |
”;
(h) by adding the following after note (1):
“(2) Reference to the edition in force under Chapter IV.”;
(2)  by adding the following in the Table of Contents after Subsection 3.5.4. of Part 3 of Division B:
“3.5.5. Window Cleaning System”;
(3)  by replacing Article 3.1.2.5. by the following:
“3.1.2.5. Residential Board and Care Occupancies
(1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4), every residential board and care occupancy with sleeping accommodation for not more than 30 persons is permitted, despite the provisions on care or detention occupancies, to be built in compliance with the residential occupancy requirements provided
(a) the building height is not more than 3 storeys,
(b) the residential board and care occupancy is sprinklered throughout (see Article 3.2.2.18.), and
(c) each sleeping room has an addressable photoelectric smoke detector installed in conformance with Sentence 3.2.4.11.(2).
(2) Every residential board and care occupancy with sleeping accommodation for not more than 16 persons is permitted, despite the provisions on care or detention occupancies, to be built in compliance with the residential occupancy requirements provided
(a) the residential board and care occupancy is located on the first storey of a residential occupancy building that is not more than 3 storeys in building height and has one exit opening directly to the exterior at ground level,
(b) where a fire alarm system is not required under Clause 3.2.4.1.(2)(i), photoelectric smoke alarms are installed in each corridor on each storey and in each sleeping room in conformance with the standards in Article 3.2.4.20. provided
(i) they are interconnected and connected to visual signal devices that allow personnel assigned to the sleeping rooms to see from where the smoke alarm is triggered, and
(ii) they are connected to the fire department or a private monitoring station,
(c) the basement, if it is designed for the persons lodged in the occupancy,
(i) has one exit opening directly to the exterior, and
(ii) does not have sleeping rooms, and
(d) each sleeping room door has a hold-open device designed to keep the door open at different positions, installed in conformance with Sentence 3.1.8.12.(5), unless the sleeping rooms are located in fire compartments conforming to the requirements of Sentences 3.3.3.5.(2) to 3.3.3.5.(8).
(3) Every residential board and care occupancy with sleeping accommodation for not more than 10 persons is permitted, despite the provisions on care or detention occupancies, to be built in compliance with the residential occupancy requirements provided
(a) the building not more than 2 storeys in building height consists of one dwelling unit,
(b) each storey designed to receive persons lodged in the occupancy is served by 2 means of egress,
(i) one opening directly to the exterior, and
(ii) the other leading to another floor area separated from adjoining spaces by a fire separation,
(c) photoelectric smoke alarms are installed in each corridor on each storey and in each sleeping room in conformance with the standards in Article 3.2.4.20. provided
(i) they are interconnected and connected to visual signal devices that allow personnel assigned to the sleeping rooms to see from where the smoke alarm is triggered, and
(ii) they are connected to the fire department or a private monitoring station, and
(d) emergency lighting is provided in all means of egress in conformance with Articles 3.2.7.3. and 3.2.7.4.
(4) Every convalescent home or children’s custodial home with sleeping accommodation for not more than 10 persons is permitted, despite the provisions on care or detention occupancies, to be built in compliance with the residential occupancy requirements provided
(a) the persons lodged in the occupancy are ambulatory,
(b) the occupants live in a building constituting a dwelling unit, and
(c) each storey designed to receive persons lodged in the occupancy has 2 means of egress,
(i) one opening directly to the exterior, and
(ii) the other leading to another floor area separated from adjoining spaces by a fire separation.”;
(4)  in Article 3.1.4.3.,
(a) by replacing the part of Sentence (1) that precedes Clause (a) by the following:
“(1) Electrical wires and cables, telecommunication wires and cables and optical fibre cables installed in a building permitted to be of combustible construction shall”;
(b) by replacing Subclause (i) of Clause (b) of Sentence (1) by the following:
“(i) a totally enclosed noncombustible raceway; a combustible raceway is permitted to be used provided it does not penetrate a fire separation for which a fire-resistance rating is required (see Appendix A),”;
(c) by adding the following after Sentence (1):
“(2) In the case of a telecommunication cable located within a building, the requirements of Sentence (1) apply to the part of the cable exceeding 3 m, as measured from its point of entry into the building.”;
(5)  in Article 3.1.5.6., by adding the following after Sentence (1):
“(2) Continuous wood nailing elements for covering a roof or a bead-type copper wall are permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible construction provided they are installed directly on Type X gypsum board that is at least 15.9 mm thick.”;
(6)  in Article 3.1.5.12., by replacing Clause (e) of Sentence (2) by the following:
“(e) any thermal barrier other than foamed plastic insulation that meets the requirements of classification B when tested in conformance with ULC standard CAN4-S124-M, “Test for the Evaluation of Protective Coverings for Foamed Plastic” (see Appendix A).”;
(7)  in Article 3.1.5.16., by replacing Sentence (2) by the following:
“(2) The use of combustible piping is permitted
(a) for water supply, if the piping has an outside diameter not more than 30 mm, and
(b) for sprinklers in a sprinklered floor area in a building required to be of noncombustible construction (see also Article 3.2.5.14.).”;
(8)  by replacing Article 3.1.5.18. by the following:
“3.1.5.18. Wires and Cables
(1) Except as permitted by Article 3.1.5.19., electrical wires and cables, telecommunication wires and cables and optical fibre cables with combustible insulation, jackets or sheathes are permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible construction provided
(a) the wires and cables exhibit a vertical char of not more than 1.5 m when tested in conformance with the Vertical Flame Test - Cables in Cabletrough in Clause 4.11.4 of CSA C22.2 No. 0.3, “Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables”,
(b) the wires and cables are located in
(i) totally enclosed noncombustible raceways (see A-3.1.4.3.(1)(b)(i)),
(ii) totally enclosed nonmetallic raceways conforming to Article 3.1.5.20.,
(iii) masonry walls,
(iv) concrete slabs, or
(v) a service room separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
(c) the wires and cables are communication cables used at the service entry to a building and are not more than 3 m long, or
(d) the wires and cables
(i) do not convey flame or continue to burn for more than 1 min when tested in conformance with the Vertical Flame Test in Clause 4.11.1 of CSA C22.2 No. 0.3, “Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables”,
(ii) are located in concealed spaces within walls.
(See Appendix A.)
(2) The requirement in Clause (1)(a) is considered to be met if the wires and cables exhibit a flame-spread of not more than 1.5 m, a smoke density of not more than 0.5 at peak optical density and a smoke density not more than 0.15 at average optical density when tested in conformance with the Flame and Smoke Test described in Table 1 of Appendix A to CSA C22.2 No. 0.3, “Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables” (FT6 Rating).”;
(9)  in Article 3.1.5.20., by replacing “optical fibre cables and electrical wires and cables” in Sentence (1) by “electrical wires and cables, telecommunication wires and cables and optical fibre cables”;
(9.1)  by replacing “d’au plus 45 min” in Clause (b) of Sentence (1) of Article 3.1.8.10 of the French text by “de plus de 45 min””;
(10)  in Article 3.1.8.11., by adding the following after Clause (d) of Sentence (2):
“(e) a sleeping room in a residential board and care occupancy referred to in Article 3.1.2.5. and a public corridor or a room adjoining the sleeping room when it is sprinklered or located in a fire compartment built in conformance with Sentences 3.3.3.5. (2) to 3.3.3.5. (8).”;
(11)  in Article 3.1.8.12.,
(a) by replacing “and (4)” in Sentence (1) by “, (4) and (5)”;
(b) by adding the following after Sentence (4):
“(5) A hold-open device permitted by Sentence (1), installed on doors serving sleeping rooms in a residential board and care occupancy referred to in Sentence 3.1.2.5.(2), shall de designed to release upon a signal from a smoke detector or a smoke alarm.”;
(12)  in Article 3.1.9.1., by inserting “telecommunication wires and cables” after “electrical wires and cables” in Sentences (1) and (2);
(13)  in Article 3.1.9.3.,
(a) by inserting “, telecommunication wires and cables” after “electrical wires and cables” in Sentence (1);
(b) by replacing Sentences (2) and (3) by the following:
“(2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), electrical wires or cables, single or grouped, telecommunication wires and cables and optical fibre cables that are not installed in totally enclosed noncombustible raceways and the wire, cable or group of wires has an outside diameter of not more than 30 mm are permitted to
(a) penetrate a fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating without being incorporated in the separation at the time of testing as required by Article 3.1.9.2, provided the combustible insulation, jackets or sheathes are in conformance with Clause 3.1.5.18.(1)(a),
(b) penetrate a vertical fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided the combustible insulation, jackets or sheathes are in conformance with Clause 3.1.5.18.(1)(d), or
(c) penetrate without passing through a horizontal fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided the combustible insulation, jackets or sheathes are in conformance with Clause 3.1.5.18.(1)(d).
(3) Totally enclosed nonmetallic raceways conforming to Article 3.1.5.20. and single conductor metal sheathed cables with combustible jacketting more than 30 mm in overall outside diameter are permitted to penetrate a fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating without being incorporated in the separation at the time of testing as required by Article 3.1.9.2.”;
(14)  in Article 3.1.9.4.,
(a) by replacing the title “Combustible Piping Penetrations” by “Combustible Duct and Piping Penetrations”;
(b) by replacing Sentence (2) by the following:
“(2) Combustible water distribution piping that has an outside diameter not more than 30 mm is permitted
(a) to penetrate a vertical fire separation that is required to have a fire-resistance rating without being incorporated in the assembly at the time of testing as required by Article 3.1.9.2., provided the piping is sealed in conformance with Clause 3.1.9.1.(1)(a), or
(b) to be embedded in a concrete floor slab that is required to have a fire-resistance rating without being incorporated in the slab at the time of testing as required by Article 3.1.9.2., if the concrete thickness between the combustible raceway and the bottom of the slab is not less than 50 mm.”;
(c) by replacing the part of Sentence (4) preceding Clause (a) by the following:
“(4) Combustible drain, waste, vent and central vacuum cleaning system piping or a bathroom exhaust duct is permitted to penetrate a fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating or a membrane that forms part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided”;
(d) by striking out “and” at the end of Clause (a) of Sentence (4);
(e) by adding the following after Clause (b) of Sentence (4):
“(c) the vacuum cleaning system piping or the bathroom exhaust duct is serving only one dwelling unit.”;
(15)  in Article 3.1.10.7., by replacing Sentence (2) by the following:
“(2) If buildings are separated by a firewall, combustible projections on the exterior of one building, including balconies, platforms, canopies, eave projections and stairs, that extend outward beyond the end of the firewall shall not be permitted within 1.2 m of the centreline of the firewall. (See Article 3.2.3.6.)”;
(16)  in Article 3.1.17.1.,
(a) by adding the following in Table 3.1.17.1. under the column Type of Use of Floor Area or Part Thereof, at the end of the list Assembly uses:
“arcades
libraries, museums and skating rinks
gymnasiums and physical fitness
facilities
swimming pools
dance floors
exhibition halls and interpretation
centres”;
(b) by adding the following values in the Table under the column Area per person m2, opposite
arcades: “1.85”
libraries, museums and skating rinks:
“3.00”
gymnasiums and physical fitness
facilities: “9.30”
swimming pools: “(2)”
dance floors: “0.40”
exhibition halls and interpretation
centres: “3.00”;
(c) by replacing notes (2) and (3) after the Table by the following:
“(2) The occupant load in a swimming pool is obtained by allowing 1.40 m2 of water area per person in the part of the pool where the depth is 1.40 m or less, and 2.20 m2 in the other part.
(3) See Clause 3.1.17.1(1)(b).
(4) See Note A-3.3. ”;
(17)  in Article 3.2.2.18.,
(a) by striking out “3.2.2.22.” in Sentence (1);
(b) by replacing Sentence (2) by the following:
“(2) In a building having more than one major occupancy, if a storey or a floor area is required to have an automatic sprinkler system installed throughout in accordance with Article 3.1.2.5., Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.83. or Section 3.3., the automatic sprinkler system shall also be installed throughout all lower storeys in the building notwithstanding permission in Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.83. (See Appendix A.)”;
(18)  by replacing Article 3.2.2.22. by the following:
“3.2.2.22. Group A, Division 1, One Storey
(1) A building classified as Group A, Division 1 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
(a) the building height is 1 storey,
(b) no part of an auditorium floor is more than 5 m above or below grade,
(c) the occupancy of any space above or below the auditorium is a subsidiary occupancy, and
(d) the occupant load of the auditorium floor is not more than 300.
(2) The building is permitted to be of combustible construction if
(a) floor assemblies are fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
(b) mezzanines have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
(c) the roof has a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min if it is not completely sprinklered or non-combustible,
(d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly having a fire-resistance rating that meets one of the following requirements:
(i) they have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
(ii) they are of noncombustible construction, and
(e) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a fire separation have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the fire separation.”;
(19)  by replacing Article 3.2.3.6. by the following:
“3.2.3.6. Combustible Projections
(1) Except for a building containing one or 2 dwelling units only, combustible projections on the exterior of a wall that could expose an adjacent building to fire spread and are more than 1 m above ground level, including balconies, platforms, canopies, eave projections and stairs, shall not be permitted within 1.2 m, calculated horizontally, of
(a) a property line,
(b) the centreline of a public way,
(c) any imaginary line used to determine the limiting distance between 2 buildings located on the same property.”;
(20)  in Article 3.2.3.20., by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
“(1) An underground walkway shall not be designed or used for any purpose other than pedestrian travel unless.
(a) the walkway is sprinklered,
(b) the occupancies are limited to major occupancies in Groups D and E, a restaurant or a licensed beverage establishment, and
(c) the walkway and spaces occupied by the occupancies in Clause (b) are in conformance with the requirements of this Code regarding floor areas and occupancy separation.
(See Sentence 3.8.1.2.(5) that contains requirements regarding accessibility.)”;
(21)  in Article 3.2.4.1., by replacing Clauses (d) and (i) of Sentence (2) by the following:
“(d) an occupant load more than 150, in the case of a Group A, Division 1 building, or 300 in other cases, except in open air seating areas,
(i) a residential occupancy or a residential board and care occupancy referred to in Article 3.1.2.5. with sleeping accommodation for more than 10 persons,”;
(22)  in Article 3.2.4.8.,
(a) by inserting “stair and” before “shaft” in Clause (c) of Sentence (2);
(b) by adding the following after Clause (g) of Sentence (2):
“(h) walkway having an occupancy permitted by Sentence 3.2.3.20.(1).”;
(23)  in Article 3.2.4.10.,
(a) by striking out “and” after “shafts,” in Clause (e) of Sentence (2);
(b) by adding the following after Clause (f) of Sentence (2):
“(g) rooms or premises not intended for the public of a building classified as Group A, Division 1 major occupancy,”;
(c) by adding the following after Sentence (3):
“(4) Fire detectors installed in rooms referred to in Clause (2)(g) shall be maximum fixed temperature and rate-of-rise heat detectors.”;
(24)  in Article 3.2.4.11., by inserting “and a residential board and care occupancy referred to in Article 3.1.2.5.” after “care or detention occupancy” in Sentence (2);
(25)  in Article 3.2.4.17., by adding the following after Sentence (4):
“(5) Visual signal devices connected to the alarm system shall be installed in each dwelling unit and in each sleeping room in a residential occupancy.”;
(26)  in Article 3.2.4.18., by replacing Sentence (4) by the following:
“(4) The fire alarm signal sound pressure level shall be not more than 95 dBA measured at a distance of 3 m from each audible signal device.”;
(27)  in Article 3.2.4.20., by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
“(1) Smoke alarms conforming to CAN/ULC-S531, “Smoke-Alarms”, shall be installed in each dwelling unit and in each sleeping room not within a dwelling unit, except a sleeping room in
(a) a care or detention occupancy required to have a fire alarm system, or
(b) a residential board and care occupancy referred to in Article 3.1.2.5. in which each sleeping room has a smoke detector.”;
(28)  in Article 3.2.5.9., by adding the following after Sentence (6):
“(7) The connection of a standpipe system to the potable water system shall be protected against back-siphonage or back pressure backflow in conformance with Chapter III of the Construction Code.”;
(29)  in Article 3.2.5.13.,
(a) by replacing Sentences (2) and (3) by the following:
“(2) Instead of the requirements of Sentence (1), NFPA 13R, “Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential Occupancies up to and Including Four Stories in Height”, is permitted to be used for the design, construction, installation and testing of an automatic sprinkler system if the system protects
(a) a residential occupancy not more than 4 storeys in building height conforming to Article 3.2.2.42., 3.2.2.43., 3.2.2.45. or 3.2.2.48., or
(b) a residential board and care occupancy referred to in Article 3.1.2.5. with sleeping accommodation for not more than 16 persons.
(3) NFPA 13D, “Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One-and Two-Family Dwelling Units and Manufactured Homes”, is permitted to be applied instead of the standard in Sentence (1) for the design, construction, installation and testing of an automatic sprinkler system if the system protects
(a) a residential occupancy containing not more than 2 dwelling units,
(b) a residential board and care occupancy referred to in Article 3.1.2.5. in which the occupants reside in a building having only one dwelling unit with sleeping accommodation for not more than 10 persons, or
(c) a building not more than 2 storeys in building height and not more than 2 dwelling units in which
(i) the dwelling unit on the first storey is used as residential board and care occupancy referred to in Article 3.1.2.5. with sleeping accommodation for not more than 10 persons,
(ii) the basement is designed only for the installation of mechanical or maintenance equipment for the building or for storage rooms for the occupants, and
(iii) the water supply capacity for the sprinkler system is not less than 30 min.”;
(b) by adding the following after Sentence (8):
“(9) the connection of a sprinkler system to a potable water system shall be protected against back-siphonage or back pressure backflow in conformance with Chapter III of the Construction Code.”;
(30)  in Article 3.2.5.15., by adding “(see Appendix A)” after “catwalks” in Sentence (1);
(31)  in Article 3.2.6.5., by replacing Clause (a) of Sentence (6) by the following:
“(a) installed in service spaces that do not contain other combustible material and separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, or”;
(32)  by replacing Article 3.2.6.9. by the following:
“3.2.6.9. Protection of Electrical Conductors
(1) Electrical conductors used in connection with fire alarm systems and safety equipment described in Articles 3.2.6.2. to 3.2.6.8. shall be protected against fire exposure from the source of power supply to the branch circuits serving the system or equipment in conformance with Sentence (3).
(2) Electrical conductors connecting an alarm and control facility to the fire alarm control unit that are in different fire compartments shall be protected against fire exposure in conformance with Sentence (3).
(3) Conductors referred to in Sentences (1) and (2) shall be
(a) installed in a service space that does not contain other combustible material and separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, or
(b) protected against fire exposure to ensure operation of the system or equipment for not less than 1 h; the protection shall be determined following testing in conformance with CAN/ULC-S101, “Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials”.”;
(33)  in Article 3.2.8.1., by adding the following after Sentence (3):
“(4) In a building of Group C major occupancy, the public corridor shall not be in an interconnected floor space and shall not penetrate an interconnected floor space to reach an exit.”;
(34)  in Article 3.2.8.2., by inserting “stairways that do not serve as exit,” before “escalators” in Sentence (5);
(35)  in Article 3.3.1.5., by inserting “and indoor ranges having an occupant load not more than 10 persons” after “dwelling units” in Sentence (1);
(36)  in Article 3.3.1.12., by replacing Sentence (3) by the following:
“(3) Movable partitions used to separate a public corridor from an assembly occupancy, a business and personal services occupancy, a mercantile occupancy or a low hazard industrial occupancy need not conform to Sentence (1) and Sentences 3.3.1.11.(1) and (2), provided the partitions are not located in the only means of egress. (See Appendix A.)”;
(37)  in Article 3.3.1.13., by replacing Sentence (2) by the following:
“(2) A door in an access to exit shall be readily openable in travelling to an exit without requiring keys, special devices or specialized knowledge of the door opening mechanism, except that this requirement does not apply to
(a) a door serving a contained use area or an impeded egress zone, provided the locking devices conform to Sentence (6), and
(b) a door located in a corridor serving a patient’s sleeping room in a facility operating a residential and long-term care centre within the meaning of section 83 of the Act respecting health services and social services (chapter S-4.2) if the door has an electromagnetic lock installed in conformance with Sentence 3.4.6.15.(4).”;
(38)  in Article 3.3.1.14.,
(a) by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
“1) Except as provided by Sentences (2) and (3) of Article 3.3.4.7. and Subsection 3.3.2., ramps and stairways that do not serve as exits shall conform to the dimensions, guards, handrail, risers number and slip-resistance requirements for exit ramps and stairways stated in Sentence 3.4.3.2.(8) and Articles 3.4.3.4. and 3.4.6.1. to 3.4.6.8.”;
(b) by adding the following after Sentence (2):
“3) An interior stairway of less than 3 risers is permitted provided
(a) the stair is not less than 900 mm wide,
(b) the stair has a covering that contrasts with the landings covering or is permanently lit when the lighting is filtered and occupants are on the premises, and
(c) a handrail is installed on each side.”;
(39)  by replacing Article 3.3.1.16. by the following:
“3.3.1.16. Curved or Spiral Stairs
(1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), a curved or spiral stair is permitted in a stairway not required as an exit under Section 3.4. provided
(a) each tread has a minimum run not less than 150 mm and an average run not less than 200 mm, and
(b) risers are in conformance with Sentence 3.4.6.7.(2).
(2) A curved or spiral stair is permitted in a stairway not accessible to the public, that is not required as an exit under Section 3.4. and that is located within a dwelling unit or in part of a floor area of a Group C, D, E or F, Division 2 or 3 occupancy provided
(a) it serves not more than 2 consecutive floor areas and not more than 6 persons,
b) it has a clear width not less than 860 mm if it is adjacent to walls and not less than 760 mm in other cases,
(c) it has a run equal to not less than 225 mm measured at 500 mm from the end of the narrowest tread,
(d) risers are uniform between 125 and 200 mm, and
(e) the stairway between 2 storeys turns in the same direction.”;
(40)  in Article 3.3.2.4.,
(a) by replacing “Sentence (4)” in Sentence (3) by “Sentences (4) and (5)”;
(b) by adding the following after Sentence (4):
“(5) The requirements of Sentence (3) for fixed seats with backs do not apply if
(a) each row has an unobstructed passage with minimum width of 400 mm required by Clause (1)(c) plus 6.1 mm for each additional seat above 16 seats in the row, and
(b) the travel distance is not more than 45 m measured along the path of travel from any seat to an exit or to an egress doorway.”;
(41)  by striking out Article 3.3.2.14.;
(42)  in Article 3.3.3.1., by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
“(1) This Subsection applies to care or detention occupancies other than a residential board and care occupancy built in conformance with Article 3.1.2.5. (See Appendix A.)”;
(43)  by adding the following after Article 3.3.4.7.:
“3.3.4.8. Height of Door Sills and Window Sills
(1) Windows and doors with sills located at more than 600 mm above the floor, another floor level or a landing shall be conform to Articles 9.6.4.1. and 9.7.1.5.”;
(44)  in Article 3.3.5.4., by replacing “The” in Sentence (5) by “Except as permitted by Clause 3.8.2.2.(4)(c), the”;
(45)  by adding the following after Article 3.3.5.9.:
“3.3.5.10. Flat Roofs for Heliports
(1) A flat roof used for landing a helicopter shall comply with the requirements of Articles 2.13.1.1. to 2.13.2.2. of the NFC.”;
(46)  in Article 3.4.2.1.,
(a) by replacing Sentence (2) by the following:
“(2) Every floor area or part of a floor area located at not more than 1 storey above or below the first storey is permitted to be served by one exit, provided
(a) the occupant load having access to the exit is not more than 60,
(b) the exit leads directly to the exterior and is separate from any other exit serving the other storeys,
(c) the floor area or part of the floor area and the travel distance are not more than the values in Table 3.4.2.1.A. if the floor area is not sprinklered throughout, and
(d) if the floor area is sprinklered throughout,
(i) the travel distance is not more than 25 m,
(ii) the floor area or part of the floor area is not more than the value in Table 3.4.2.1.B.
(See Appendix A.)”;
(b) by striking out “from a floor area classified as Group B or Group C occupancy” in Sentence (3);
(47)  in Article 3.4.4.4., by inserting “telecommunication wires and cables,” in Clause (b) of Sentence (1) after “electrical wires and cables,”;
(48)  in Article 3.4.6.2., by replacing “3.3.2.14.(1)” in Sentence (1) by “3.3.1.14.(3)”;
(49)  in Article 3.4.6.15.,
(a) by replacing Clauses (e) and (g) of Sentence (4) by the following:
“(e) except as permitted by Sentence (5), the locking device is permitted to be released by
(i) a force of not more than 90 N applied to the door opening hardware that initiates an irreversible process that will release the locking device within 15 s and not relock until the door has been opened; or
(ii) in the case of a building or part of a building used by a facility operating a residential and long-term care centre, by a manual pull station installed within 0.5 m of each door equipped with such a mechanism and on which the following notice is written, in letters at least 15 mm high with lines at least 3 mm wide, in contrasting colours:
In case of fire, the door may be opened by activating the manual pull station located
(left or right depending on the location of the station);
(g) the exit door, equipped with the unlocking device described in Sub-clause 3.4.6.15.(4)(e)(i), has a permanent sign in letters at least 15 mm high with lines at least 3 mm wide, in contrasting colours, indicating that the locking device will release within 15 s of applying pressure to the door-opening hardware.”;
(b) by replacing Sentence (5) by the following:
“(5) The release of the unlocking device in Subclause (4)(e)(i) may be delayed not more than 3 s within the 15 s for the opening of the door provided a visual sign informs the occupants that they must push on the door-opening hardware for not less than 3 s.
(6) The lock installed on the principal entrance door of a building of residential occupancy containing more than one suite shall have a device
(a) permitting its automatic unlocking when an alarm signal is triggered, and
(b) designed to leave the door unlocked during the entire time the alarm signal is sounding in the building.
(7) Door hardware for the operation of the doors referred to in this Section shall be installed at a height not more than 1,200 mm above the finished floor.”;
(50)  in Article 3.5.1.1., by replacing “and dumbwaiters” in Sentence (1) by “, dumbwaiters and window cleaning systems”;
(51)  in Article 3.5.2.1., by adding the following after Sentence (3):
“(4) Every passenger elevator shall have a voice synthesizer announcing the storeys served installed in conformance with Appendix E of CAN/CSA-B44, “Safety Code for Elevators”.”;
(52)  in Article 3.5.4.1.,
(a) by replacing “If” in Sentence (1) by “Except as permitted by Sentence (3), if”;
(b) by adding the following after Sentence (2):
“(3) An elevator serving a building not more than 3 storeys and not more than 600 m2 is permitted to have dimensions that are less than the dimensions in Sentence (1) without being less than the dimensions required in Appendix E of CAN/CSA-B44, “Safety Code for Elevators”, provided it
(a) serves an occupancy other than a Group B, Division 2 occupancy, and
(b) is not described to in Article 3.3.1.7.”;
(53)  by adding the following Subsection after Article 3.5.4.2.:
“3.5.5. Window Cleaning Systems
3.5.5.1. Referenced Standards
(1) Every window cleaning system shall conform to
(a) CAN/CSA-Z91, “Health and Safety Code for Suspended Equipment Operations”, and
(b) CAN3-Z271, “Safety Code for Suspended Elevating Platforms”.”;
(54)  in Article 3.6.3.4., by replacing Clause (b) of Sentence (1) by the following:
“(b) the individual fire compartments shall not have individual fans that exhaust directly into the exhaust duct, except if the fans have a connection that extends upward at least 500 mm into the exhaust duct.”;
(55)  in Article 3.6.4.3., by replacing Subclause (ii) of Clause (a) of Sentence (1) by the following:
“(ii) electrical wires and cables, telecommunication wires and cables and optical fibre cables that exhibit a vertical char not more than 1.5 m when tested in conformance with the Vertical Flame Test in Article 4.11.4. of CSA-C22.2 No. 0.3, “Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables”, or that meet the conditions in Sentence 3.1.5.18. (2),”;
(56)  in Article 3.7.2.2.,
(a) by striking out Sentence (2);
(b) by replacing “Except as permitted by Sentence (2), if” in Sentence (3) by “If”;
(c) by replacing Sentence (4) by the following:
“(4) A single water closet shall be permitted to be installed for both sexes if
(a) the occupant load determined for one of the occupancies described in Sentence (6), (10), (12), (13), (14) or (16) is not more than 10,
(b) the total area used for an art gallery or a Group E occupancy is not more than 250 m2,
(c) the occupant load in a facility where courses are given or in a restaurant is not more than 25, or
(d) the number of children in a day care centre is not more than 15.”;
(d) by adding the following after Sentence (16):
“(17) Except as permitted by Section 3.8., the required water closets shall be located
(a) at not more than one storey above or below the storey containing the persons who require the fixtures, or
(b) at such a distance that no person shall be required to walk more than 60 m to reach the facilities in the case of a restaurant or a licensed beverage establishment.”;
(57)  in Article 3.7.2.7., by adding the following after Sentence (1):
“(2) A cemented or paved floor or part of floor that is below ground level shall have a floor drain in its lower part or shall drain towards such a floor drain.
(3) A paved garage attached or adjacent to a building shall be equipped with a sump or retention pit used as a floor drain.”;
(58)  by replacing Article 3.7.3.1. by the following:
“3.7.3.1. Medical Gas Piping
(1) A non-flammable medical gas piping system shall be installed in conformance with NQ 5710-500, “Gaz médicaux ininflammables - Réseaux de distribution des établissements fournissant des services de santé - caractéristiques et méthodes d’essais”.”;
(59)  in Article 3.8.1.1.,
(a) by replacing Clause (a) of Sentence (1) by the following:
“(a) houses, including semi-detached houses, duplexes, triplexes, town houses, row houses, boarding houses and rooming houses with not more than 10 rooms,”;
(b) by replacing “buildings” in Clause (c) of Sentence (1) by “industrial occupancies”;
(60)  in Article 3.8.1.2., by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
“(1) In addition to the barrier-free entrances required by Sentence (2), not less than 50% of the pedestrian entrances, including the principal entrance, except service entrances, shall be barrier-free and shall lead from
(a) the outdoors at sidewalk level, or
(b) a ramp that conforms to Article 3.8.3.4. and leads from a sidewalk.”;
(61)  in Article 3.8.1.3., by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
“(1) Except as required elsewhere in this Part or as permitted by Article 3.8.3.3. pertaining to doorways, any barrier-free path of travel shall
(a) have an unobstructed width of not less than 920 mm, and
(b) have a manoeuvring area of 1,500 mm in diameter on each side of any door opening onto a suite referred to in Article 3.8.2.4.”;
(62)  in Article 3.8.1.4., by inserting “and be located not more than 45 m from the escalator” after “level” at the end of Sentence (1);
(63)  in Article 3.8.1.5., by striking out “, that are intended to be operated by the occupant and are located in or adjacent to a barrier-free path of travel” in Sentence (1);
(64)  in Article 3.8.2.1.,
(a) by replacing “or other platform-equipped passenger-elevating device” in Sentence (1) by “platform-equipped passenger-elevating device or ramps that shall conform to Clause 3.4.6.6.(1)(a)”;
(b) by replacing Clause (g) of Sentence (2) by the following:
“(g) to floor levels not served by a passenger elevator, a platform-equipped passenger-elevating device, an escalator, an inclined moving walk or a ramp that shall conform to Clause 3.4.6.6.(1)(a),”;
(c) by replacing Clause (k) of Sentence (2) by the following:
“(k) within a suite of residential occupancy not referred to in Article 3.8.2.4.,”;
(65)  in Article 3.8.2.2.,
(a) by striking out “(See Appendix A.)” at the end of Sentence (1);
(b) by replacing Sentence (3) by the following:
“(3) If a barrier-free path of travel is required for a parking area of 25 spaces or more, at least 1% of the parking spaces, with a minimum of one space, shall
(a) conform to Sentence (4), and
(b) be located, in the parking area, as near as possible to the closest barrier-free entrance of the building.
(4) Each barrier-free parking space shall
(a) have a width not less than 2,400 mm,
(b) have a side aisle not less than 1,500 mm, parallel to the entire length of the space, indicated by contrasting marking; the aisle is permitted to be shared by 2 parking spaces, and
(c) have a clear height of not less than 2,300 mm at the pull-up space and along the vehicle access and egress routes in the case of an indoor parking area.
(5) An exterior passenger loading zone shall have
(a) an access aisle not less than 1,500 mm wide and 6,000 mm long, adjacent and parallel to the vehicle pull-up space,
(b) a curb ramp, where there are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle pull-up space, and
(c) a clear height of not less than 2,750 mm at the pull-up space and along the vehicle access and egress routes.”;
(66)  in Article 3.8.2.3.,
(a) by replacing Sentence (2) by the following:
“(2) A washroom need not conform to the requirements of Sentence (1) provided
(a) the washroom is located within a suite of residential occupancy,
(b) the washroom is located within a suite not more than 250 m2 and other barrier-free washrooms are provided on the same floor area within 45 m, or
(c) the suite has not less than one barrier-free washroom on the same floor area.”;
(b) by replacing “for dwelling units only” in Clause (b) of Sentence (3) by “located in dwelling units”;
(c) by replacing Sentence (4) by the following:
“(4) Universal toilet rooms conforming to Article 3.8.3.12. are permitted to be provided in lieu of facilities for persons with physical disabilities in washrooms used by the general public conforming to Articles 3.8.3.8. to 3.8.3.11.”;
(67)  by adding the following after Article 3.8.2.3.:
“3.8.2.4. Hotels and Motels
(1) At least 10% of the suites of a hotel or motel shall
(a) have a barrier-free path of travel extending to the inside of each room and to the balcony, where applicable, and
(b) be distributed evenly among storeys having a barrier-free path of travel.
(2) Every suite having a barrier-free path of travel as required by Sentence (1) shall have a bathroom that
(a) conforms to Clauses 3.8.3.12.(1)(a) to (i),
(b) has an unobstructed area not less than 1,200 mm in diameter extending the full height of the room; a door is permitted to open inward if it does not reduce the unobstructed area,
(c) has a bathtub conforming to Article 3.8.3.17. or a shower conforming to Article 3.8.3.13., and
(d) has a towel rod located not higher than 1,200 mm from the floor so as to be easily accessible by a person in a wheelchair.
(3) Every closet in such a suite shall
(a) have an open space not less than 1,500 mm in diameter in front of the door,
(b) have a door that opens to its full width, and
(c) have a rod located not more than 1,300 m from the floor.”;
(68)  in Article 3.8.3.1.,
(a) by replacing “, elevator or parking space” in Sentence (2) by “or elevator”;
(b) by adding the following after Sentence (4):
“(5) Parking designed to be barrier-free shall be designated by a P-150-5 sign standardized by the Minister of Transportation where section 308 of the Highway Safety Code so requires. (See Appendix A.)”;
(69)  in Article 3.8.3.2., by adding the following after Sentence (1):
“(2) If an exterior walk that is part of a barrier-free path of travel measures more than 30 m long, it shall include sections not less than 1,500 mm wide by 2,000 mm long at intervals not more than 30 m.”;
(70)  in Article 3.8.3.3.,
(a) by striking out “(See Appendix A.)” in Sentence (2);
(b) by replacing Sentence (4) by the following:
“(4) A threshold for a doorway described in Sentences (1) and (2) shall be,
(a) except as permitted by Clause (b), not more than 13 mm higher than the finished floor and bevelled, and
(b) in the case of a threshold for a doorway giving access to a balcony, not more than 75 mm higher than the finished floor.”;
(c) by inserting “, including the interior door of a vestibule referred to in Article 3.8.1.2. and every door of a vestibule leading from a barrier-free interior parking area to an elevator,” after “3.8.1.2.” in the text preceding Clause (5)(a);
(71)  in Article 3.8.3.4., by replacing Clause (a) of Sentence (1) by the following:
“(a) have an unobstructed width not less than 870 mm between two handrails and not more than 920 mm, if the ramp does not reduce the required width of a means of egress,”;
(72)  in Article 3.8.3.5., by adding the following after Sentence (1):
“(2) Every passenger-elevating device shall conform to the following requirements:
(a) each landing door shall have an electric opening mechanism when it is required under Sentence 3.8.3.3.(5),
(b) every control device shall be operable by hand pressure, and
(c) every device travelling vertically shall have a platform not less than 800 mm by 1,500 mm; if the exit need to be at right-angle, the dimension of the platform shall be sufficient for a wheelchair to turn.”;
(73)  in Article 3.8.3.8., by replacing Subclause (iii) of Clause (b) of Sentence (1) by the following:
“(iii) swings outward, unless an unobstructed area not less than 1,200 mm in diameter is provided within the stall (see Appendix A),”;
(74)  in Article 3.8.3.11.,
(a) by striking out Subclause (ii) of Clause (c) of Sentence (1);
(b) by replacing “205” in Subclause (iii) of Clause (c) of Sentence (1) by “280”;
(75)  in Article 3.8.3.12., by replacing Subclause (iii) of Clause (b) of Sentence (1) by the following:
“(iii) if it is an outward swinging door, a delayed action door closer so that the door closes automatically and that a door closer is not required under 3.1.8.11.,”;
(76)  in Article 3.8.3.14.,
(a) by replacing “Except as permitted in Sentence (4), the” in Sentence (3) by “The”;
(b) by striking out Sentence (4);
(77)  by replacing Article 3.8.3.17. by the following:
“3.8.3.17. Bathtubs
(1) Every barrier-free bathtub shall
(a) have a clear floor space not less than 800 by 1,500 mm along its full length,
(b) have a slip-resistant surface on the bottom,
(c) have a rim that is between 400 and 460 mm above the floor,
(d) have no doors,
(e) have faucets conforming to Clause 3.8.3.13.(1)(g),
(f) have a hand-held shower head equipped with
(i) a diverter valve that can be operated with a closed fist by a seated person,
(ii) a flexible hose not less than 1,800 mm long, and
(iii) a bracket enabling a seated person to use the hand-held shower head as a fixed shower head,
(g) have a soap holder that conforms to Clause 3.8.3.13.(1)(i), and
(h) have 2 grab bars having a finish that prevents hands from slipping and that
(i) can resist a load of 1.3 kN,
(ii) have a section between 30 and 40 mm in diameter,
(iii) measure not less than 1,200 mm long,
(iv) are installed with a clearance between 35 and 45 mm from the wall,
(v) in the case of one grab bar, is installed horizontally between 180 and 280 mm above the rim of the bathtub and lengthwise, and
(vi) in the case of the other grab bar, is installed vertically near the faucets, on the access side of the bathtub so that the lower end is between 180 and 280 mm above the bathtub rim.”;.
(78)  in Table 3.9.1.1. of Article 3.9.1.1.,
(a) by adding the following at the end of Sentence 3.1.8.12.(4):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| (5) | [F03-OP1.2] |
| |_________________________________________|
| | |
| | [F03-OS1.2] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(b) by striking out “, Sprinklered” in the title of Article 3.2.2.22.;
(c) by striking out Sentence 3.2.2.22.(1);
(d) by replacing the last two lines of Sentence 3.2.2.22.(2) by the following:
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| | (b), (c), (d) [F04-OP1.3] |
| |_________________________________________|
| | |
| | (b), (c), (d) [F04-OS1.3] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(e) by adding the following in Sentence 3.2.3.20.(1):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| | [F03-OP1.2] |
| |_________________________________________|
| | |
| | [F03-OS1.2] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(f) by adding the following after Sentence 3.2.4.10.(3):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| (4) | [F11-OS1.5] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(g) by adding the following after Sentence 3.2.5.9.(6):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| (7) | [F46-OH2.2] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(h) by adding the following after Sentence 3.2.5.13.(8):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| (9) | [F46-OH2.2] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(i) by adding the following after Sentence 3.2.6.9.(2):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| (3) | [F06-OP1.2] |
| |_________________________________________|
| | |
| | [F06-OS1.2] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(j) by adding the following after Sentence 3.2.8.1.(1):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| (4) | [F10, F-12-OS1.5] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(k) by adding the following after Article 3.3.1.13.:
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| |
| “ 3.3.1.14. Ramps and Stairways |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (3) | [F30-OS3.1] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(l) by striking out Article 3.3.2.14.;
(m) by replacing Sentence 3.4.6.15.(5) by the following:
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| (6) | [F12-OS1.5] |
| |_________________________________________|
| | |
| | [F12-OP1.2] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
| | |
| (7) | [F10-OS3.7] |
| |_________________________________________|
| | |
| | [F73-OA1] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(n) by adding the following after Sentence 3.5.2.1.(3):
“;
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| (4) | [F73-OA1] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(o) by adding the following after Article 3.5.4.2.:
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| |
| 3.5.5.1. Referenced Standards |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | [F30, F81-OS3.1][F30-OS2.3] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(p) by adding the following after Sentence 3.7.2.7.(1):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| (2) | [F30-OS3.1] |
| |_________________________________________|
| | |
| | [F40-OH2.4] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
| | |
| (3) | [F30-OS3.1] |
| |_________________________________________|
| | |
| | [F40-OH2.4] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(q) by replacing Sentence 3.8.2.2.(3) by the following:
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| (3) | (b) [F73-OA1] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
| | |
| (4) | [F73-OA1] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
| | |
| (5) | (a) [F74-OA2] |
| |_________________________________________|
| | |
| | (b) [F73-OA1] |
| |_________________________________________|
| | |
| | (c) [F74-OA2] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(r) by adding the following after Article 3.8.2.3.:
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| |
| 3.8.2.4. Hotels and Motels |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | [F73-OA1] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
| | |
| (2) | [F74-OA2] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
| | |
|(3) | [F74-OA2] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”
(s) by adding the following after Sentence 3.8.3.1.(4):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| (5) | [F73-OA1] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(t) by adding the following after Sentence 3.8.3.2.(1):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| (2) | [F73-OA1] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(u) by adding the following after Sentence 3.8.3.5.(1):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| (2) | (a) [F73-OA1] |
| |_________________________________________|
| | |
| | (b) [F74-OA2] |
| |_________________________________________|
| | |
| | (c) [F73-OA1] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(v) by adding the following after Article 3.8.3.16.:
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| |
| 3.8.3.17. Bathtubs |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | [F74-OA2] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(79)  in Article 4.2.5.8., by adding “(See Appendix A.)” after Sentence (2);
(80)  by replacing Article 6.2.2.1. by the following:
“6.2.2.1. Required Ventilation
(1) All buildings shall be ventilated in accordance with this Part.
(2) Except in storage garages covered by Article 6.2.2.3., dwelling units and corridors covered by Article 6.2.2.8., ventilation systems that supply outdoor air to buildings shall
(a) have rates that are not less than the rates required by ANSI/ASHRAE-62.1, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality, or
(b) be installed in conformance with one of the methods in that standard.
(3) The installation shall be verified and tested to ensure that the difference between the air flow rate measured and the rate prescribed by the designer does not exceed 10% and a report must be drawn up to record the air flow rate measured and the corresponding air flow rate for each outlet grill, diffuser, outdoor air intake, used air outlet and ventilation system indicated on the plans given to the owner.”;
(81)  in Article 6.2.2.6., by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
“(1) Except as required by Sentence 3.6.3.1.(1) and Article 3.6.4.2., ventilation systems shall be designed, constructed and installed to conform to NFPA-96, Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations, in the following cases:
(a) the cooking equipment, except a microwave oven, a food-warmer or a toaster, is of a commercial type; and
(b) the cooking equipment is listed according to the applicable manufacturing standard as a residential type and is used for cooking or heating food for 9 persons.”;
(82)  by adding the following after Article 6.2.2.7.:
“6.2.2.8. Dwelling Units
(1) This Article applies to the ventilation of dwelling units and corridors serving the dwelling units.
(2) Ventilation of all other occupancies, rooms and spaces of residential occupancies shall conform to Part 6.
(3) Self-contained mechanical ventilation system that serve only one dwelling unit and that conform to Subsection 9.32.3. are deemed to conform to this Article.
(4) Dwelling units and corridors serving the dwelling units shall be mechanically ventilated.
(5) Stair wells serving dwelling units need not be ventilated unless such ventilation is required by other parts of this Code.
(6) Mechanical ventilation systems of dwelling units shall include
(a) a main ventilation system, and
(b) additional exhaust fans.
(7) The main ventilation system of dwelling units must include
(a) an exhaust air outlet located inside the dwelling unit,
(b) air outlets that allow the supply of outdoor air to the dwelling unit, and
(c) for buildings having a building area not more than 600 m2, a building height not more than 3 storeys, and whose major occupancy is Group C, housing dwelling units only, a ventilator that is a heat recovery ventilator (HRV)
i. having sensible heat recovery efficiency certified by the Air Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI) according to ANSI Standard ANSI/AHRI-1060, Rating Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers for Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment, or by the Home Ventilating Institute (HVI) according to CSA Standard CAN/CSA-C439, Standard laboratory methods of test for rating the performance of heat/energy-recovery ventilators,
ii. having sensible heat recovery efficiency (SRE) of at least 54% for a building located in a municipality whose number of degree-days below 18°C is less than 6,000 and of 60% for a building located in another municipality,
iii. having sensible heat recovery efficiency determined at a dry temperature of 1.7°C for appliances certified by the AHRI, or -25°C for appliances certified by the HVI (see Appendix A), and
iv. whose operating and de-icing cycles do not generate air circulation between the dwelling units.
(8) The main ventilation system of the dwelling unit shall be operated by a manual switch located in the living-room of the dwelling unit and marked VENTILATION FAN.
(9) The main ventilation system of the dwelling unit shall not be in operation when all the manual controls are in the off position.
(10) The main ventilation system of the dwelling unit shall have the operating exhaust capacity indicated in Table 9.32.3.3.
(11) The outdoor air supply ventilation system shall have a rated capacity equal to plus or minus 10% of the actual normal operating exhaust capacity of the exhaust ventilation system.
(12) The air intake and air outlets of the main ventilation system of a dwelling unit shall be installed in the ceiling or in a wall, not less than 2 m above the floor, and be designed and installed to promote air diffusion at the ceiling level.
(13) Outdoor air admitted shall be heated to not less than 12 °C before it reaches living areas.
(14) Outdoor air shall be supplied to the dwelling units by a network of main and secondary supply ducts that conform to the requirements of Articles 9.32.3.5.(10) and 9.32.3.5.(11).
(15) Measures shall be taken to ensure free circulation of the air from one room to another, in particular by providing spaces under the doors or by doors with tilted louvers or grilles.
(16) A range hood with a rated capacity not less than 50 L/s shall be installed in the kitchen.
(17) An exhaust ventilation fan having a rated capacity not less than 25 L/s shall be installed in a bathroom or washroom.
(18) Article 9.32.3.8. shall apply to all dwelling units that
(a) have a space-heating appliance or a combustion storage-type service water heater of a type other than a direct ventilation or a forced ventilation, and
(b) are located in regions where soil gas emissions are a problem and are not equipped with an active system for attenuating gas fumes.
(19) Corridors serving dwelling units shall be ventilated mechanically with an outdoor air supply system at an air exchange rate of 0.3 per hour.”;
(83)  in Article 6.2.3.15., by replacing Sentence (2) by the following:
“(2) Fans and associated air-handling equipment such as air washers, filters, heating or cooling units, shall be
(a) of a type designed for outdoor use, when installed on the roof or elsewhere outside the building, and
(b) equipped with a nameplate of a contrasting colour that is easily accessible and that indicates the features of the equipment.”;
(84)  in Article 6.2.6.1., by replacing “construction, installation and alteration” in Sentence (1) by “construction and installation”;
(85)  by striking out Article 6.3.1.4.;
(86)  in Table 6.4.1.1. of Article 6.4.1.1.,
(a) by adding the following after Sentence 6.2.2.1.(2):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| (3) | [F81-OH1.1] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
”;
(b) by adding the following after Article 6.2.2.7.:
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| |
| 6.2.2.8. Dwelling Units |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (4) | [F40, F50, F52-OH1.1] [F51, F52-OH1.2] |
| |___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| | [F40, F50, F53-OS3.4] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (6) | [F40, F50, F52-OH1.1] [F51, F52-OH1.2] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (7) | [F40, F50, F52-OH1.1] [F51, F52-OH1.2] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (8) | [F81-OH1.1] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (9) | [F81-OH1.1] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (10) | [F40, F50, F52-OH1.1] [F51, F52-OH1.2] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (11) | [F43, F50, F53-OS3.4] |
| |___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| | [F53-OH1.1] |
| |___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| | [F53, F63-OS2.3] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (12) | [F40-OH1.1] [F51, F54-OH1.2] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (13) | [F51, F54-OH1.2] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (14) | [F40, F50, F52-OH1.1] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (15) | [F40, F50, F52-OH1.1] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (16) | [F40, F52-OH1.1] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (17) | [F40, F52-OH1.1] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (18) | [F53-OH1.1] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (19) | [F40, F50, F52-OH1.1] [F51, F52-OH1.2] |
| |___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| | [F40, F50, F53-OS3.4] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
”;
(c) by striking out Article 6.3.1.4.;
(87)  by striking out Article 7.1.1.2.;
(88)  by striking out Articles 8.2.3.3. to 8.2.3.5.;
(89)  by striking out Subsections 8.2.4. and 8.2.5.;
(90)  by striking out Sentences 8.2.3.3.(1) to 8.2.5.4.(1) in Table 8.3.1.1. of Article 8.3.1.1.;
(91)  in Article 9.3.1.3., by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
“(1) Concrete in contact with soil or with an aggregate backfill likely to produce sulfates deleterious to normal cement shall meet the requirements of Clause 15.5 of CSA-A23.1, “Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction”, or be adequately protected against sulfatizing by another means of protection. (See note A-9.13.2.1.(3).)”;
(92)  in Article 9.7.1.5., by replacing Sentences (1) and (2) by the following:
“(1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), every openable window in a residential occupancy shall be protected by
(a) a guard installed in accordance with Section 9.8, or
(b) a mechanism capable of blocking the free swinging or sliding of the window and limit vertically or horizontally the opening to not more than 100 mm.
(2) Windows need not be protected according to Sentence (1) where
(a) the window sill is located not less than 900 mm above the finished floor on the inside of the room, or
(b) the floor level, under the window, is located not more than 600 mm above another floor or the ground located on the other side of the window.”;
(92.1)  by revoking Sentence (2) in Article 9.7.2.1.
(93)  in Article 9.8.3.1.,
(a) by replacing the title by the following:
“Straight, Curved or Spiral Runs in Stairs”;
(b) by inserting “and stairs not accessible to the public in other occupancies” after “dwelling units” in Sentence (2);
(c) by inserting “or spiral” after “curved” in Clause (b) of Sentence (2);
(94)  in Article 9.8.3.2.,
(a) by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
“1) “Except as provided in Sentence (2), at least 3 risers shall be provided in interior flights, except for stairs within a dwelling unit.”;
(b) by adding the following after Sentence (1):
“(2) An interior stair may have less than 3 risers provided
(a) the stair is not less than 900 mm wide,
(b) the stair has a covering that contrasts with the landings covering or is permanently lit when the lighting is filtered and occupants are on the premises, and
(c) a handrail is installed on each side.”;
(95)  in Article 9.8.4.5.,
(a) by replacing “Individual” in the part of Sentence (1) preceding Clause (a) by “Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4), individual”;
(b) by replacing “Where” in Sentence (2) by “Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4), where”;
(c) by adding the following after Sentence (2):
“(3) Winders in an exterior spiral stair serving not more than 2 dwelling units per floor area and not constituting the only means of egress of a dwelling unit shall
(a) have a clear width between 760 mm and 860 mm,
(b) have equal runs not less than 225 mm when measured 500 mm from the narrower end, and
(c) turn in the same direction between 2 storeys.
(4) Winders of spiral stairs not accessible to the public, located within a dwelling unit or that are not a required exit in part of a floor area that has another occupancy serving not more than 2 consecutive floor areas and not more than 6 persons, shall
(a) have a clear width not less than 860 mm if adjacent to walls and not less than 760 mm in other cases,
(b) have equal runs not less than 225 mm measured 500 mm from the narrower end, and
(c) turn in the same direction between 2 storeys.”;
(96)  in Article 9.8.8.1., by adding the following after Clause (c) of Sentence (2):
“(d) for interior stairs of a dwelling unit serving a basement designed only for the installation of mechanical or maintenance equipment of the building, if each open side of the stairs is equipped with a handrail.”;
(97)  in Article 9.9.4.2., by replacing “adjacent floor area or from another exit” in Sentence (1) by “floor area or from another adjacent exit”;
(98)  by inserting “, 9.9.8.2.(2)” after “9.9.7.4.(1)” in the title of Table 9.9.7.4.;
(99)  in Article 9.9.8.2., by replacing Sentence (2) by the following:
“(2) Except as provided in Subsection 9.9.9., a single exit is permitted from every floor area or part of a floor area located not more than one storey above or below the first storey if
(a) the occupant load having access to the exit is not more than 60,
(b) the exit leads directly to the exterior and is separate from any other exit serving the other storeys, and
(c) the floor area or part of the floor area and the travel distance are not more than the values in Table 9.9.7.4. (See note A-3.4.2.1(2).)”;
(100)  in Article 9.9.8.5., by replacing Sentence (5) by the following:
“(5) If exit stairs open into a lobby, the stairs shall be isolated from the lobby by a fire separation that conforms to Sentence 9.9.4.2.(1).
(6) Passenger elevators shall be permitted to open into the lobby provided the elevator doors are designed to remain closed except while loading and unloading passengers.”;
(101)  in Article 9.10.2.1., by replacing “Except as provided in Article 9.10.2.2., every” in Sentence (1) by “Every”;
(102)  by striking out Article 9.10.2.2.;
(103)  in Article 9.10.9.6., by replacing Sentences (4) and (9) by the following:
“(4) Electrical wires and cables, telecommunication wires and cables and optical fibre cables, single or grouped, having an overall diameter not more than 30 mm, with combustible jacketing that is not totally enclosed in raceways of noncombustible material, are permitted to partly or wholly penetrate an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating without being incorporated in the assembly at the time of testing as required by Sentence (2).
(9) Combustible piping for central vacuum systems or a bathroom exhaust duct not more than 100 mm in diameter is permitted to penetrate a fire separation provided the installation conforms to the requirements that apply to combustible drain, waste and vent piping specified in Sentences 9.10.9.7.(2) to (6).”;
(104)  in Article 9.10.9.7., by adding the following after Sentence (6):
“(7) Water distribution piping is permitted to be embedded in a concrete slab required to have a fire-resistance rating without being incorporated in the slab at the time of testing as required by Article 3.1.9.2., if the concrete thickness between the combustible piping and the bottom of the slab is not less than 50 mm.”;
(105)  in Article 9.10.9.18., by replacing Sentence (2) by the following:
“(2) Individual fire compartments referred to in Sentence (1) shall not be equipped with individual fans that exhaust directly into the exhaust duct unless the fans have upward extensions that reach not less than 500 mm into the exhaust duct located in the vertical service space.”;
(106)  in Article 9.13.2.1., by replacing Sentence (3) by the following:
“(3) Floors in detached garages and floors in unenclosed portions of buildings need not be dampproofed (see Appendix A).”;
(107)  in Article 9.13.2.7., by replacing Sentence (2) by the following:
“(2) Dampproofing membranes installed below the floor shall conform to Article 9.13.4.2. and ensure soil gas control in conformance with Subsection 9.13.4.”;
(108)  in Article 9.13.4.1.,
(a) by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
“(1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), all wall, roof and floor assemblies in contact with the ground shall be constructed to resist the leakage of soil gas from the ground into a building built at a location where it is recognized that soil gas emanations present a danger for the healthiness and safety of buildings (see Appendix A).”;
(b) by replacing Sentence (2) by the following:
“(2) Construction to prevent the leakage of soil gas into the building is not required for garages and unenclosed portions of buildings.”;
(c) by replacing Sentence (4) by the following:
“(4) Where soil gas control is required, the protection to prevent its leakage must
(a) be made of the membrane referred to in Sentence 9.13.2.7.(2) and be installed according to Articles 9.13.4.5. and 9.13.4.7., and
(b) where the building contains a single dwelling unit only, be equipped with a subfloor depressurization system installed according to Article 9.13.4.6.”;
(See Appendix A.)”;
(109)  in Article 9.13.4.2., by adding “(See Appendix A-9.13.2.1.(3).)” at the end of Sentence (1);
(110)  in Article 9.13.4.6., by replacing “building owner” in Sentence (7) by “contractor”;
(111)  in Article 9.14.6.3., by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
“(1) If a window well is drained to the foundation footing or other suitable location of a building, the drain shall be oriented towards the foundation drainage system.”;
(112)  in Article 9.16.2.1., by replacing Sentence (2) by the following:
“(2) Granular material need not be installed under
(a) slabs in garages detached from a building, carports or accessory buildings, or
(b) an industrial occupancy where the nature of the process contained therein permits or requires the use of large openings in the building envelope even during the winter.”;
(113)  in Article 9.16.2.2., by replacing “(See also Article 9.4.4.4. and A-9.4.4.4.(1) in Appendix A” in Sentence (1) by “(See Appendix A, Article 9.4.4.4. and notes A-4.2.5.8.(2) and A-9.4.4.4.(1).)”;
(114)  in Article 9.31.6.1., by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
“(1) Where a hot water supply is required by Article 9.31.4.2., equipment shall
(a) ensure an adequate supply of service hot water, and
(b) be installed in conformance with Chapter III of the Construction Code.”;
(115)  in Article 9.31.6.2., by inserting “combustion storage-type” before “service water heaters” in Sentence (3);
(116)  in Article 9.32.3.3.,
(a) by striking out “except as permitted by Article 9.32.3.6.” in Clause (1)(b)”;
by replacing Sentence (2) by the following:
“(2) The principal ventilation fan shall
(a) be capable of operating at an exhaust capacity complying with Table 9.32.3.3., referred to hereinafter as the “normal operating exhaust capacity” (see Appendix A),
(b) include, in buildings whose major occupancy is Group C, housing dwelling units only, a heat recovery ventilator (HRV)
i. having sensible heat recovery efficiency certified by the Home Ventilating Institute (HVI) according to CSA Standard CAN/CSA-C439, Standard laboratory methods of test for rating the performance of heat/energy-recovery ventilators,and
ii. having sensible heat recovery efficiency (SRE) of at least 54% for a building located in a municipality whose number of degree-days below 18°C is less than 6,000 and of 60% for a building located in another municipality and determined at a dry temperature of -25°C (see 6.2.2.8(7)(c)(iii) in Appendix A).”;
(117)  by striking out Article 9.32.3.6.;
(118)  in Article 9.34.1.5.,
(a) by inserting “, telecommunication wires and cables and optical fibre cables” after “cables” in Sentence (1);
(b) by inserting”, telecommunication wires and cables and optical fibre cables” after “cables” in Sentence (2);
(119)  in Article 9.35.2.2, by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
“(1) The floor of an interior garage or a garage attached to a dwelling unit shall drain into a sump or a retention pit used as a floor drain.”;
(120)  in Table 9.36.1.1. of Article 9.36.1.1.,
(a) by replacing “and curved” in the title of Article 9.8.3.1. by “, curved or spiral”;
(b) by adding the following after Sentence 9.8.4.5.(2):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| (3) | [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
| | |
| (4) | [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(c) by replacing Sentence 9.9.8.5.(5) by the following:
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| (5) | [F12, F10, F05, F06-OS1.5] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
| | |
| (6) | [F05-OS1.5] |
|_______________________________________|_________________________________________|
”;
(d) by striking out Article 9.32.3.6.;
(121)  by adding the following after Part 9:
“PART 10
Existing Buildings under Alteration, Maintenance or Repair
10.1. General
10.1.1. Application
10.2. Application Conditions
10.2.1. Calculation of Building Height
10.2.2. Provisions applicable to Maintenance, Repair or Alteration Work
10.3. Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility
10.3.1. General
10.3.2. Building Fire Safety
10.3.3. Safety in Floor Areas
10.3.4. Exit Requirements
10.3.5. Vertical Transportation
10.3.6. Service Facilities
10.3.7. Health Requirements
10.3.8. Barrier-Free Design
10.4. Structural Design
10.4.1. Structural Loads and Procedures
10.5. Environmental Separation
10.5.1. Exclusion
10.6. Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
10.6.1. General
10.7. Plumbing
10.7.1. General
10.8. Safety Measures at Construction and Demolition Sites
10.8.1. General
10.9. Housing and Small Buildings
10.9.1. Structural Requirements and Barrier-Free Design
10.9.2. Means of Egress
10.9.3. Fire Protection
10.10. Objectives and Functional Statements
10.10.1. Objectives and Functional Statements
PART 10
Existing Buildings under Alteration, Maintenance or Repair
Section 10.1 General
10.1.1. Application
10.1.1.1. Application
(1) The application of this Part shall be as described in Article 1.3.3.1. of Division A.
10.1.1.2. Definitions
(1) Words in italics are defined in Section 1.4 of Division A.
Section 10.2. Application Conditions
10.2.1. Calculation of Building Height
10.2.1.1. Determination of the First Storey
(1) For the purposes of this Part, the reference level for determining the first storey used to establish the building height or to determine if a building is a high building, shall be
(a) the grade,
(b) the average finished ground level differences around the building, excluding entrances, or
(c) the level of the ground adjacent to the existing principal entrance for any building built before 1 December 1977, unless an alteration modifies more than 50% of the floor areas of the building and the alteration involves the change of its structural elements when rebuilding.
10.2.2. Provisions Applicable to Maintenance, Repair or Alteration Work
10.2.2.1. Maintenance or Repair Work
(1) Maintenance or repair work on a building, part of a building, or an element thereof, and on an appliance, equipment, system, or facility covered by this Code shall be performed so as to maintain or restore it in good condition without altering its characteristics or functions.
10.2.2.2. Alterations
(1) The Code applies
(a) except as provided in Sentence (2) and the provisions of this Part, to every alteration of a building or part of a building, including the design and construction work (foundation, erection, renovation, modification or demolition work) performed for that purpose,
(b) in the provisions of this Part, to every element, appliance, system, facility, equipment or unaltered portion of a building or part of a building.
(2) The Code applies to a change in occupancy for which there is no alteration work and where such a change involves
(a) an increase in the occupant load, as determined in conformance with Subsection 3.1.17.,
(b) a Group A, B, C, E, or F, Division 1 or 2 occupancy, or
(c) a building becoming a high building, as determined in conformance with Subsection 3.2.6
(3) For the purposes of this Part,
(a) the retrofitting of a floor area or part of a floor area is considered a major alteration if it involves altering the majority of the elements and components of the walls, ceilings and floors, renders the alarm or sprinkler system inoperative or renders the means of egress unusable, and
(b) any other retrofitting of a floor area or part of a floor area is considered a minor alteration.
(See Appendix A.)
Section 10.3. Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility
10.3.1. General
10.3.1.1. Separation of Major Occupancies
(1) A fire separation that separates the altered part from another occupancy shall have a fire-resistance rating determined according to Subsection 3.1.7. and conform to Article 3.1.3.1.; the fire-resistance rating measured on the unaltered side may be
(a) less than the required fire-resistance rating, without being less than 45 min if the fire separation between the two occupancies must have a fire-resistance rating of more than one hour, or
(b) less than 45 min in the case of a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than one hour or in the case of a minor alteration.
10.3.1.2. Combustible and Noncombustible Construction
(1) The provisions of Subsections 3.1.4. and 3.1.5. for the protection of foamed plastic insulation apply to the unaltered elements of a building or part of a building under alteration and to the unaltered elements of any means of egress of the building.
10.3.1.3. Interior Finish
(1) Except in the case of a minor alteration, the provisions of Subsection 3.1.13. concerning the flame-spread rating apply to the unaltered interior finish of ceilings and the upper half of the walls of every access to exit corridor from the access to exit door serving a part of the building under alteration to the nearest exit, provided
(a) the flame-spread rating exceeds 75, and
(b) the alteration involves an increase in the occupant load as determined in conformance with Subsection 3.1.17.
10.3.2. Building Fire Safety
10.3.2.1. Noncombustibility of Buildings
(1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the provisions of this Code requiring a noncombustible construction for a building having a building height equal to that of the uppermost storey where the alteration is being carried out, apply, in the altered part, to the unaltered combustible elements of a building required to be of noncombustible construction, except in the case of a minor alteration or provided
(a) the floor area where the altered part is located and the storeys located below are equipped with a sprinkler system conforming to Articles 3.2.5.13. to 3.2.5.15.; a sprinkler system is not required for the storey below having an occupancy other than a Group B, Division 2 occupancy or a Group F, Division 1 occupancy if the floor of the altered part forms a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating at least equal to the fire-resistance rating required for the floor area of the storey below in conformance with Articles 3.3.3.1. and 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.83., and
(b) the building is equipped with a fire alarm and detection system conforming to Subsection 3.2.4.
(2) The provisions of this Code requiring a noncombustible construction also apply to the unaltered combustible elements of a building required to be of noncombustible construction provided
(a) the floor area is increased during an alteration by more than 10% of the floor area or 150 m2, except if
(i) the altered floor area and the storeys located below are equipped with a sprinkler system conforming to Articles 3.2.5.13. to 3.2.5.15., and
(ii) the building is equipped with a fire alarm and detection system conforming to Subsection 3.2.4., and
(b) the building height is increased, except if the building is equipped with
(i) a sprinkler system conforming to Articles 3.2.5.13. to 3.2.5.15., and
(ii) a fire alarm and detection system conforming to Subsection 3.2.4.
(3) If the Code requires both noncombustible construction and a sprinkler system, the design and installation of the sprinkler system shall conform to Chapters 4 and 5 of NFPA 13, “Installation of Sprinkler Systems”, for a level of risk higher than the level established in that standard for the intended occupancy.
10.3.2.2. Construction and Protection of Buildings
(1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), when an alteration increases the level of the requirements of Subsection 3.2.2. following a change of occupancy or an increase in the building height or floor area, the requirements of Subsection 3.2.2. concerning the construction and protection of buildings in relation to their occupancies and dimensions that apply to the part under alteration also apply to
(a) any other adjacent part that is not separated from the altered part by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating at least equal to the fire-resistance rating required for the floors under Subsection 3.2.2., and
(b) the storey below the altered part when
(i) the altered part must be sprinklered, and
(ii) the fire-resistance rating of the fire separation, between the altered part and the floor area below, is less than the fire-resistance rating required in conformance with Articles 3.1.3.1. and 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.83., if the building need not be sprinklered; the fire-resistance rating is permitted to be limited to the part of the floor and to the structural elements supporting the altered part, if the latter is separated from the remainder of the floor area in accordance with Clause (a).
(2) During a major alteration, if the provisions concerning the installation of a sprinkler system in Subsection 3.2.2. apply to the alteration, the provisions also apply to an adjacent part of a building that is not separated from the altered part by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating at least equal to the fire-resistance rating required for the floors under Subsection 3.2.2.
(3) The provisions concerning the installation of a sprinkler system under Subsection 3.2.2. do not apply to the alteration of a building or a part of a building not equipped with such a system, in the following cases:
(a) the increase in floor area during an alteration is not more than 10% of the building area or 150 m2,
(b) the work carried out is a minor alteration within the meaning of Sentence 10.2.2.2.(3),
(c) for a noncombustible building, when the work carried out does not require the noncombustibility of the building or floor area under alteration,
(d) for the alteration of a noncombustible building containing an occupancy other than a Group B, Division 2 or Group F, Division 1 occupancy, by limiting the building height to that of the uppermost storey where the alteration is being carried out and for which a sprinkler system would not be required,
(e) for the alteration of a combustible building containing an occupancy other than a Group B, Division 2 or Group F, Division 1 occupancy, by limiting the building height to that of the uppermost storey where the alteration is being carried out and for which a sprinkler system is not required if the occupant load, determined according to Subsection 3.1.17. for the intended occupancy, is not more than 60, or
(f) except in the case of a high building or a Group B, Division 2 or a Group F, Division 1 occupancy, during a major alteration if the fire-resistance rating of the floors, walls, columns and support arches of the altered floor area conform to the fire-resistance rating required under Articles 3.1.3.1 and 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.83.
10.3.2.3. Spatial Separation and Exposure Protection
(1) The provisions of Subsection 3.2.3. for spatial separation and exposure protection apply in the case of an alteration, to the modification of any existing part of an exposing building face, if the modification results in
(a) an increase in the surface of the openings beyond the limit referred to in Sentence 3.2.3.1.(1) for unprotected openings,
(b) a reduction in the limiting distance, or
(c) a reduction in the resistance to fire.
(2) When a building or part of a building is under alteration, a party wall that is not built as a firewall shall
(a) conform to the provisions of Subsection 3.1.10. for the construction of a firewall from the ground up, if the height of the party wall has been increased, except as provided in Clause (b), and
(b) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h on the altered side and ensure smoke-tightness from the floor of the altered part to the underface of the floor or roof located above the alteration.
10.3.2.4. Fire Alarm and Detection Systems
(1) For an alteration, Subsection 3.2.4. covering fire alarm and detection systems applies to the building that is not equipped with such a system and any part of a system that is not electrically supervised and equipped with separate zone indicators if the alteration results in
(a) an increase in the occupant load, in the altered part, that exceeds the occupant load stated in Sentence 3.2.4.1.(2),
(b) a new Group A, B, C, E, or F, Division 1 or 2 occupancy,
(c) an increase in the building area by more than 10% or 150 m2,
(d) an increase in the number of storeys, or
(e) an alteration that constitutes a major alteration within the meaning of Sentence 10.2.2.2.(3).
(2) This Section does not apply to a voice communication system, except in the case of an increase in the number of storeys.
10.3.2.5. Provisions for Firefighting
(1) The provisions of Articles 3.2.5.7. to 3.2.5.19. apply to the unaltered part of a sprinkler system or standpipe system, where the alteration of a building or part of a building increases building height or floor area by more than 10% of the building area or more than 150 m2, except if the system
(a) has a fire department connection,
(b) is of the wet pipe type in the heated parts of the building, and
(c) has an approved booster pump capable of providing the pressure required by NFPA 13, “Installation of Sprinkler Systems”, or NFPA 14, “Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems”, when the water pressure in the system is lower than that pressure, except as provided in Sentence (2).
(2) The residual water pressure at the topmost hose connection of a standpipe system of a building referred to in Clause (1)(c) is permitted to be less than the pressure required by NFPA 14, “Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems”, but not lower than 207 kPa if the requirement in Clause 3.2.5.9.(5)(c) is met.
10.3.2.6. Additional Requirements for High Buildings
(1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), Subsection 3.2.6. covering additional requirements for high buildings applies to a high building in accordance with Part 3 that is under an alteration that results in
(a) a change of occupancy so that it becomes a Group B or C building,
(b) an increase in building height, or
(c) an alteration of more than 50% of the floor areas for a reconstruction.
(2) This Subsection also applies to the entire building that becomes a high building following an alteration resulting in
(a) a change of occupancy of the building, or
(b) an increase in building height, except if the increase is not more than 4 m and its floor area is not more than 10% of the area of the storey located immediately below without exceeding 150 m2.
(3) Sentence 3.2.6.5.(2) does not apply to an elevator modified to become an elevator for use by firefighters.
10.3.2.7. Emergency Power for Firefighting
(1) The provisions of Clause 3.2.7.9.(1)(b) covering emergency power for water supply apply to an existing fire pump if an alteration results in an increase in building height.
10.3.3. Safety Within Floor Areas
10.3.3.1. Access to Exit
(1) The provisions of Section 3.3. covering access to exit apply to every unaltered access to exit serving part of a floor area under alteration provided
(a) the unobstructed height is not more than 1,900 mm,
(b) the unobstructed width is not more than 760 mm in the case of a corridor covered in Sentence 3.3.1.9.(2),
(c) the length of dead-end corridors exceeds
(i) 6 m for a residential occupancy, except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), or
(ii) 12 m for Groups A, D, E and F, Divisions 2 and 3, occupancies, and
(d) the separation of the corridors from the remainder of the building is not smoke-tight.
(2) A public corridor covered in Subclause (1)(c)(i) that is located in a residential occupancy other than a hotel or motel is permitted, when the fire separation of the corridor has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min, to have a dead-end part not exceeding 12 m provided
(a) the doors of the dwelling units have
(i) a self-closing mechanism and they do not lock automatically, and
(ii) a smoke barrier around them,
(b) the corridor has smoke detectors connected to a fire alarm system installed as required by Subsection 3.2.4., and
(c) the floor area is sprinklered throughout as required by Articles 3.2.5.13. to 3.2.5.15., except if the building has a building height of not more than 4 storeys and each dwelling unit has a balcony accessible to the fire department.
(3) A public corridor covered in Subclause (1)(c)(i) that is located in a residential occupancy other than a hotel or motel is permitted, when the fire separation of the corridor has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 h, to have a dead-end part not exceeding 15 m provided
(a) the doors of the dwelling units have
(i) a self-closing mechanism and they do not lock automatically, and
(ii) a smoke barrier around them,
(b) the corridor has smoke detectors connected to a fire alarm system installed as required by Subsection 3.2.4., and
(c) the floor area is sprinklered throughout, as required by Articles 3.2.5.13. to 3.2.5.15., except if the building has a building height not more than 6 storeys and each dwelling unit has a balcony accessible to the fire department.
10.3.3.2. Separation of Suites
(1) In the case of the alteration of a suite, the fire separation separating the suite from any other unaltered suite or room shall have a fire-resistance rating determined according to Subsection 3.1.7. and comply with Article 3.3.1.1; the fire-resistance rating on the unaltered side is permitted to be less than the required fire-resistance rating.
10.3.3.3. Barrier-Free Floor Areas
(1) Except in the case of a minor alteration, any part of an unaltered floor area on a storey under alteration shall comply with Article 3.3.1.7., if the room or part of the floor area accessible by elevator must be barrier-free as required by Article 10.3.8.1.
10.3.4. Exit Requirements
10.3.4.1. Dimensions and Protection of Exits and Exit Stairs
(1) Except in the case of a minor alteration, any unaltered exit required to serve a floor area or part of a floor area under alteration shall
(a) have a minimum unobstructed width not less than 760 mm (see Appendix A), and
(b) subject to Sentences (2) and (3), be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min for a building not more than 3 storeys in building height and not less than 1 h for other buildings.
(2) In a school, an unaltered stairway required as an exit to serve a floor area or part of a floor area under alteration need not have the fire separation required in Clause (1)(b) provided
(a) the alteration work will not increase the requirements for the means of egress,
(b) the building is not more than 3 storeys in building height,
(c) half of the required exits are separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating required by this Code,
(d) it is not necessary to pass through it to reach another exit required when the occupant load is more than 60,
(e) any corridor or room opening onto it is separated from it by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min and any door opening onto it has a self-closing mechanism, a latching mechanism and, if it is kept opened, an electromagnetic device connected to the alarm system, and
(f) any corridor or room opening onto it has smoke detectors that must be placed near the openings on the stairway.
(3) An unaltered stairway required as an exit to serve a floor area or a part of a floor area under alteration need not have the fire separation required in Clause (1)(b) provided
(a) the alteration work will not increase the requirements for the means of egress,
(b) it is used to connect the first storey with the storey above or below but not both,
(c) the floor areas it connects serve any occupancy other than a Group A, B or C occupancy,
(d) half of the exits required are separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating required by this Code and they lead directly to the exterior,
(e) the travel distance to the exterior exit door on the first storey is not more than 15 m,
(f) the building has an alarm system that conforms to Subsection 3.2.4., and
(g) a smoke detector is located above the uppermost flight of stairs.
10.3.4.2. Direction of Door Swing
(1) The provisions of Article 3.4.6.11. covering the direction of an exit door swing apply to every unaltered exterior exit door serving a floor area or part of a floor area of an occupancy other that a Group F, Division 1 occupancy that is under alteration, except if
(a) the exit door opens directly onto a public way, independently from any other exit when it serves only one floor area or part of a floor area under an occupant load determined according to Subsection 3.1.17., not more than
(i) 40 persons when there is only one exit door, or
(ii) 60 persons when there is one exit door and a second means of egress, or
(b) the exit door serves not more than 30 persons in a building not more than 18 m in building height and
(i) it opens directly onto a step, a public way or an obstacle which reduces its required minimum width and it is located not more than 1.5 m above the public way, and
(ii) the occupants have access to a second means of egress.
10.3.4.3. Curved Exit Stairs
(1) A curved or spiral exit stair that is not under alteration but that is used to serve a floor area or part of a floor area under alteration shall
(a) comply with Article 10.3.4.1., and
(b) not serve a day care centre or a residential board and care occupancy.
10.3.5. Vertical Transportation
10.3.5.1. Exclusion
(1) Article 3.5.4.1. covering the inside dimensions of elevator cars does not apply to a facility under alteration.
10.3.6. Service Facilities
10.3.6.1. Service Rooms and Vertical Service Spaces
(1) The provisions of Subsections 3.6.2. and 3.6.3. apply during an alteration other than a minor alteration to an unaltered service room located on a floor area or part of a floor area and to an unaltered vertical service space passing through it, except if the room or space is separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than
(a) 2 h for any room containing combustion appliances, located in a Group B or F, Division 1 occupancy building that is more than 2 storeys in building height or that has a building area more than 400 m2,
(b) 1 h for any other service room or a linen chute or refuse chute, or
(c) 45 min for any other vertical service space.
10.3.7. Health Requirements
10.3.7.1. Plumbing Facilities
(1) An unaltered plumbing facility serving part of a building under alteration shall meet the requirements of Subsection 3.7.2. when the alteration involves an increase in occupant load by more than 25.
10.3.8. Barrier-Free Design
10.3.8.1. General
(1) When a building does not have barrier-free access, section 3.8. covering barrier-free design does not apply to the building or part of the building under alteration, provided
(a) the work involves
(i) a service facility other than a vertical transportation facility for which a barrier-free path of travel is required by Article 10.3.8.2., or
(ii) a floor area or suite occupied by not more than 60 persons or that has an area not more than 250 m2,
(b) the floor area served by a pedestrian entrance
(i) cannot be accessed from the public way by an external ramp built in conformance with Article 10.3.8.4., without encroaching on that way,
(ii) is located more than 900 mm from the public way level, or
(iii) is located more than 600 mm from the entrance level, and
(c) the difference in levels between the floor of the pedestrian entrance and the floor of the elevator is more than 600 mm, when the part of the floor area under alteration can be accessed by an elevator.
10.3.8.2. Areas Requiring Barrier-Free Paths of Travel
(1) When the application of Section 3.8. is not excluded by Sentence 10.3.8.1.(1), Sentence 3.8.2.1.(1) applies in the part of the building not under alteration only to the path of travel required to connect
(a) at least one pedestrian entrance to
(i) the floor area or part of a floor area under alteration and to at least one existing elevator serving it where applicable, or
(ii) an existing outdoor parking area serving the building, and
(b) the floor area or part of a floor area under alteration to at least one accessible washroom, when there is no other accessible washroom in the altered part.
10.3.8.3. Washroom
(1) In the case referred to in Clause 10.3.8.2.(1)(b), when a washroom located in the unaltered part of a floor area must be made accessible, it shall conform to Article 3.8.2.3.
10.3.8.4. Ramps
(1) Any ramp in a barrier-free path of travel required by Article 10.3.8.2. is permitted, despite the requirement of Article 3.8.3.4., to have a slope that does not exceed
(a) 1:8 if the length of the ramp is not more than 3 m, or
(b) 1:10 in all other cases.
Section 10.4. Structural Design
10.4.1. Structural Loads and Procedures
10.4.1.1. General
(1) Except as provided in Article 10.4.1.2., the provisions of Part 4 covering structural design apply to any floor area or part of a floor area, structural element, roof and foundation of a building not under alteration when an alteration requires modification to maintain stability, resistance or structural integrity.
10.4.1.2. Live Loads
(1) The live load required by Article 4.1.5.3. does not apply to an alteration to a floor area used as an office and located on the first storey of a building, or to such a floor area used for a wholesale and retail business, provided
(a) the live loads applied to the existing areas have a value of not less than 2.4 kPa, and
(b) the alteration of the existing areas does not result in an increase in their live loads or dead loads.
10.4.1.3. Live Loads Due to Earthquakes
(1) Where a building is under alteration, its capacity to resist seismic loads shall comply with the following conditions:
(a) it must not be reduced by the alteration,
(b) except for buildings having a structure designed in conformance with the seismic design requirements of the 1995 NBC or Chapter I of the Québec Construction Code it must be increased to not less than 60% of the seismic protection level that would be prescribed according to Part 4 if the alteration results in
(i) more than 25% of all the floor areas undergoing gutting or a major alteration, in the case of a post-disaster building,
(ii) the resistance system of lateral loads being modified by the alteration, or
(iii) the mass of the building being increased by more than 5%.
(2) In the case of post-disaster buildings, where Clause (1)(b) applies to alteration work, the requirements of Article 4.1.8.17. covering anchorage of non-structural elements and components listed in Table 4.1.8.17. shall be verified and brought into conformance in the case of elements and components that would likely interfere with the post-disaster function of the building in case of failure.
Section 10.5. Environmental Separation
10.5.1. Exclusion
10.5.1.1. Change of Occupancy
(1) Despite Sentence 10.2.2.2.(2), Part 5 covering environmental separation does not apply to materials, components, assemblies and air barrier systems for any change in occupancy that does not involve modification work affecting the separation between the 2 different environments.
Section 10.6. Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning
10.6.1. General
10.6.1.1. Natural Ventilation
(1) Articles 6.2.2.1. and 6.2.2.2. covering natural ventilation do not apply to rooms and spaces under alteration if they have windows that open with an unobstructed surface for ventilation equal to not less than 5% of the floor area of the rooms or spaces.
Section 10.7. Plumbing Services
10.7.1. General
10.7.1.1. Plumbing Systems
(1) Part 7, which covers plumbing services, applies to an unaltered plumbing system if an alteration requires modification to the system to ensure its conformance with health requirements or its operation.
Section 10.8. Safety Measures at Construction and Demolition Sites
10.8.1. General
10.8.1.1. Application
(1) Part 8, which covers safety measures at construction and demolition sites, applies to an existing part of a building if the alteration or demolition work requires modification of the part of the building, or modification of the operation of the appliances or equipment it contains, to ensure public safety.
Section 10.9. Housing and Small Buildings
10.9.1. Structural Design Requirements and Barrier-Free Design
10.9.1.1. Application
(1) Subsection 9.4.1., which covers the design of structural elements and their connections, applies only in the cases and to the extent referred to in Subsection 10.4.1.
(2) Subsection 9.5.2., which covers the barrier-free design, applies only in the cases and to the extent referred to in Subsection 10.3.8.
10.9.2. Means of Egress
10.9.2.1. Dimensions of Means of Egress and Direction of Door Swing
(1) The provisions of Article 9.9.1.1. covering the dimensions of stairs that are part of a means of egress and Subsection 9.9.3. covering the dimensions of a means of egress apply to every unaltered means of egress that serves a part of a building under alteration, if the exit or access to exit has a minimal unobstructed width not more than 760 mm.
(2) Sentence 9.9.6.5.(3) covering the direction of door swing of an exit applies to every unaltered exterior exit door that serves a floor area or part of a floor area under alteration, unless the door opens directly on a public way, independently of any other exit, and serves only one floor area or part of a floor area that has an occupant load as determined in conformance with Subsection 3.1.17. not more than
(a) 40, when there is only one exit door, or
(b) 60, when there is one exit door and a second means of egress.
10.9.2.2. Fire Protection of Exits and Separation of Public Corridors
(1) The provisions of Subsection 9.9.4. covering the fire protection of exits apply to every unaltered exit serving a floor area or part of a floor area under alteration that is not separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min.
(2) Except as provided in Articles 10.9.2.3. and 10.9.3.2., the provisions of Sections 9.9. and 9.10. covering public corridors apply to every unaltered public corridor serving a floor area or part of a floor area under alteration, if
(a) its unobstructed height is not more than 1,900 mm,
(b) its unobstructed width is not more than 760 mm,
(c) its dead-end length exceeds
(i) 6 m in the case of a residential occupancy, except as provided in Sentence (3), or
(ii) 12 m for Group D, E and F, Division 2 and 3 occupancies, and
(d) the separation of the corridor from the remainder of the building is not smoke-tight.
(3) A public corridor referred to in Subclause (2)(c)(i) located in a residential occupancy other than a hotel or motel is permitted, when the fire separation of the corridor has a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, to have a dead-end part not exceeding 12 m provided
(a) the door of each dwelling unit has a self-closing device and does not lock automatically,
(b) the corridor has smoke detectors connected to the fire alarm system, installed as required by Subsection 3.2.4., and
(c) the floor area is sprinklered throughout, as required by Articles 3.2.5.13. to 3.2.5.15., except if each dwelling unit has a balcony accessible to the fire department.
10.9.2.3. Flame Spread Limits in Means of Egress
(1) The provisions of Subsection 9.10.17. covering flame spread limits apply to the unaltered interior finish of ceilings and the upper half of walls of every public corridor, from the access to exit door of the part under alteration to the nearest exit, provided
(a) the flame-spread rating exceeds 75, and
(b) the alteration involves an increase in occupant load, as determined in Subsection 3.1.17.
10.9.3. Fire Protection
10.9.3.1. Spatial Separation and Exposure Protection
(1) The provisions of Subsection 9.10.14. covering spatial separations do not apply to an alteration to any existing part of an exposing building face, unless the alteration results in
(a) an increase of the opening surfaces beyond the limit referred to in Sentence 9.10.14.4.(1), for unprotected openings,
(b) a reduction of the limiting distance, or
(c) a reduction of resistance to fire.
(2) When a building or part of a building is under alteration, any party wall that is not built as a firewall shall,
(a) except as provided in Clause (b), have a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h on the altered side and ensure smoke-tightness from the floor of the altered part to the underface of the floor or roof located above the alteration, and
(b) for an increase in height, conform to Subsection 9.10.11. for the construction of a firewall from the ground up.
10.9.3.2. Fire Alarm and Detection Systems
(1) Subsection 9.10.18. covering fire alarm and detection systems under alteration does not apply to a building not equipped with such a system, unless the alteration results in
(a) an increase in the occupant load in the altered part,
(b) a new Group C, E, or F, Division 2 occupancy,
(c) an increase in the building area by more than 10%, or
(d) an increase in the number of storeys.
(2) This Subsection applies to any unaltered part of a fire alarm and detection system if the system is not electrically supervised and equipped with separate zone indicators.
Section 10.10. Objectives and Functional Statements
10.10.1. Objectives and Functional Statements
10.10.1.1. Attribution to Acceptable Solutions
(1) For the purposes of compliance with the NBC as required by Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objectives and functional statements attributed to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objectives and functional statements listed in Table 10.10.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1) in Appendix A.)
Table 10.10.1.1.
Objectives and Functional Statements
Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 10
Forming Part of Sentence 10.10.1.1.(1)
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| Acceptable | |
| Solutions | Objectives and Functional Statements(1) |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.1.1. Separation of Major Occupancies |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| | |
| (1) | See Sentences 3.1.7.1.(1) to 3.1.7.5.(3) of Table 3.9.1.1. |
| |___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| | See Article 3.1.3.1. of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.1.2. Combustible and Noncombustible Construction |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | See Sentences 3.1.4.1.(2) to 3.1.5.1.(1) of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.1.3. Interior Finish |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | See Sentences 3.1.13.2.(1) to 3.1.13.10.(1) of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.2.1. Noncombustibility of Buildings |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | See Sentences 3.2.2.20.(2) to 3.2.2.81.(1) of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (2) | See Sentences 3.2.2.20.(2) to 3.2.2.81.(1) of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (3) | See Sentences 3.2.2.20.(2) to 3.2.2.81.(1) of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.2.2. Construction and Protection of Buildings |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | See Sentences 3.2.2.20.(2) to 3.2.2.81.(1) of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (2) | See Sentences 3.2.2.20.(2) to 3.2.2.81.(1) of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (3) | See Sentences 3.2.2.20.(2) to 3.2.2.81.(1) of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.2.3. Spatial Separation and Exposure Protection |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | See Sentences 3.2.3.1.(1) to 3.2.3.20.(4) of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (2) | See Sentences 3.1.10.1.(1) to 3.1.10.7.(2) of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.2.4. Fire Alarm and Detection Systems |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | See Sentences 3.2.4.1.(1) to 3.2.4.21.(5) of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.2.5. Provisions for Firefighting |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | (1) See Sentences 3.2.5.7.(1) to 3.2.5.19.(1) of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.2.6. Additional Requirements for High Buildings |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | See Sentences 3.2.6.2.(1) to 3.2.6.10.(1) of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.2.7. Emergency Power for Firefighting |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | See Clause 3.2.7.9.(1)(b) of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.3.1. Access to Exit |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | See Sentences 3.3.1.1.(1) to 3.3.1.25.(1) of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.3.2. Separation of Suites |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | See Sentences 3.1.7.1.(1) to 3.1.7.5.(3) and Article 3.3.1.1. of |
| | Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.3.3 Barrier-Free Floor Areas |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | See Article 3.3.1.7. of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.4.1. Dimensions and Protection of Exits and Exit Stairs |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | (a) [F10, F12-OS1.5] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| | (b) [F05-OS1.2] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| | (b) [F05-OP1.2] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (2) | [F02, F05-OS1.2] |
| |___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| | [F02, F05-OP1.2] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (3) | [F02, F05-OS1.2] |
| |___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| | [F02, F05-OP1.2] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.4.2. Direction of Door Swing |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | [F10, F05-OS3.7] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.4.3. Curved Exit Stairs |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | (a) [F02, F05-OS1.5] |
| |___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| | (a) [F02, F05-OS3.7] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.6.1. Service Rooms and Vertical Service Spaces |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | (1) See Sentences 3.6.2.1.(1) to 3.6.3.4.(1) of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.7.1. Plumbing Facilities |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | See Sentences 3.7.2.1.(1) to 3.7.2.9.(1) of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.8.2. Areas Requiring a Barrier-Free Path of Travel |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | [F73-OA1] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.8.3. Washroom |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | See Article 3.8.2.3. of Table 3.9.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.3.8.4. Ramps |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | [F73-OA1] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.4.1.3. Live Loads due to Earthquakes |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | [F20-OP1.2] |
| |___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| | [F20, F22-OP2,4] |
| |___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| | [F20-OS2.1] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.7.1.1. Plumbing Systems |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | [F70-OH2.2] [F71-OH2.3] [F72-OH2.1] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.8.1.1. Application |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | See Sentences 8.1.1.3.(1) to 8.2.3.2.(1) of Table 8.3.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.9.2.1. Dimensions of Means of Egress and Direction of Door Swing |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | See Sentences 9.9.3.2.(1) to 9.9.3.4.(2) of Table 9.36.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (2) | [F10-OS3.7] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.9.2.2. Fire Protection of Exits and Separation of Public Corridors |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | See Sentences 9.9.4.2.(1) to 9.9.4.7.(1) of Table 9.36.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (2) | See Sentences 9.9.1.3.(1) to 9.10.22.3.(3) of Table 9.36.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.9.2.3. Flame Spread Limits in Means of Egress |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | See Sentences 9.10.17.1.(1) to 9.10.17.10(2) of Table 9.36.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.9.3.1. Spatial Separation and Exposure Protection |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (2) | [F02, F03-OP1.2] |
| |___________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| | [F02, F03-OP3.1] |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
| |
| 10.9.3.2. Fire Alarm and Detection System |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
| (1) | (b) See Sentences 9.10.18.1.(1) to 9.10.18.7.(1) |
| | of Table 9.36.1.1. |
|_____________|___________________________________________________________________|
(1) Note to Table 10.10.1.1.: See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
(122)  by adding the following after Part 10:
“PART 11
Energy Efficiency
11.1. General
11.1.1. Scope and Definitions
11.2. Thermal Insulation
11.2.1. General
11.2.2. Thermal Resistance
11.2.3. Thermal Bridges
Part 11
Energy efficiency
Section 11.1. General
11.1.1. Purpose and Definitions
11.1.1.1. Purpose
(1) The purpose of this Part is as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.
11.1.1.2. Defined Terms
(1) Terms that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
Section 11.2. Thermal Insulation
11.2.1. General
11.2.1.1. Scope of Application
(1) This Section applies to all walls, floors, ceilings, windows, doors and skylights separating heated space from unheated space, the exterior air or ground of a building that is to be heated during the winter (see Appendix A).
11.2.1.2. General Reguirements
(1) Windows and skylights must conform to Section 9.7.
(2) Foamed plastic must be protected in accordance with Article 9.10.17.10.
(3) Walls, floors and roofs in contact with the ground must conform to Subsections 9.13.2. and 9.13.3.
(4) Crawl spaces must conform to Section 9.18.
(5) Roof spaces must conform to Section 9.19.
(6) Thermal insulation and measures to control heat transfer, air leakage and condensation must conform to Section 9.25 (see Appendix A).
(7) Cladding must conform to Section 9.27.
(8) Ventilation must conform to Section 9.32 (see Appendix A).
11.2.2. Thermal Resistance
11.2.2.1. Thermal Resistance of Building Components
(1) Subject to Sentences (2) to (4) of Articles 11.2.2.2. to 11.2.2.4. and Subsection 11.2.3., the total thermal resistance of a building component must have a value
(a) at least equal to those in Table 11.2.2.1.A for a building located in a municipality whose number of degree-days below 18ºC is less than 6,000, or
(b) at least equal to those indicated in Table 11.2.2.1.B for a building located in a municipality whose number of degree-days below 18ºC is at least 6,000.
(See Appendix A.)
Table 11.2.2.1.A
Total thermal resistance of buildings located in a municipality whose
number of degree-days below 18°C is less than 6,000
Forming part of Sentence 11.2.2.1.(1)

_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| Building component | Total thermal resistance (RSIT) |
|_____________________________________________|___________________________________|
| | |
| roof or ceiling separating heated space | 7.22 |
| from unheated space or exterior air | |
|_____________________________________________|___________________________________|
| | |
| wall above ground level, other than a | |
| foundation wall, separating heated space | 4.31 |
| from unheated space or exterior air | |
|_____________________________________________|___________________________________|
| | |
| foundation wall1 separating heated space | |
| from unheated space, exterior air or | 2.99 |
| adjacent ground | |
|_____________________________________________|___________________________________|
| | |
| floor separating heated space from unheated | 5.20 |
| space or exterior air | |
|_____________________________________________|___________________________________|
(1) A foundation wall having more than 50% of its surface exposed to exterior air, and the portion of a foundation wall that incorporates wood stud framing elements must have a total thermal resistance equal to that required for a wall above ground level.
Table 11.2.2.1.B
Total thermal resistance of buildings located in a municipality whose
number of degree-days below 18°C is at least 6,000
Forming part of Sentence 11.2.2.1.(1)

_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
| Building component | Total thermal resistance (RSIT) |
|_____________________________________________|___________________________________|
| | |
| roof or ceiling separating heated space | 9.00 |
| from unheated space or exterior air | |
|_____________________________________________|___________________________________|
| | |
| wall above ground level, other than a | |
| foundation wall, separating heated space | 5.11 |
| from unheated space or exterior air | |
|_____________________________________________|___________________________________|
| | |
| foundation wall1 separating heated space | |
| from unheated space, exterior air or | 2.99 |
| adjacent ground | |
|_____________________________________________|___________________________________|
| | |
| floor separating heated space from unheated | 5.20 |
| space or exterior air | |
|_____________________________________________|___________________________________|
(1) A foundation wall having more than 50% of its surface exposed to exterior air, and the portion of a foundation wall that incorporates wood stud framing elements must have a total thermal resistance equal to that required for a wall above ground level.
(2) The total thermal resistance required by Sentence (1) for flat roofs may be reduced by not more than 20% at its lowest point if the drainage slopes are created by insulating materials, provided that the total thermal resistance of the roof is increased so that the heat loss calculated through the roof is not greater than the heat loss that would result if the thermal resistance of the roof were conform to Sentence (1).
(3) The total thermal resistance required for roofs, ceilings and walls above ground level indicated in Tables 11.2.2.1.A and 11.2.2.1.B may be reduced if
(a) the annual energy consumption of the proposed construction does not exceed that of the reference construction that is conform to the requirements of Part 11, and
(b) the only components the total thermal resistance of which may be upgraded are roofs, walls above ground level, doors, windows and skylights.
(See Appendix A.)
(4) The total thermal resistance of heated garages must have a value of not less than
(a) 5.2 for the floors and ceilings adjacent to the dwelling unit,
(b) 3.5 for the walls adjacent to the dwelling unit, or
(c) 2.99 over the entire vertical surface of the foundation wall between the garage and the dwelling unit.
(See Appendix A.)
11.2.2.2. Thermal Resistance of Slabs-on-Ground Other Than a Garage Floor
(1) The thermal resistance of material insulating a slab-on-ground must have a value of not less than
(a) 1.32 for a slab-on-ground located above the ground or not more than 600 mm below the adjacent ground level,
(b) for a slab-on-ground located more than 600 mm below the adjacent ground level,
i. 0.88, or
ii. 1.32 and installed around the slab-on-ground over a width of at least 1.2 m,
(c) 1.76 in the following situations:
i. heating pipes, tubes, ducts or cables are buried under the slab-on-ground and the insulating material is installed under the heating pipes, tubes, ducts or cables, or
ii. heating pipes, tubes, ducts or cables are contained in the slab-on-ground and the insulating material is installed under the slab-on-ground.
11.2.2.3. Thermal Resistance near Eaves
(1) The total thermal resistance indicated in Table 11.2.2.1.A or 11.2.2.1.B for a roof or ceiling may be reduced near eaves if the roof slope and necessary ventilation clearances so require, provided that the value is not less than the value required by Table 11.2.2.1.A or 11.2.2.1.B for a wall above ground level.
11.2.2.4. Thermal Performance of Windows, Doors and Skylights
(1) The thermal characteristics of windows, doors and skylights must
(a) be determined in accordance with CAN/CSA-A440.2/A440.3, “Fenestration energy performance/User guide to CSA A440.2-09, Fenestration energy performance”, and
(b) conform to the values indicated in Table 11.2.2.4.A.
(See Appendix A.)
Table 11.2.2.4.A
Maximum overall thermal transmittance (U) and minimum energy rating (ER)
of windows, doors and skylights
Forming part of Sentence 11.2.2.4.(1)

_________________________________________________________________________________
| | | |
| | Building located in a | Building located in a |
| Building component | municipality whose number | municipality whose number |
| | of degree-days below | of degree-days below |
| | 18°C is less than 6,000 | 18°C is of at least 6,000 |
| | | |
|_________________________|___________________________|___________________________|
| | | |
| Maximum overall thermal | | |
| transmittance (U) of | 0.9 | 0.8 |
| doors without glazing | | |
|_________________________|___________________________|___________________________|
| | | |
| Maximum overall thermal | | |
| transmittance (U) or | 1.8 or 21 | 1.6 or 25 |
| Minimum energy rating | | |
| (ER) of glazed doors | | |
|_________________________|___________________________|___________________________|
| | | |
| Maximum overall thermal | 2.0/21 | 2.0/25 |
| transmittance (U)/ | or | or |
| Minimum energy rating | 1.8/13 | 1.6/17 |
| (ER) of windows | | |
|_________________________|___________________________|___________________________|
| | | |
| Maximum overall thermal | | |
| transmittance (U) of | 2.85 | 2.7 |
| skylights | | |
|_________________________|___________________________|___________________________|
(2) Windows and skylights including glazed doors must have a minimum airtightness rating of A2 according to Section 10.2 of CAN/CSA A440, “Windows”.
(3) The total area of rough openings in building components, that is to receive windows, doors, skylights and other similar components, must not be greater than 30% of the area of walls above ground level (see Appendix A).
(4) The thermal performance required in Sentence (1) and the maximum area described in Sentence (3) may be different from the following conditions:
(a) the annual energy consumption of the proposed construction does not exceed that of the reference construction that is conform to the requirements of Part 11, and
(b) the only components that may be altered in addition to those referred to in Sentence (4) are those described in Sentence 11.2.2.1.(3).
(See A-11.2.2.1.(3) in Appendix A.)
11.2.3. Thermal Bridges
11.2.3.1. Thermal Bridges in Walls
(See Appendix A.)
(1)Building components constituting a thermal bridge must be covered in insulating material having a thermal resistance
(a) for a wood frame, of
i. at least 0.7 if the frame members are spaced less than 600 mm c/c, or
ii. at least 0.53 in all other cases,
(b) for a metal frame, of
i. at least 1.76 if the frame members are spaced less than 600 mm c/c, or
ii. at least 1.32 in all other cases,
(See Appendix A.)
(c) for a concrete frame, of
i. at least 0.88 in all cases.
(2) The insulating material must cover the building components constituting the thermal bridge, on the outside, on the inside or a combination of both.
(3) A wall between two heated spaces that incorporates a thermal bridge must be covered with insulating material to obtain a total thermal resistance of not less than 2.20 on each side of the wall over a minimum distance of 1.2 m from the exterior side of the exterior wall (see Appendix A).
(4) Subject to Sentence (5), the header must be insulated so as to have a total thermal resistance value equivalent to that required for a wall above ground level.
(5) In the case of a concrete construction where the header may only be insulated on the outside, the total thermal resistance value may be lower than that required in Sentence (4) as long as the insulating material covering that component has a thermal resistance of at least 1.76.
11.2.3.2. Thermal Bridges in Floors
(1) The thermal resistance of insulating material covering thermal bridges in floors must have a minimum value of 1.32 in the following areas:
(a) cantilevered above-ground floors, and
(b) floors above unheated spaces.
11.2.3.3. Thermal Breaks in a Foundation Wall in Contact with a Slab-on-Ground other than a Garage Floor
(1) The insulating material between the foundation wall and the slab-on-ground must have a thermal resistance
(a) of not less than 1.32 for a slab-on-ground located above ground level or not more than 600 mm below ground level to a depth of 600 mm below ground level,
(b) for a slab-on-ground located more than 600 mm below ground level of not less than
i. 1.32 if heating pipes, tubes, ducts or cables are buried under or are contained in the slab-on-ground, or
ii. 0.7 for other slabs-on-ground.
11.2.3.4. Insulation of the Foundation Wall of a Heated Garage
(1) The insulating material installed on the foundation wall of a heated garage must have a thermal resistance of not less than 1.76 and be installed not more than 600 mm below ground level.
O.C. 953-2000, s. 6; O.C. 961-2002, s. 4; O.C. 293-2008, s. 1; O.C. 939-2009, s. 2; O.C. 858-2012, s. 4.
1.07. The Code is amended in Division C of Volume 1
(0.1)  by replacing “9” in Sentence (3) of Article 1.2.1.1. by “11”.
(1)  by replacing “2.2.7. Review of Work” in the Table of Contents of Part 2 by “2.2.7. Declaration of Construction Work”;
(2)  by replacing “2.3.1. Documentation of Alternative Solutions” in the Table of Contents of Part 2 by “2.3.1. Approval of Alternative Solutions”;
(3)  in Article 2.2.2.1., by replacing Sentences (2) and (3) by the following:
“(2) Plans and specifications shall be required for construction work on a building, part of a building or equipment intended for use by the public to which Chapter I of the Construction Code applies when information is required with regard to the work under Subsections 2.2.2. to 2.2.6.
(3) Plans shall be drawn to scale and shall, with the specifications, indicate the nature and extent of the work or proposed occupancy in sufficient detail to establish that, when completed, the work and the proposed occupancy will conform to the Code referred to in section 1.01 of Chapter I of the Construction Code.
(4) When proposed work is modified during construction, information on the changes shall conform to the requirements of this Section.”;
(4)  in Article 2.2.4.2., by striking out “submitted with the application to build” in Sentence (1);
(5)  in Article 2.2.4.3., by striking out “submitted with the application to build” in Sentence (1);
(6)  in Article 2.2.4.6.
(a) by striking out “submitted with the application to build or excavate” in Sentence (1);
(b) by replacing Sentence (2) by the following:
“(2) Evidence that justifies the information on the drawings shall be available for verification purposes.”;
(7)  by replacing Subsection 2.2.7. by the following:
“2.2.7. Declaration of Construction Work
2.2.7.1. Application
(1) The general contractor or, in the general contractor’s absence, the specialized contractor or the owner-builder shall declare to the Régie du bâtiment du Québec all construction work performed on a building or facility intended for use by the public and to which Chapter I of the Construction Code applies.
(2) Sentence (1) does not apply to construction work declared under subparagraph 1.1 of the first paragraph of section 120 of the Act respecting land use planning and development (chapter A-19.1) or under another chapter of the Construction Code or maintenance or repair work to which Chapter I of the Construction Code applies.
2.2.7.2. Sending of the Declaration
(1) The declaration required under Article 2.2.7.1. shall be sent to the Régie du bâtiment du Québec not later than the twentieth day of the month following the date on which work starts.
2.2.7.3. Form
(1) The declaration of work is permitted to be made on the form provided by the Régie du bâtiment du Québec or on any other document clearly and legibly completed for that purpose.
2.2.7.4. Content
(1) The declaration shall contain
(a) the address of the building or facility intended for use by the public, if applicable, and the lot number of the site where the work is performed,
(b) the name, address and telephone number of the person for whom the work is performed,
(c) the name, address, telephone number and licence number of the contractor or owner-builder,
(d) the estimated start and end dates of the construction work,
(e) the nature and type of the work,
(f) the occupancy of the building or facility intended for use by the public, its classification under the Code, the number of storeys and building area, and
(g) the name, address and telephone number of the person who prepared the plans and specifications relating to the construction work.”;
(8)  by replacing Subsection 2.3.1. by the following:
“2.3.1. Approval of Alternative Solutions
2.3.1.1. Conditions for Approval
(1) The proposed alternative solutions shall be approved by the Régie du bâtiment du Québec on the conditions it sets pursuant of section 127 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1).”.
O.C. 953-2000, s. 7; O.C. 961-2002, s. 4; O.C. 293-2008, s. 1; O.C. 858-2012, s. 5.
1.08. The Code is amended in Division A of Volume 2
(1)  by inserting “and be approved by the Board on the conditions it sets pursuant to section 127 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1)” at the end of the first sentence of Note A-1.2.1.1.(1)(b);
(1.1)  by inserting the following after Note A-1.2.1.1.(1)(b):
“A-1.3.3.1.(3) Application of Part 11. Part 11 applies to the construction of new buildings having a building area not more than 600 m2, a building height not more than 3 storeys and housing dwelling units only.
Part 11 also applies to the addition work of existing buildings to the extent where the building area, after the addition work, is not more than 600 m2, the building height is not more than 3 storeys and the building houses dwelling units only.
Part 11 does not apply to the installation of new ventilation appliances in existing buildings or to opening replacements. It does not apply to renovation of existing buildings.
(2)  in Note A-1.4.1.2.(1)
(a) by inserting the following in alphabetical order:
“ Residential Board and Care Occupancies
“In this Code,
“(a) “rest home”, “rehabilitation centre” or “residential and long-term care centre” means a residential and long-term care centre (CHSLD) within the meaning of section 83 of the Act respecting health services and social services (chapter S-4.2),
“(b) “lodge persons” means residence and other services provided to persons by a care occupancy,
“(c) “personal-support services” means services to compensate a temporary or permanent disability related to hygiene, food, maintenance, use of personal goods, movement of a person or rehabilitation and services for supervising medication or managing a possible crisis, emergency or evacuation of the building, and
“(d) “be assisted” means direct support to a person physically or mentally unable to move or direct himself or herself in case of evacuation.
“Note: A building or part of building is considered to be a residential board and care occupancy when the occupancy occupies more than 10% of the floor area and becomes, as provided in 3.2.2.8., a major occupancy.
“Thermal Resistance
“To convert RSI value (metric unit) into R value (imperial unit), the RSI value is multiplied by 5.678263.
“Total Thermal Resistance
“The method for calculating the total thermal resistance of a component of the building envelope having a wood frame, for example, consists in determining the thermal resistance of the various materials as part of the component along a line crossing the insulated part and in adding the values obtained. The interior and exterior surface air film of the envelope are part of the building assembly.”.
“(b) by inserting the following paragraph before the paragraph entitled Exit:
““Alteration
“An alteration does not include the types of work such as work required to bring the building into conformance with the regulations in force and the maintenance and repairs that do not affect the characteristics and functions of the elements involved. It does, however, include the following types of intervention:
“(1) a change of occupancy without modification, including a change in the same Group or Division and resulting in
“(a) an increase in occupant load,
“(b) a new occupancy other than the occupancies in Groups D and F, Division 3, or
“(c) a change from building to a high building,
“(2) a change such as an addition, restoration, rehabilitation, renovation or retrofitting related to
“(a) an increase in building height,
“(b) an increase in building area,
“(c) an increase in floor area,
“(d) the creation of an interconnected floor space,
“(e) the installation of a barrier-free access to a building or a barrier-free path of travel in the building,
“(f) a modification of the provisions for firefighting, or
“(g) a modification or addition affecting the safety and health conditions of a building or part of a building.”.
O.C. 293-2008, s. 1; O.C. 858-2012, s. 6.
1.09. The Code is amended in Division B of Volume 2
(1)  by inserting reference “NFPA 92A-2006, Recommended Practice for Smoke-Control Systems, B-3.2.6.2.(3)” after reference NFPA 91-1999, Exhaust Systems for Air Conveying of Vapors, Gases, Mists and Noncombustible Particulate Solids A-6.2.2.5(1)” in the list of documents in Table A-1.3.1.2.(1);
(1.1)  by inserting “ASHRAE 140-2007 Test for the Evaluation of Building Energy Analysis Computer Programs A-11.2.2.1.(3)” after “ASHRAE 62.1-2004 Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality A-29.25.1.2.” in the list of documents in Table A-1.3.1.2.(1);
(1.2)  by inserting “CAN/CGSB-149.10-M86 Determination of the Airtightness of Building Envelopes by the Fan Depressurization Method A-11.2.1.2.(6)” after “CAN/CGSB-93.2-M91 Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits and Fascia, for Residential Use” in the list of documents in Table A-1.3.1.2.(1);
(2)  in Note A-3.1.2.1.(1)
(a) by inserting “Rehabilitation centres” after “Reformatories without detention quarters” in Group B, Division 2;
(b) by inserting “Residential board and care occupancy” after “Rehabilitation centres” in Group B, Division 2;
(c) by inserting “Rooming houses” after “Motels” in Group C;
(d) by inserting “Outfitting operations” after “Motels” and “Shelters” after “Schools, residential” in Group C;
(3)  by striking out note A-3.2.4.18.(4);
(4)  by inserting the following after note A-3.2.5.14.(1):
“A-3.2.5.15.(1) Protected Service Spaces. A permanent floor in a service space if need be may be used to store maintenance products and supplies, without frequent monitoring of the combustible content accumulated in the service space. Because access to the spaces is difficult for firefighting, the spaces must be protected by a sprinkler system. When the floor is only a walkway, the risk of significant accumulation of combustible content is considerably reduced, and this requirement no longer applies.”;
(5)  by adding the following after note A-3.4.1.6.(2):
“A-3.4.2.1.(2) Minimum Number of Exits. When the only exit is separated and leads to the outside at a level other than the level it serves, no other access door shall be installed at that exit at a storey other than the storey served. This requirement is necessary to reduce the risk of smoke filling the only exit serving the floor area or parts of floor areas having access to that only exit. (See Figure A-3.4.2.1.(2).);
Figure A-3.4.2.1.(2)
(6)  by adding the following at the end of note A-3.8.1.2.:
“Service entrances such as those for delivery and receipt of goods, and those accessing Group F service rooms and workshops, need not be made accessible.”;
(7)  by striking out note A-3.8.2.2.;
(8)  by inserting the following after note A-3.8.1.4.(1):
“A-3.8.3.1.(5) Sign for Barrier-Free Parking. Sign P-150-5 is represented in Schedule 1 to the Regulation respecting road signs (chapter C-24.2, r. 41). (See Figure A-3.8.3.1.(5)).
Figure A-3.8.3.1. 5)
(9)  by striking out note A-3.8.3.3.(2);
(10)  by adding the following at the end of note A-3.8.3.3.(5):
“The electrical opening mechanism must prevent the closing of the door when a ­person is in the swing area. Mechanisms conforming to ANSI 156.10 include a device for stopping the door from closing to ensure the safety of users and reduce the risk of injury.”;
(11)  by inserting the following after note A-4.2.5.1.(1):
“A-4.2.5.1.(2) Backfilling. Certain granular material may swell under chemical reactions involving certain minerals constituting the granular material. A number of reactions involve iron sulphide (pyrite, pyrrhotite, etc.) and carbonates present, cristallizing the sulfates and the subsequent increase of volumes of the granular backfilling. The reactions are influenced by a number of factors, including the presence of clay mineral, that facilitate water absorption and oxidation of iron sulphides, particle-size distribution, water content of materials, the presence of bacteria and temperature.
The most prevalent characterization method of granular materials, the petrographic index for potential swelling, may be accepted to meet the requirement.
The method is described in the following documents:
— NQ 2560-500 Granulats - Détermination de l’indice pétrographique du potentiel de gonflement sulfatique des matériaux granulaires - méthode d’essai pour l’évaluation de l’IPPG,
— NQ 2560-510 Granulats - Guide d’application de la méthode d’essai pour la caractérisation du potentiel de gonflement sulfatique des matériaux granulaires.
The non-swelling rock accepted under the two standards is commonly called “DB certified rock” (DB for “dalle de béton).
Other methods, such as the chemically or biologically accelerated swelling test, may determine swelling but are less used because of the time required for the test.
Other granular materials from industrial processes, such as blast furnace slag, may also swell under certain conditions. Verifications are recommended before using granular materials in works sensitive to volumetric changes.”;
(11.1)  by inserting the following after Note A-6.2.2.7.(1):
“A-6.2.2.8.(7)(c)(iii) Heat Recovery Ventilation. For the purposes of Part 11, sensible heat recovery efficiency from the heat recovery ventilation (HRV) must be determined with a flow rate equal to or greater than the expected flow rate for the normal operation at low speed of the HRV.”;
(12)  by replacing note A-9.7.1.5. by the following:
“A-9.7.1.5. Height of Window Sills Above Floors or Ground. This requirement is primarily designed to reduce the possibility of young children falling from a window. The requirement applies to dwelling units with mostly swinging or sliding windows. The choice of windows must therefore be made carefully because, even when equipped with special hardware, certain ajar windows may open wider with a simple push.
Swinging windows with rotating opening mechanisms are considered to be in conformance with Clause 9.7.1.5.(1)(b). To ensure the safety of older children, parents may easily remove the crank handles from the windows. The scissor opening mechanisms of awning windows, however, do not prevent these windows from being opened wide once unlocked. Sash windows are not considered safe if both sashes are mobile, because they provide openings at the top and bottom. This requirement prevents the use of sliding windows that do not have a device for limiting the opening.
The maximum opening of a window, 100 mm, and the maximum drop on the other side of a window to the ground, 600 mm, were determined according to the same principles that were applied for guards.”;
(13)  (paragraph revoked);
(14)  by inserting the following after note A-9.12.3.3.(1):
“A-9.13.2.1.(3) Required Dampproof Protection. The use of a protection membrane on the ground under floors protects against humidity, protects concrete against sulfate attack from the ground or subjacent granular materials and protects the occupants against the effects of soil gases such as radon.
Certain granular materials, including hornfels, may produce a significant quantity of sulfates likely to migrate by capillarity towards the underside of floors on ground and cause sulfatization of concrete. The following methods are recommended to protect concrete against sulphate-laden humidity:
(a) the use of sulfate resistant concrete (Article 9.3.1.3.),
(b) the use of a vapour barrier (Article 9.13.4.2.),
(c) the use of clean coarse aggregates limiting capillarity effects and preventing migration of sulfates (Article 9.16.2.1.).”;
(15)  by inserting the following after note A-9.13.4.:
“A-9.13.4.1.(1) Locations Likely to Constitute A Soil Gas Emanations Hazard. A location may constitute a soil gas emanations hazard when it is situated in a zone identified by an authority having jurisdiction in a directive or report as a zone having soil that may emit soil gas emanations likely to exceed the level of harm prescribed by Health Canada. For example, in 1998, the Oka region was formally identified by the public health department as a zone having potential for emanations exceeding the prescribed level of harm.”;
(16)  by inserting the following after note A-9.15.3.4.(2):
“A-9.16.2.2.(1) Support of Floors. In a granular mixture, the fine portion of aggregates is generally composed, because of the manufacturing process, of more friable minerals that are more susceptible to fragmentation, alteration and swelling. Aggregates containing mostly fine materials are also more susceptible to swelling given the small intergranular space available for the formation of secondary minerals. A large quantity of fine material promotes the diffusion of humidity by capillarity (see A-9.13.2.1.(3)). It is preferable to limit the quantity of fine materials.”;
(17)  by striking out “This device would be acceptable in conjunction with a system designed in accordance with Article 9.32.3.6.” in note A-9.32.3.3.(3)(d);
(18)  by striking out note A-9.32.3.6.;
(19)  by adding the following after Note A-9.34.2.:
“A-10.2.2.2.(3) Major or Minor Alteration. The concepts of major or minor alteration are used for retrofitting. The term “retrofitting” means all the alteration work carried out in view of a different occupancy of the altered part. Alteration types, such as addition, change of major occupancy, alteration of the envelope or exterior elements, increase in occupant load, construction of or modification to a mezzanine or interconnected floor space, or the addition or modification of a vertical transportation facility are not governed by this type of alteration since they are already governed by other requirements of Part 10.
A-10.3.4.1.(1)(a) Capacity of Exits Serving an Altered Part. Even if the exits must have a minimum width of 760 mm, the exits must comply, for the altered part they serve, with the minimum capacity prescribed by Article 3.4.3.2., calculated according to the occupant load under Subsection 3.1.17. of this Code.
If the calculation of the capacity results in the exits having a width larger than 760 mm, they should be modified or another exit should be added.
This provision refers to an alteration, other than a minor alteration, that does not include an exit.
A.11.2.1.1.(1) Exemptions. Buildings that are not intended to be heated are exempt from the energy efficiency requirements. This could apply to storage and parking garages as well as small service buildings or service rooms and areas in larger buildings, where those buildings or spaces are not heated.
A-11.2.1.2.(6) Air Barrier Systems. To measure the air infiltration rate of a construction, it is recommended that it be determined in accordance with CAN/CGSB-149.10, “Determination of the Airtightness of Building Envelopes by the Fan Depressurization Method”.
A-11.2.1.2.(8) Ventilation Requirements. The ventilation requirements with which new constructions must comply also include the requirements of Article 9.32.3.9. on carbon monoxide alarms.
A-11.2.2.1.(1) Building Components. For the purposes of Part 11, wall assemblies inclined less than 60° from horizontal are considered to be roof assemblies, and roof assemblies inclined 60° or more from horizontal are considered to be wall assemblies.
Except for tubular daylighting devices, the effective thermal resistance for walls required in Table 11.2.2.1.A. or 11.2.2.1.B. also applies to shafts for skylights.
A-11.2.2.1.(3) Performance Benchmark by Comparison of the Annual Energy Consumption. The concept of measuring performance by comparing the annual energy consumption of a reference construction to a proposed construction is one way to benchmark the performance of a proposed construction to Part 11 requirements. The performance requirements of this Code are consistent with an objective-based code of demonstrating a similar level of performance regardless of the path used.
The term “reference construction” means a hypothetical replica of the proposed construction design using the same energy sources for the same functions and having the same environmental requirements, occupancy and climate data, but made to comply with all applicable prescriptive requirements of Part 11.
The term “construction energy target” means the annual energy consumption of the reference construction.
The term “annual energy consumption” means the annual sum of heating energy consumption and space conditioning energy consumption of the proposed construction design. It must be noted that the annual energy consumption is not the real consumption but rather that provided by energy simulation.
The calculation procedure must determine the annual energy consumption for the proposed construction and a construction energy target for a reference construction. The annual energy consumption of the proposed construction must not exceed the construction energy target of the reference construction. Proof of those results must be available on request.
If a computer program is used to carry out the compliance calculations, the calculation methods shall be computed for both the referenced and the proposed construction models, and be tested according to ASHRAE 140, “Test for the Evaluation of Building Energy Analysis Computer Programs”, and variations of the computer program from the recommended different values must be calculated.
Where construction techniques or components used for construction are more energy efficient than those prescribed by the prescriptive requirements, performance compliance calculations are permitted to take this increased performance level in the determination of the annual energy consumption, provided it can be quantified and is not dependent on occupant interaction.
The energy model calculations must account for the annual energy consumption of facilities and equipment required for space heating and conditioning and for ventilation. The energy model calculations must account for heat transfer through wall assemblies, roof-ceiling assemblies and exposed floor assemblies due to thermal characteristics of the particular assembly and thermal bridging. The roof-ceiling assembly includes the attic. The building envelope assemblies and components required to be addressed are assemblies above and not in contact with the ground (walls and roof-ceiling assembly), assemblies in contact with the ground (floors and walls), and doors, windows and skylights.
Where the energy model calculations account for the effect of thermal mass, that thermal mass must exclude the contents of the construction.
Where skylights are installed in the roof, the gross roof area does not exclude the gross roof area of skylights.
The calculation procedure for the reference construction must include the same values as those used for the proposed construction with regards to the floor area, the heated volume, and the number and type of rooms.
The calculation procedure for the proposed construction must be consistent with the proposed construction specifications with regards to fenestration and opaque envelope assembly type, effective thermal resistance and areas but more specifically to
— the area of above ground portion of basement walls,
— thermal resistance of walls, below ground walls, ceiling below attics, roof assemblies and header joists,
— maximum overall thermal transmittance for doors,
— total thermal resistance of below ground walls and floors on ground,
— exterior walls, roof-ceiling assemblies, exposed floors, doors, walls and floors in contact with the ground,
— configuration of insulation in assemblies in contact with the ground, and
— thermal resistance of foundation walls.
The drawings and specifications provided for the proposed construction must include information to analyze construction compliance with regulations. It is suggested to include the following information:
— the values of thermal resistance and their respective areas for all opaque building envelope assemblies which includes all roof/ceiling, wall, and floor assemblies, above and below ground,
— the overall thermal transmittance of all fenestration and door components and their respective areas,
— the ratio of total fenestration and door area to exterior wall area,
— the design basis for the ventilation rates, and
— any additional features used in the compliance calculation that account for a significant difference in the proposed construction energy performance.
A proposed construction energy performance compliance calculation report must be provided for each proposed construction design that does not comply with the requirements of Part 11. In addition to the information of the drawings and specifications, the registration of which is suggested, the proposed construction performance compliance calculation report must contain
— a project information section consisting of
· project description,
· project address,
· name and version of the calculation tool,
· geographic region in which proposed construction is to be built;
— a summary of proposed construction envelope, HVAC characteristics,
— an energy performance data summary containing
· the annual energy consumption of all energy sources calculated for the proposed construction,
· the energy target of all energy sources calculated for the reference construction, and
— where a software program is used for compliance calculations
· the software program used.
A-11.2.2.1.(4) Thermal Resistance of Garages. This Sentence seeks to mitigate discomfort in spaces adjacent to a garage. Despite the presence of a heating system in the garage, the temperature is sometimes lowered to save on heating costs because the garage is seldom used or the garage door does not close tightly or is left open for extended periods. This causes discomfort in the rooms above, below or adjacent to the garage.
A-11.2.2.4.(1) Windows. For the purposes of Part 11, sliding doors must comply with the requirements on windows.
Not more than 1.85 m2 of glass block may be installed in the same construction where glass block has a maximum overall thermal transmittance equivalent to that of skylights as indicated in Table 11.2.2.4.A.
The overall thermal transmittance of doors may be obtained by the door or door assembly / storm door or door assembly / unheated vestibule enclosure panels.
A garage door giving access to vehicles need not comply with the values indicated in Table 11.2.2.4.A. even if that door has windows.
To minimize surface condensation on the warm side of windows, doors or skylights, it is recommended to install those components inside the insulation or near the vertical axis of the centre of the RSI value of insulating material. That recommendation does not apply to openings in foundation walls.
A-11.2.2.4.(3) Rough Openings. The area of rough openings includes the area occupied by frame openings. The term “opening” means windows, doors and other similar components such as glass blocks, clerestories, skylights, translucent wall panels, transoms or sidelights. Despite the foregoing, openings occupied by garage doors giving access to vehicles even if those doors have windows may be excluded in calculating the total area of openings.
Despite the fact that Part 11 does not contain requirements to minimize overheating that may be caused by translucent openings according to their size and direction, it is recommended to take it into consideration in order to minimize the energy load that would be needed to condition certain spaces.
A-11.2.3.1. Thermal Bridges. Minor penetrations such as ties, shims or any similar fastener such as members that may constitute a thermal bridge need not be taken into account.
Insulation of thermal bridges excludes the interior and exterior finishes of all construction and surface air films behind those finishes.
A-11.2.3.1.(1)(b) Thermal Bridge of Metal Frame Walls. In the case of a metal frame, the thermal resistance of insulating material covering a thermal bridge may be less than that set out in Sentence 11.2.3.1.(1) as long as it is high enough to ensure efficient thermal resistance value equivalent to similar composition made of wood.
A-11.2.3.1.(3) Thermal Bridge in a Wall Between Two Heated Spaces. A portion of a wall between two heated spaces incorporating a thermal bridge must be covered with insulating material to obtain a total thermal resistance of not less than 2.20 on each side of the wall over a minimum distance of 1.2 m from the exterior side of the exterior wall.”;
(20)  by adding the following at the end of note B-3.2.6.2.(3):
“Standard NFPA-92A, “Recommended Practice for Smoke-Control Systems”, suggests mechanical smoke control methods. These methods may be used as alternatives to venting required by this Article. Designers will, however, need to demonstrate that the method they propose under this standard satisfies the objectives of the Code.”.
O.C. 293-2008, s. 1; O.C. 939-2009, s. 3; O.C. 858-2012, s. 7.
1.10. The Code is amended in Division C of Volume 2 by striking out Note A-2.3.1.
O.C. 293-2008, s. 1.
DIVISION IV
OFFENCE PROVISION
O.C. 293-2008, s. 1.
1.11. Every contravention against a provision of this Chapter constitutes an offence.
O.C. 293-2008, s. 1.
DIVISION V
(Obsolete)
O.C. 293-2008, s. 1.
CHAPTER II
GAS
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1.
DIVISION I
INTERPRETATION
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1.
2.01. In this Chapter, unless the context indicates otherwise, the word “Code” means Code d’installation du gaz naturel et du propane, CAN/CSA-B149.1-05; CAN/CSA-B149.1-05, Natural Gas and Propane Installation Code; Code sur le stockage et la manipulation du propane, CAN/CSA-B149.2-05; CAN/CSA-B149.2-05, Propane Storage and Handling Code; Centres de ravitaillement de gaz naturel: code d’installation, CAN/CSA-B108-99 (C2004); CAN/CSA-B108-99 (C2004), Natural Gas Fuelling Stations Installation Code; and the word “standard” means: Réseaux de canalisation de pétrole et de gaz, CSA Z662-03; CSA Z662-03, Oil and Gas Pipeline Systems; Gaz naturel liquéfié (GNL): production, stockage et manutention, CAN/CSA-Z276-01; and CAN/CSA-Z276-01, Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG)-Production, Storage and Handling, published either by the Canadian Standards Association or by CSA International, as well as any additional amendments or editions that may be published by those organizations.
However, the amendments and new editions published after the 2 December 2003 apply to building work only from the date corresponding to the last day of the sixth month following the date of publication of the French text of these amendments or editions.
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1; O.C. 1172-2005, s. 1; O.C. 120-2006, s. 1.
DIVISION II
APPLICATION OF CODES AND STANDARDS
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1.
2.02. Subject to the exemptions provided for by regulation made by the Government under subparagraph 1 of the first paragraph of section 182 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1) and to the amendments provided for in Division VII of this Chapter, the codes, standards and provisions of this Chapter apply to all building work for an installation intended to use, store or distribute gas to which the Act applies, including its surroundings, that is carried out from 2 December 2003.
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1.
DIVISION III
REFERENCES
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1.
2.03. Unless otherwise provided for, a reference in this Chapter to a standard or code is a reference to that standard or code as adopted by the chapter of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) or Safety Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 3) that refers to it.
TABLE 1

Designation Title Chapter of Construction Code

CNRC 38726F National Building Code of I
Canada 1995

CAN/CSA-B149.1 Natural Gas and Propane II
Installation Code

CAN/CSA-B149.2 Propane Storage and Handling II
Code

CAN/CSA-B108 Natural Gas Fuelling Stations II
Installation Code

CSA Z662 Oil and Gas Pipeline Systems II

CSA C22.1 Canadian Electrical Code, Part I V

CSA B51 Boiler, Pressure Vessel and VI
Pressure Piping Code
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1; O.C. 120-2006, s. 2; O.C. 1263-2012, s. 2.
DIVISION IV
APPROVAL OF APPLIANCES AND EQUIPMENT
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1.
2.04. Any appliance or equipment used in an installation intended to use, store or distribute gas must be approved for the use for which it is intended.
It is prohibited to sell or lease an appliance or equipment that has not been approved. It is also prohibited, except for approval purposes, to use in an installation intended to use gas an appliance or equipment that has not been approved.
However, an appliance or equipment may, during an exhibition, a presentation or a demonstration, be used without prior approval provided that it is accompanied by a notice with the following warning in characters measuring at least 15 mm: “WARNING: this material has not been approved for sale or rental as required by Chapter II of the Construction Code.”.
This section does not apply to the following appliance or equipment:
(1)  a manual appliance whose input power does not exceed 20,000 Btu/h (6 kW) intended for industrial applications;
(2)  a Bunsen burner; and
(3)  a stationary internal combustion engine.
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1.
2.05. Any appliance or equipment certified by one of the following agencies is deemed to be approved:
(1)  CSA International (CSA);
(2)  the Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada (ULC);
(3)  Intertek Testing Services NA LTD. (WH, cETL);
(4)  Underwriters Laboratories Incorporated (cUL);
(4.1)  Omni-Test Laboratories, Inc.; and
(5)  any other certification agency accredited by the Standards Council of Canada and whose affixation of a seal or label of approval or of certification of that agency attests compliance with Canadian standards, and that has notified the Régie du bâtiment du Québec of its accreditation.
Any appliance on which a label is affixed certifying that, without being certified by one of the agencies referred to in the first paragraph, that appliance is recognized by one of those agencies as complying with the construction and testing standards of Code d’approbation sur place des composants relatifs au combustible des appareils et appareillages, CAN/CSA-B149.3-05 and of CAN/CSA-B149.3-05, Code for the Field Approval of the Fuel-Related Components on Appliances and Equipment, published by the Canadian Standards Association, as well as to any additional amendment or edition published by that agency, is also deemed to be approved.
However, approval is not required for each component of an appliance where that appliance has received overall approval.
For the purposes of this Chapter, “certification” or “certified” means recognition by one of the agencies referred to in the first paragraph, by means of a label affixed on each certified appliance or equipment certifying that the appliance or equipment complies with the construction and testing requirements published by the standards development organizations accredited by the Standards Council of Canada to develop gas standards.
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1; O.C. 120-2006, ss. 1 and 3.
DIVISION V
REPORTING OF WORK
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1.
2.06. A contractor or an owner-builder in gas must report to the Régie the building work the contractor or owner-builder has carried out and to which Chapter II of the Construction Code applies, except building work for an installation to distribute natural gas by pipeline and maintenance or repairs to an installation intended to use, store or distribute gas. That report must be sent to the Régie no later than the twentieth day of the month following the date of the beginning of the work.
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1.
2.07. The report of work must contain the following information:
(1)  the address of the worksite;
(2)  the name, address and telephone number of the person for whom the work is carried out;
(3)  the name, address, telephone number and licence number of the contractor or owner-builder in gas who carries out the work;
(4)  the expected dates of the beginning and end of the building work;
(5)  the occupancy of the building as well as the number of stories and dwelling units;
(6)  the nature and type of work, in particular work for a new installation or alterations;
(7)  the number, power and nature of the appliances installed;
(8)  the type of gas;
(9)  the gas supply pressure of the building; and
(10)  the date of the report.
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1.
2.08. The work must be reported on the form provided for that purpose by the Régie or on any other document drawn up for that purpose.
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1.
DIVISION VI
INSPECTION FEES
O.C. 875-2003, a. 1.
2.09. A contractor or an owner-builder in gas must pay to the Régie, for the inspection of building work for an installation intended to use, store or distribute gas carried out further to the issue of a remedial notice provided for in section 122 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1), inspection fees of $149.55 for the first hour or fraction thereof, half of the hourly rate for each half-hour or fraction $70.36 for each trip.
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1.
2.10. For the approval of a gas appliance that cannot be approved by one of the agencies referred to in the first paragraph of section 2.05, the fees are $149.55 for the first hour or fraction thereof, half of the hourly rate for each half-hour or fraction thereof over and above the first hour and $70.36 for each trip.
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1.
DIVISION VII
AMENDMENTS TO CODES AND STANDARDS
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1.
2.11. Code CAN/CSA-B149.1-05 is amended
(1)  by substituting the following for Clause 1.1:
“1.1 This Code applies to
(a)  piping and tubing systems extending from the termination of the gas undertaking’s installations for natural gas or from the distributor’s liquefied petroleum gas tanks; the termination of the gas undertaking’s installations is the point where its piping ends; and
(b)  gas installations where gas is to be used for fuel purposes, subject to paragraph b;
(c)  vehicle-refuelling appliances and their equipment.”;
(2)  by revoking Clause 1.2;
(3)  by adding the following paragraphs after Clause 1.3:
“Where the term “natural gas” is used, the requirements of this Code apply equally to and include any of the following gases or mixtures of them: natural gas and mixtures of propane gas and air.
Where the term “propane” is used, the requirements of this Code apply equally to and include any of the following gases or mixtures of them: propane, propylene, butanes (normal butane or isobutane), and butylenes.”;
(4)  in Clause 3,
(a)  by substituting the following for the definition “Authority having jurisdiction”:
“Authority having jurisdiction: Régie du bâtiment du Québec.”;
(b)  by deleting the definition “Certified”;
(c)  by adding the following after the definition “Garage”:
“Gas undertaking (natural gas): undertaking for the distribution of natural gas by pipeline.”;
(d)  by inserting the following after the definition “Dirt pocket (dust pocket)”:
“Distributor: gas undertaking.”; and
(e)  by substituting the following for the definition “Installer”:
“Installer: contractor or owner-builder holding a licence issued under the Building Act (chapter B-1.1).”;
(5)  in Clause 2,
(a)  by substituting the following for the first paragraph:
“The editions and documents incorporated by reference into this Code are those indicated below except in the cases provided for in section 2.03 of Chapter II of the Construction Code made under the Building Act (chapter B-1.1).”;
(b)  by replacing “B51-03” by “B51-M1991”;
(c)   by replacing “B108-05” by “CAN/CSA-B108-99 (C2004)”; and
(d)  by replacing “Natural gas fuelling stations installation code” in the French text by “Centres de ravitaillement de gaz naturel: code d’installation”;
(6)  by revoking Clause 4.2;
(7)  (paragraph revoked);
(8)  by substituting the following for Clause 6.9.3:
“6.9.3 Welding of gas piping shall be performed in compliance with a welding method established and approved in accordance with Clauses 7.6, 7.7 and 7.11 of the standard CSA Z662-03, Oil and Gas Pipeline Systems, by a welder holding the appropriate qualification certificate issued under the Act respecting workforce vocational training and qualification (chapter F-5).”;
(9)  by inserting the following after Clause 7.1.3:
“7.1.4 Boilers converted to gas shall be in compliance with Clauses 9.4.1 and 9.4.2 of CAN/CSA-B149.3-05, Code for the Field Approval of Fuel Related Components on Appliances and Equipment.”;
(10)  by substituting the following for Clause 8.2.1:
“8.2.1 Subject to the exceptions referred to in the second paragraph and in Clause 8.2.3, an outdoor air supply sized in accordance with Clause 8.2.2 shall be provided to either an enclosure or a structure in which appliances are installed.
Except for boilers, water heaters and pool heaters that include a finned-tube heat exchanger, an outdoor air supply shall not be required in structures built before 1986 where the doors and windows of that structure have not been replaced after 1985 and the volume of the enclosure or the structure in which the appliances are installed is greater than 50 cubic feet per 1,000 Btu/h (4.84 m3 per kW) of the total input of all the appliances in the enclosure or the structure.”;
(11)  by striking out the words “and the Structure Complies with Clause 8.2.1 (a) or (b)” in the titles of Tables 8.1 and 8.2;
(12)  by substituting the following for Clause 8.2.3:
“8.2.3 An outdoor air supply shall not be required for a mechanically vented water heater with an input of 50,000 Btu/h (15 kW) or less where there are no other appliances requiring an air supply installed in the enclosure or the structure, it is not used to heat the structure, and the volume of the enclosure or the structure is greater than 50 cubic feet per 1,000 Btu/h (4.84 m3 per kW) of its input.”;
(13)  by revoking Clauses 8.2.4 and 8.2.5 and Tables 8.3 and 8.4;
(14)  by striking out in Clause 8.2.6 “, provided that the structure is not constructed as described in Clause 8.2.1(a) and does not comply with Clause 8.2.1(b). Otherwise, the volume of the enclosure must be used”;
(15)  by striking out the reference to Clause 8.2.4 in Clauses 8.3.1, 8.3.3 and 8.3.4;
(16)  (paragraph revoked);
(17)  by inserting the following after Clause 8.13.3:
“8.13.4 The tables of Appendix C shall be used in accordance with the “General Venting Requirements (GVR)” specified in that Appendix.”;
(18)  by adding the following paragraph after Clause 8.14.8:
“Notwithstanding paragraph g, a vent shall not terminate less than 6 ft (1.8 m) under an awning window.”;
(19)  by striking out “et à la chaleur” in Clause 8.18.1 of the French text;
(20)  by inserting the following after Clause 8.18.23:
“8.18.24 The total length of a vent connector shall comply with that provided for in Table C.9 of Appendix C.”; and
(21)  by substituting “after 1985 or where the doors and windows were replaced after 1985” for “in accordance with Clause 8.2.1” in Clause C.2.2 of the “General Venting Requirements (GVR)” of Appendix C.
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1; O.C. 1172-2005, s. 2; O.C. 120-2006, ss. 1 and 4.
2.12. Code CAN/CSA-B149.2-05 is amended
(1)  by substituting the following for Clauses 1.1 and 1.2:
“1.1 This Code applies to
(a)  installations to store, handle or transport liquefied petroleum gas; and
(b)  installations to use liquefied petroleum gas.”;
(2)  in Clause 3,
(a)  by substituting the following for the definition “Authority having jurisdiction”:
“Authority having jurisdiction: Régie du bâtiment du Québec.”;
(b)  by deleting the definition “Certified”;
(c)  by inserting the following after the definition “Space, confined”:
“Storage: stocking.”;
(d)  by inserting the following after the definition “Insulating millboard”:
“Liquefied petroleum gas: propane, propylene, butanes or butylenes.”;
(e)  by substituting the following for the definition “Installer”:
“Installer: contractor or owner-builder holding a licence issued under the Building Act (chapter B-1.1).”; and
(f)  by inserting the following after the definition “Gauge”:
“Handling: manipulation or transfer.”;
(3)  in Clause 2,
(a)  by substituting the following for the first paragraph:
“The editions and documents incorporated by reference into this Code are those indicated below except in the cases provided for in section 2.03 of Chapter II of the Construction Code made under the Building Act (chapter B-1.1).”;
(b)  by substituting “B51-M1991” for “B51-03”; and
(c)  by inserting “NFPA 68, Guide for Venting of Deflagrations, 2002 Edition.” after the reference “NFPA 30B-2002 Code for the Manufacture and Storage of Aerosol Products”;
(4)  by revoking Clause 4.2;
(5)  by revoking Clause 5.2.11;
(6)  by substituting the following for Clause 6.5.10.2c:
“(c) an explosion relief panel in compliance with the standard NFPA 68 entitled “Guide for Venting of Deflagrations”; or”;
(7)  by revoking Clause 6.6;
(8)  by substituting the following for Clause 7.17.3e iii:
“(iii) an explosion relief panel in compliance with the standard NFPA 68 entitled “Guide for Venting of Deflagrations”; or”; and
(9)  by revoking Clause 7.21.1.
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1; O.C. 120-2006, ss. 1 and 5.
2.13. Code CAN/CSA-B108-99 (C2004) is amended
(1)  in Clause 2.1,
(a)  by substituting the following for the definition “Authority having jurisdiction”:
“Authority having jurisdiction: Régie du bâtiment du Québec.”; and
(b)  by deleting the definition “Certified”;
(2)  in Clause 2.2,
(a)  by substituting the following for the first paragraph:
“The editions and documents incorporated by reference into this Code are those indicated below except in the cases provided for in section 2.03 of Chapter II of the Construction Code made under the Building Act (chapter B-1.1).”;
(b)  by substituting “B51-M1991” for “B51-97”;
(c)  by substituting “CAN/CSA-B149.1-05, Natural Gas and Propane Installation Code” for “CAN/CGA-B149.1-M95, Natural Gas Installation Code”;
(d)  by substituting “Z662-03” for “Z662-96”; and
(e)  by adding, at the end, the following:
“A reference in the Code to the standard “CAN/CGA-B149.1” is a reference to the standard “CAN/CSA-B149.1.”.
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1; O.C. 120-2006, ss. 1 and 6.
2.14. Standard CSA Z662-03 is amended
(1)  by substituting the following for Clause 1.1:
“1.1 This Standard applies to the pipeline systems of a gas undertaking.”;
(2)  by revoking Clauses 1.2 and 1.3;
(3)  in Clause 2,
(a)  by substituting the following for the first sentence of the first paragraph:
“The editions and documents incorporated by reference into this Standard are those indicated below except in the cases provided for in section 2.03 of Chapter II of the Construction Code made under the Building Act (chapter B-1.1).”;
(b)  by substituting “B51-M1991 for “B51-03”;
(c)  (subparagraph revoked);
(d)  (subparagraph revoked);
(e)  (subparagraph revoked);
(4)  in Clause 3.1,
(a)  by substituting the following for the definition “Company”:
“Company: the gas undertaking or contractor that is in charge of construction.”;
(b)  by deleting the definition “Construction”;
(c)  by substituting the following for the definitions “Contractor” and “Company, operating”:
“Contractor: person holding a contractor’s or an owner-builder’s licence issued under the Building Act (chapter B-1.1).
“Company, operating”: the gas undertaking that operates the pipeline system.”; and
(5)  by inserting the following after Clause 12.2:
“12.2.1 The service line of each building must come out of the ground before entering the building and it must be equipped with a service shut-off valve outside the building.
However, if the location where the service line comes out of the ground presents a danger and the service line cannot be protected, it must enter the building below ground level and be equipped with an underground service shut-off valve located outside the building and with another service shut-off valve inside, as near as possible to the foundation wall.
12.2.2 The service shut-off valves outside the ground must be easily accessible for their operation. The expression “easily accessible” means within reach, without it being necessary to climb, remove an obstacle or use a mobile ladder.
12.2.3 Before supplying gas to an installation, a piped gas undertaking must affix to the building, above any service entrance, a distinctive mark that can be seen at all times.
12.2.4 The piped gas undertaking must notify all users affected by an interruption of service and ensure that the service is restored safely.”.
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1; O.C. 1172-2005, s. 3; O.C. 120-2006, s. 7.
2.15. 2.15 Standard CAN/CSA-Z276-01 is amended
(1)  by substituting the following for Clause 1.1:
“1.1 This Standard applies to installations intended to store liquefied natural gas regardless of their locations.”;
(2)  by revoking Clause 1.5;
(3)  in Clause 2.1,
(a)  by inserting the following after the definition “Small facility”:
“Storage: liquefaction, storage, vaporization, transfer or handling.”;
(b)  by substituting the following for the definition “Operating Company”:
“Operating company: the piped gas undertaking that operates a LNG plant.”;
(4)  in Clause 2.2,
(a)  by substituting the following for the first sentence:
“The editions and documents incorporated by reference into this Standard are those indicated below except in the cases provided for in section 2.03 of Chapter II of the Construction Code made under the Building Act (chapter B-1.1).”;
(b)  by replacing “B51-03” by “B51-M1991”;
(c)  by replacing “B149.1-00” by “B149.1-05”;
(d)  by replacing “B149.2-00” by “B149.2-05”;
(e)  by replacing “C22.1-98” by “C22.10-04”; and
(f)  (subparagraph replaced).
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1; O.C. 120-2006, ss. 1 and 8.
DIVISION VIII
PENAL
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1.
2.16. Any violation of one of the provisions of this Chapter, except for the provisions of Division VI, is an offence.
O.C. 875-2003, s. 1.
CHAPTER III
PLUMBING
O.C. 961-2002, s. 5; O.C. 294-2008, s. 1.
DIVISION I
INTERPRETATION
O.C. 961-2002, s. 5; O.C. 294-2008, s. 1.
3.01. In this Chapter, unless the context indicates otherwise, “Code” means the “National Plumbing Code of Canada 2005” (NRCC 47668) and the “Code national de la plomberie – Canada 2005” (CNRC 47668F), published by the Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes, National Research Council of Canada, as well as all subsequent amendments that may be published by that organization.
Despite the foregoing, amendments published after 1 July 2008 apply to construction work only as of the date that is the last day of the sixth month following the month of publication of the French text of the amendments.
O.C. 961-2002, s. 5; O.C. 120-2006, s. 9; O.C. 294-2008, s. 1; O.C. 939-2009, s. 4.
DIVISION II
APPLICATION OF THE NATIONAL PLUMBING CODE
O.C. 961-2002, s. 5; O.C. 294-2008, s. 1.
3.02. Subject to the amendments made by this Chapter, the Code applies to all construction work on a plumbing system in a building or facility intended for use by the public to which the Building Act (chapter B-1.1) applies.
O.C. 961-2002, s. 5; O.C. 294-2008, s. 1.
3.03. Unless otherwise provided for, a reference in this Chapter to a standard or code is a reference to that standard or code as adopted by the chapter of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) or Safety Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 3) that refers to it.
O.C. 961-2002, s. 5; O.C. 873-2005, s. 1; O.C. 294-2008, s. 1; O.C. 1263-2012, s. 2.
DIVISION III
AMENDMENTS TO THE CODE
O.C. 294-2008, s. 1.
3.04. The Code is amended in Division A
(1)  by replacing Article 1.1.1.1. by the following:
“1.1.1.1. Application of the NPC
(1)  The NPC applies to the construction work performed on a plumbing system in every building and facility intended for use by the public as provided in section 3.02 of Chapter III of the Construction Code made pursuant to the Building Act (chapter B-1.1).
(2)  In accordance with the NBC, every building shall, except as provided by Sentence (3), have plumbing facilities.
(3)  If a hot water system is required under the NBC, the facility shall
(a) provide an adequate hot water supply, and
(b) be installed in conformance with this Chapter.”;
(2)  in Article 1.2.1.1., by replacing Clause (b) of Sentence (1) by the following:
“(b) using alternative solutions that will achieve at least the minimum level of performance required by Division B in the areas defined by the objectives and functional statements attributed to the applicable acceptable solutions approved by the Régie du bâtiment in accordance with section 127 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1) (see Appendix A).”;
(3)  in Sentence (1) of Article 1.4.1.2.,
(a) by inserting the following after the definition of “Combustible”:
“ Construction Code means the Construction Code made pursuant to the Building Act (chapter B-1.1).”;
(b) by inserting “, retention pit” after “sump” in the definition of “Storm building drain”;
(c) by replacing the definition of “Potable” by the following:
“Potable means water intended for human consumption.”
(d) by replacing the definition of “Suite” by the following:
“Suite* means a single room or series of rooms of complementary use, operated under a single tenancy and includes dwelling units, individual guest rooms in motels, hotels, rooming houses, boarding houses, dormitories and single-family dwellings, as well as individual stores and individual or complementary rooms for business and personal services occupancies.”;
(e) by replacing the definition of “Occupancy” by the following:
“Occupancy* means the use or intended use of a building or part thereof.”;
(f) by replacing the definition of “Public use” by the following:
“Public use (as applying to the classification of plumbing fixtures) means fixtures installed in locations other than those designated as private use.”;
(4)  in Article 3.2.1.1., by inserting the following in Sentence (1) after the functional statement “F21 To limit or accommodate dimensional change.”:
“F23 To maintain equipment in place during structural movement.”;
(5)  in Article 3.2.1.1., by inserting the following in Sentence (1) after the functional statement “F46 To minimize the risk of contamination of potable water.”:
“F60 To control the accumulation and pressure of surface water, groundwater and sewage.
F61 To resist the ingress of precipitation, water or moisture from the exterior or from the ground.”;
(6)  in note A-1.4.1.2.(1) of Appendix A, by replacing Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-L by the following:
O.C. 961-2002, s. 5; O.C. 294-2008, s. 1; O.C. 939-2009, s. 5.
3.05. The Code is amended in Division B,
(1)  in Table 1.3.1.2. of Article 1.3.1.2.,
(a) by inserting the following references:
“
|ASME | A112.1.2-2004 | Air Gaps in Plumbing Systems |2.2.10.22.(1) |
|ASME | A112.6.3-2001 | Floor and Trench Drains |2.2.10.19.(2) |
|ASME | A112.6.4-2003 | Roof, Deck, and Balcony Drains |2.2.10.20.(2) |
”
before the reference:
“
|ANSI/ | B16.3-1998 | Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings |2.2.6.6.(1) |
|ASME | | | |
”;
(b) by inserting the following references:
“
|ANSI/CSA | ANSI Z21.10.1- | Gas Water Heaters - Volume I, Storage|2.2.10.13.(1) |
| | 2004/CSA 4.1- | Water Heaters With Input Ratings of | |
| | 2004 | 75,000 Btu Per Hour or Less | |
| | | | |
|ANSI/CSA | ANSI Z21.10.3- | Gas Water Heaters - Volume III, |2.2.10.13.(1) |
| | 2004/CSA 4.3- | Storage Water Heaters With Input | |
| | 2004 | Ratings Above 75,000 Btu Per Hour, | |
| | | Circulating and Instantaneous | |
”
before the reference:
“
|ANSI/CSA | ANSI Z21.22- | Relief Valves for Hot Water Supply |2.2.10.11.(1) |
| | 1999/CSA 4.4-M99| Systems | |
”;
(c) by inserting the following references:
“
|ASTM | A268/A268M-05a | Standard Specification for Seamless |2.2.6.10.(1) |
| | | and Welded Ferritic and Martensitic | |
| | | Stainless Steel Tubing for General | |
| | | Service | |
| | | | |
|ASTM | A269-07 | Standard Specification for Seamless |2.2.6.10.(1) |
| | | and Welding Austenitic Stainless | |
| | | Steel Tubing for General Service | |
| | | | |
|ASTM | A270-03a | Standard Specification for Seamless |2.2.6.10.(1) |
| | | and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel| |
| | | Sanitary Tubing | |
| | | | |
|ASTM | A312/A312M-05a | Standard Specification for Seamless, |2.2.6.10.(1) |
| | | Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked | |
| | Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes | |
”
after the reference:
“
|ASTM | A53/A53M-02 | Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, |2.2.6.7.(4) |
| | | Zinc - Coated, Welded and Seamless | |
”;
(d) by inserting the following references:
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | | | |
|AWS | AWS A5.8/ | Specification for Filler Metals for |2.2.9.2.(1) |
| | A5.8M: 2004 | Brazing and Braze Welding | |
| | | | |
|BNQ | NQ 2622-126 | Reinforced Concrete and Unreinforced |2.2.5.3.(1) |
| | (1999) | Concrete Pipes and Monolithic Lateral| |
| | | Connections for Evacuation of | |
| | | Domestic Wastewater and Storm Water | |
| | | | |
|BNQ | NQ 3623-085 | Ductile-Iron Pipes for Pressure |2.2.6.4.(1) |
| | (2002) | Piping Systems - Characteristics and | |
| | | Test Methods | |
| | | | |
|BNQ | NQ 3624-027 | Tuyaux et raccords en polyéthylène |2.2.5.5.(1) |
| | (2000) | (PE) - Tuyaux pour le transport des | |
| | (Modificatif | liquides sous pression | |
| | N° 1/03) | - Caractéristiques et méthodes | |
| | | d’essais | |
| | | | |
|BNQ | NQ 3624-120 | Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and |2.2.5.10.(1) |
| | (2006) | Fittings - Smooth Inside Wall Open | |
| | | or Closed Profile | |
| | | Pipes for Storm Sewer and Soil | |
| | | Drainage - Characteristics and Test | |
| | | Methods | |
| | | | |
|BNQ | NQ-3624-130 | Unplasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) |2.2.5.10.(1) |
| | (1997) | (PVC) Rigid Pipe and Fittings, | |
| | (Modificatif | 150 mm in Diameter or Smaller, for | |
| | N° 1/90) | Underground Sewage Applications | |
| | (Modificatif | | |
| | N° 2/01) | | |
| | | | |
|BNQ | NQ-3624-135 | Unplasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) |2.2.5.10.(1) |
| | (2000) | [PVC-U] Pipe and Fittings - Pipes of | |
| | | 200 mm to 600 mm in Diameter for | |
| | | Underground Sewage and Soil Drainage | |
| | | - Characteristics and Test Methods | |
| | | | |
|BNQ | NQ 3624-250 | Unplasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) |2.2.5.8.(1) |
| | (2000) | [PVC-U] Pipe and Fittings - Rigid | |
| | | Pipe for Pressurized Water Supply | |
| | | and Distribution - Characteristics | |
| | | and Test Methods | |
| | | | |
|BNQ | NQ 3632-670 | Backwater and Check Valves for |2.2.10.18.(1) |
| | (2005) | Sewage Systems - Characteristics | |
| | | and Test Methods | |
|_________|_________________|______________________________________|______________|
”
after the reference:
“
|ASTM | F714-03 | Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe |2.2.5.6.(1) |
| | | (SCR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter | |
|_________|_________________|______________________________________|______________|
”;
(d.1) by replacing the reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA- | Reduced Pressure Principle (RP) |2.2.10.10.(1) |
| | B64.4-01 | Backflow Preventers | |
”
by the following reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA- | Reduced Pressure Principle (RP) |2.2.10.10.(1) |
| | B64.4-01 | Backflow Preventers |2.6.2.4.(2) |
| | | |2.6.2.4.(4) |
”;
(d.2) by replacing the reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA- | Double Check Valve (DCVA) |2.2.10.10.(1) |
| | B64.5-01 | Backflow Preventers | |
”
by the following reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA- | Double Check Valve (DCVA) |2.2.10.10.(1) |
| | B64.5-01 | Backflow Preventers |2.6.2.4.(2) |
”;
(d.3) by replacing the reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA- | Dual Check Valve (DuC) |2.2.10.10.(1) |
| | B64.6-01 | Backflow Preventers | |
”
by the following reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA- | Dual Check Valve (DuC) |2.2.10.10.(1) |
| | B64.6-01 | Backflow Preventers |2.6.2.4.(2) |
”;
(e) by replacing the reference:
|CSA | CAN/CSA- | Manual for the Selection and |2.6.2.1.(3)(2)|
| | B64.10-01 | Installation of Backflow Prevention | |
| | | Devices | |
”
by the following references:
“
| | | | |
|CSA | CAN/CSA- | Manual for the Selection and |2.6.2.1.(3)(2)|
| | B64.10-01 | Installation of Backflow Prevention |2.6.2.1.(4) |
| | (including | Devices | |
| | Supplement | | |
| | B64.10S1-04) | | |
| | | | |
|csa | CAN/CSA- | Manual for the Maintenance and Field |2.6.2.1.(4) |
| | B64.10.1-01 | Testing of Backflow Prevention | |
| | (including | Devices | |
| | Supplement | | |
| | B64.10.1S1-04 | | |
”;
(f) by replacing the reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA-B70-02 | Cast iron Soil Pipe, Fittings and |2.2.6.1.(1) |
| | | Means of Joining |2.4.6.4.(2) |
”
by the following reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA-B70-06 | Cast Iron Soil Pipe, Fittings, |2.2.6.1.(1) |
| | | and Means of Joining |2.6.10.18.(1) |
| | | | |
|CSA | CAN/CSA-B79-05 | Floor Drains, Area Drains, Shower |2.2.10.19.(1) |
| | | Drains, and Cleanouts in Residential | |
| | | Construction | |
”;
(g) by replacing the reference:
“
|CSA | CSA-B125.3-05 | Plumbing Fittings |2.2.10.6.(1) |
| | | |2.2.10.7.(2) |
| | | |2.2.10.10.(2) |
”
by the following reference:
“
|CSA | CSA-B125.3-05 | Plumbing Fittings |2.2.10.6.(1) |
| | | |2.2.10.7.(2) |
| | | |2.2.10.10.(2) |
| | | |2.2.10.21.(1) |
”;
(h) by replacing the reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA- | Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/ |2.2.5.14.(1) |
| | B137.10-02 | Crosslinked Polyethylene Composite | |
| | | Pressure-Pipe Systems | |
”
by the following reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA- | Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/ |2.2.5.13.(3) |
| | B137.10-02 | Crosslinked Polyethylene Composite |2.2.5.14.(1) |
| | | Pressure-Pipe Systems | |
”;
(i) by inserting the following reference:
“
|CSA | CSA B140.12-03 | Oil-Burning Equipment: Service |2.2.10.13.(1) |
| | | Water Heaters for Domestic Hot Water,| |
| | | Space Heating, and Swimming Pools | |
”
after the reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA- | Polypropylene (PP-R) Pipe and |2.2.5.14.(1) |
| | B137.11-02 | Fittings for Pressure Applications |2.2.5.15.(1) |
”;
(j) by replacing the reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA- | ABS Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and |2.2.5.10.(1) |
| | B181.1-02 | Pipe Fittings |2.2.5.11.(1) |
| | | |2.2.5.12.(1) |
| | | |2.4.6.4.(2) |
”
by the following reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA- | ABS Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and |2.2.5.10.(1) |
| | B181.1-02 | Pipe Fittings |2.2.5.11.(1) |
| | | |2.2.5.12.(1) |
| | | |2.2.10.18.(1) |
”;
(k) by replacing the reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA- | PVC Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and |2.2.5.10.(1) |
| | B181.2-02 | Pipe Fittings |2.2.5.11.(1) |
| | | |2.2.5.12.(1) |
| | | |2.4.6.4.(2) |
”
by the following reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA- | PVD Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and |2.2.5.10.(1) |
| | B181.2-02 | Pipe Fittings |2.2.5.11.(1) |
| | | |2.2.5.12.(1) |
| | | |2.2.10.18.(1) |
”;
(1) by replacing the reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA- | Plastic Drain and Sewer Pipe and |2.2.5.10.(1) |
| | B182.1-02 | Pipe Fittings |2.4.6.4.(2) |
”
by the following reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA- | Plastic Drain and Sewer Pipe and |2.2.5.10.(1) |
| | B182.1-02 | Pipe Fittings |2.2.10.18.(1) |
”;
(m) by inserting the following references:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA-B481 | Grease Interceptors |2.2.3.2.(3) |
| | Serie 07 | | |
| | | | |
|CSA | CAN/CSA- B4 | Drinking Water Treatment Systems |2.2.10.17.(1) |
| | B483.1-07 | |2.2.10.17.(2) |
| | | |2.2.10.17.(3) |
| | | |2.2.10.17.(4) |
| | | |2.2.10.17.(5) |
”
after the reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA-356-00 | Water Pressure Reducing Valves for |2.2.10.12.(1) |
| | | Domestic Water Systems Supply | |
”;
(n) by inserting the reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA- | Construction and Test of Electric |2.2.10.13.(1) |
| | C22.2 | Storage-Tank Water Heaters | |
| | 110-94 (R2004) | | |
”
after the reference:
“
|CSA | CAN/CSA-B602 | Mechanical Couplings for Drain, |2.2.10.4.(2) |
| | | Waste, and Vent Pipe and Sewer Pipe | |
”;
(o) by inserting the following references:
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | | | |
|MSS | SP-58-2002 | Pipe Hangers and Supports - |2.2.10.23(1) |
| | | Materials, Design, and Manufacture | |
| | | | |
|ANSI/MSS | SP-69-2003 | Pipe hangers and Supports - |2.3.4.1.(4) |
| | | Selection and Application | |
| | | | |
|NSF | NSF/ANSI | Drinking water Treatment Units - |2.2.10.17(4) |
| | 53-2007a | Health Effects | |
| | | | |
|NSF | NSF/ANSI | Ultraviolet Microbiological Water |2.2.10.17.(1) |
| | 55-2007 | Treatment Systems | |
| | | | |
|NSF | NSF/ANSI | Drinking Water Distillation Systems |2.2.10.17.(1) |
| | 62-2004 | | |
|_________|_________________|______________________________________|______________|
”
after the reference:
“
|CSA | G401-01 | Corrugated Steel Pipe Products |2.2.6.8.(1) |
|_________|_________________|______________________________________|______________|
”;
(2)  in Article 1.3.2.1
(a) by inserting the following after “ASTM… American Society for Testing and Materials International (100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania 19428-2959 U.S.A.; www.astm.org)”:
“AWS...American Welding Society (550 N.W. LeJeune Road, Miami, Florida 33126 U.S.A.; www.aws.org)”;
(b) by inserting the following after “AWWA…American Water Works Association (6666 West Quincy Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80235 U.S.A.; www.awwa.org)”:
“BNQ...Bureau de normalisation du Québec (333, rue Franquet, Québec, (Québec) G1P 4C7; www.bnq.qc.ca)”;
(c) by replacing “NBC… National Building Code of Canada 2005 (see CCBFC)” by the following:
NBC... National Building Code of Canada within the meaning of section 1.01 of Chapter I of the Construction Code, as amended by this Chapter”;
(d) by inserting the following after “MSC... Meteorological Service of Canada [formerly AES - Atmospheric Environment Service] (Environment Canada, 4905 Dufferin Street, Toronto, Ontario M3H 5T4; www.msc-smc.ec.gc.ca)”:
“Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry (127 Park Street, N.E., Vienna, Virginia 22180 U.S.A.; www.mss-hq.com)”;
(e) by inserting the following after “NPC... National Plumbing Code of Canada 2005 (see CCBFC)” and “NRC… National Research Council of Canada (Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0R6; www.nrc-cnrc.gc.ca)” respectively:
“NQ... Québec standard” and;
“NSF...NSF International (PO Box 130140, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48113-0140, U.S.A.; www.nsf.com)”;
(3)  in Article 2.1.2.3., by replacing “Every” in Sentence (1) by “Except as provided in Clause (a) of Sentence 2.7.3.2 (1), every”;
(4)  by adding the following after Subsection 2.1.3.:
“2.1.4. Structural Movement
2.1.4.1. Structural Movement
(1) Plumbing systems of buildings subject to Chapter I of the Construction Code and to which Part 4 of Division B of the NBC applies shall be designed and installed to accommodate the maximum relative structural movement provided for in the construction of the building. (See Article 4.1.3.5., Subsection 4.1.8., Sentence 4.1.3.3.(2) and Article A-6.2.1.3. of the NBC for information on the types of structural movements that may be encountered.)”;
(5)  in article 2.2.3.1., by adding the following after Sentence (5):
“(6) A deep trap seal depth shall be not less than 100 mm.”;
(6)  in Article 2.2.3.2., by adding the following after Sentence (2):
“(3) Every grease interceptor shall conform to CSA B481 Series, Grease Interceptors.”;
(6.1)  in Article 2.2.4.2., by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
“(1) Subject to Article 2.4.3.7., a single or double sanitary T fitting shall not be used in a nominally horizontal soil-or-waste pipe, except that a single sanitary T fitting may be used to connect a vent pipe.”;
(7)  in Article 2.2.5.3., by inserting the following after Clause (b) of Sentence (1):
“(c) NQ 2622-126, Tuyaux et branchements latéraux monolithiques en béton armé et non armé pour l’évacuation des eaux d’égout domestique et pluvial.”;
(8)  in Article 2.2.5.5., by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
“(1) Polyethylene water pipe, tubing, and fittings shall conform to Series 160 of
(a) CAN/CSA-B137.1, Polyethylene Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings for Cold-Water Pressure Services, or
(b) NQ 3624-027, Tuyaux et raccords en polyéthylène (PE) - Tuyaux pour le transport des liquides sous pression - Caractéristiques et méthodes d’essais.”;
(9)  in Article 2.2.5.8., by replacing Clause (a) of Sentence (1) by the following:
“(a) conform to
(i) CAN/CSA B137.3, Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe for Pressure Applications, or
(ii) NQ 3624-250, Unplasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) [PVC-U] Pipe and Fittings - Rigid Pipe for Pressurized Water Supply and Distribution - Characteristics and Test Methods, and”;
(10)  in Article 2.2.5.10.,
(a) by striking out “or” at the end of Clause (g) of Sentence (1);
(b) by adding the following after Clause (h) of Sentence (1):
“(i) NQ 3624-120, Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Fittings - Smooth Inside Wall Open or Closed Profile Pipes for Storm Sewer and Soil Drainage - Characteristics and Test Methods,
(j) NQ 3624-130, Tuyaux et raccords rigides en poly (chlorure de vinyle) (PVC) non plastifié, de diamètre égal ou inférieur à 150 mm, pour égouts souterrains, or
(k) NQ 3624-135, Unplasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) [PVC-U] Pipe and Fittings - Pipes of 200 mm to 600 mm in Diameter for Underground Sewage and Soil Drainage - Characteristics and Test ­Methods.”;”;
(11)  in Article 2.2.5.13.,
(a) by inserting “with a nominal pressure not more than 690 kPa and a nominal temperature not more than 82 °C” after “PE/AL/PE pipe and fittings” in Sentence (2);
(b) by adding the following after Sentence (2):
“(3) PE/AL/PE composite pipe with a nominal pressure not less than 690 kPa and a nominal temperature not less than 82 °C are permitted to be used in a hot water system with connections conforming to CAN/CSA-B137.10, Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Crosslinked Polyethylene Composite Pressure-Pipe Systems.”;
(12)  in Article 2.2.6.4., by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
“(1) Cast-iron water pipes shall conform to
(a) ANSI AWWA-C151/A21.51, Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water, or
(b) NQ 3623-085, Ductile-Iron Pipes for Pressure Piping Systems - Characteristics and Test Methods.”;
(13)  by adding the following after Article 2.2.6.9.:
“2.2.6.10. Stainless Steel Pipes
(1) Stainless steel pipe and fittings shall conform to
(a) ASTM-A268/A268M, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic and Martensitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service,
(b) ASTM-A269, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service,
(c) ASTM-A270, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Sanitary Tubing, or
(d) ASTM-A312/A312M, Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes.”;
(14)  in Article 2.2.9.2.,
(a) by replacing the title “Solders and Fluxes” by “Solders, Fluxes and Brazing Alloys”;
(b) by replacing Sentence (4) by the following:
“(4) Alloys used for brazing shall conform to AWS A5.8/A5.8M, Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding, within the BCuP range, depending on the recommended use.”;
(c) by striking out Sentence (5);
(15)  in Article 2.2.10.5., by inserting “, except at the point of connection to a standpipe system” after “water systems” in Sentence (1);
(15.1)  by replacing Article 2.2.10.7. by the following:
“2.2.10.7. Water Temperature Control
(see Appendix A)
(1)  Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), valves supplying shower heads or bathtubs must be of the pressure-balanced, thermostatic, or combination pressure-balanced/thermostatic type and conform to ASME A112.18.1/CAN/CSA B125.1, Plumbing Supply Fittings.
(2)  Valves supplying only bathtubs need not be of one of the types referred to in Sentence (1) if the hot water supply is controlled by a thermostatic-mixing valve or an automatic temperature-limiting device conforming to CAN/CSA-B125.3, Plumbing Fittings.
(3)  Valves supplying only shower heads need not be of one of the types referred to in Sentence (1) if the water supply is controlled by an automatic compensating valve conforming to CAN/CSA-B125.3, Plumbing Fittings.
(4)  Except as provided in Sentence (5), valves supplying shower heads or bathtubs of a care occupancy or private seniors’ residence within the meaning of the Act respecting health services and social services (chapter S-4.2) must be of the thermostatic or combination pressure-balanced/thermostatic type and conform to ASME A112.18.1/CAN/CSA B125.1, Plumbing Supply Fittings. For the purposes of this Article, “care occupancy” means a building or part of a building housing persons who, because of their physical or mental state, need medical care or treatment.
(5)  Valves supplying only bathtubs of a care occupancy or private seniors’ residence need not be of one of the types referred to in Sentence (4) if the hot water supply is controlled by a thermostatic-mixing valve or an automatic temperature-limiting device installed within the limits of a bathroom and conforming to CAN/CSA-B125.3, Plumbing Fittings.
(6)  Valves, mixing valves and limiting devices covered by Sentences (1) to (3) must be adjusted to provide a water outlet temperature that does not exceed 49 °C. Those covered by Sentences (4) and (5) must be adjusted to provide a water outlet temperature that does not exceed 43 °C.”
(16)  in Article 2.2.10.13.,
(a) by striking out “Solar Domestic” in the title;
(b) by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
“(1) Service water heaters shall conform to
(a) ANSI Z21.10.1/CSA 4.1, Gas Water Heaters - Volume I, Storage Water Heaters With Input Ratings of 75,000 Btu Per Hour or Less,
(b) ANSI Z21.10.3/CSA 4.3, Gas Water Heaters - Volume III, Storage Water Heaters With Input Ratings Above 75,000 Btu Per Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous,
(c) CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 110, Construction and Test of Electric Storage-Tank Water Heaters,
(d) CSA B140.12, Oil-Burning Equipment: Service Water Heaters for Domestic Hot Water, Space Heating, and Swimming Pools, or
(e) CAN/CSA-F379.1, Solar Domestic Hot Water Systems (Liquid to Liquid Heat Transfer).”;
(17)  by adding the following after Article 2.2.10.16.:
“2.2.10.17. Potable Water Treatment Unit
(1) Potable water disinfection units using ultraviolet designed to meet the requirements of the Regulation respecting the quality of drinking water, (chapter Q-2, r. 40), shall conform to one of the following standards:
(a) NSF/ANSI 55, Ultraviolet Microbiological Water Treatment Systems, or
(b) CAN/CSA B483.1, Drinking Water Treatment Systems, if they are designed to be installed at the point of use.
(2) Reverse osmosis potable water treatment systems installed at the point of use and designed to meet the requirements of the Regulation respecting the quality of drinking water shall conform to CAN/CSA B483.1, Drinking Water Treatment Systems.
(3) Potable water distillation systems designed to meet the requirements of the Regulation respecting the quality of drinking water shall conform to one of the following standards:
(a) NSF/ANSI 62, Drinking Water Distillation Systems; or
(b) CAN/CSA B483.1, Drinking Water Treatment Systems, if they are designed to be installed at the point of use.
(4) Potable water treatment units not referred to in Sentences (1) to (3) and designed to meet the requirements of the Regulation respecting the quality of drinking water shall conform to one of the following standards:
(a) NSF/ANSI 53, Drinking Water Treatment Units - Health Effects, or
(b) CAN/CSA B483.1, Drinking Water Treatment Systems, if they are designed to be installed at the point of use.
(5) Potable water treatment units not referred to in Sentences (1) to (4) shall conform to CAN/CSA B483.1, Drinking Water Treatment Systems.”;
2.2.10.18. Backwater Valves
(1) Backwater valves shall conform to
(a) CAN/CSA-B70, Cast Iron Soil Pipe, Fittings, and Means of Joining,
(b) CAN/CSA-B181.1, ABS Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Pipe Fittings,
(c) CAN/CSA-B181.2, PVC Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Pipe Fittings,
(d) CAN/CSA-B182.1, Plastic Drain and Sewer Pipe and Pipe Fittings,
(e) NQ 3632-670, Backwater and Check Valves for Sewage Systems.
2.2.10.19. Floor Drains and Shower Drains
(1) Floor drains, including emergency floor drains, and shower drains installed in an individual house shall conform to CSA-B79, Floor Drains, Area Drains, Shower Drains, and Cleanouts in Residential Construction.
(2) Floor drains, including emergency floor drains, and shower drains installed in an occupancy other than an individual house shall conform to ASME A112.6.3, Floor and Trench Drains.
2.2.10.20. Roof Drains
(1) Roof drains shall conform to ASME A112.6.4, Roof, Deck, and Balcony Drains.
2.2.10.21. Trap Seal Primer Devices
(1) Trap seal primer devices shall conform to CAN/CSA-B125.3, Plumbing Fittings.
2.2.10.22. Air Gaps
(1) Prefabricated air gaps shall conform to ASME A112.1.2, Air Gaps in Plumbing Systems.
2.2.10.23. Pipe Hangers and Supports
(1) Prefabricated pipe hangers and supports shall conform to MSS SP-58, Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, and Manufacture.”;
(18)  in Article 2.3.3.10., by adding the following after Sentence (1):
“(2) Except as required by Sentence (3), underground copper piping joints shall be composed of flared or compression joints or be braze-welded.
(3) Compression joints shall not be used underground inside a building.”;
(19)  in Article 2.3.4.1.,
(a) by inserting “and every valve” after “fixture” in Sentence (3);
(b) by adding the following after Sentence (3):
“(4) Pipe hangers and supports shall be selected according to ANSI/MSS SP-69, Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application.”;
(20)  in Article 2.4.2.1.,
(a) by striking out “or” at the end of Sublause (v) of Sentence (1);
(b) by inserting the following after Subclause (vi) of Clause (e) of Sentence (1):
“(vii) a drain or overflow from a swimming or wading pool and deck floor drains, or
(viii) a drain from an elevator, dumbwaiter or elevating device pit.”;
(c) by replacing Sentence (2) by the following:
“(2) Where the upper vertical part of an offset soil-or-waste stack receives water from fixtures from more than one storey, a connection in that offset soil-or-waste stack shall not be less than
(a) 1.5 m downstream from the base of the upper section of the soil-or-waste stack or from another connection receiving sewage from another soil-or-waste stack connected to the offset, and
(b) 600 mm higher or lower than the nominally horizontal offset in the upper or lower vertical section of an offset soil-or-waste stack.
(See Appendix A.)”;
(d) by adding the following after Sentence (4):
“(5) Every connection at the bottom of a soil-or-waste stack shall not be less than
(a) 1.5 m in a building drain or a branch receiving sewage from the soil-or-waste stack,
(b) 600 mm from the top of the building drain or branch to which the soil-or-waste stack is connected.
(See Appendix A.)
(6) Every trap arm of a floor drain or a fixture without a flushing system shall have a nominally horizontal part not less than 450 mm in developed length, measured between the trap and its connection to a nominally horizontal soil-or-waste pipe. The developed length of the trap arm of a floor drain shall be increased to 1.5 m if it is connected not more than 3 m downstream from the bottom of a soil-or-waste stack or a leader.
(See Appendix A.)
(7) If a soil-or-waste pipe receives sewage containing detergent suds, no other soil-or-waste pipe shall be connected to the soil-or-waste pipe near a change of direction of the soil-or-waste pipe of more than 45°, over a length not less than
(a) 40 times the size of the soil-or-waste pipe receiving the sewage containing the detergent suds before changing direction, or
(b) 10 times the size of the soil-or-waste pipe receiving the sewage containing the detergent suds after changing direction.
(See Appendix A.)
(8) Where a vent pipe is connected into one of the detergent suds zones of a soil-or-waste pipe referred to in Sentence (7), no other vent pipe shall be connected to that vent pipe over a length equal to 40 times the size of the soil-or-waste pipe, measured from a change of direction.
(See Appendix A.)”;
(21)  by adding the following after Article 2.4.3.6.:
“2.4.3.7. Retention Pit
(1) A retention pit shall be made of concrete or be approved in accordance with Article 2.2.3.1. of Division C. It must be made in one piece, be leakproof and smooth inside. Its length shall not be less than 600 mm and its minimum width shall not be less than 450 mm, the length being taken in the direction of its fixture drain. A round retention pit shall be not less than 600 mm in size.
(2) The fixture drain of the retention pit shall be not less than 3 in in size and be protected by a reversed sanitary T fitting with a cleanout at the end or by a deep seal trap with cleanout. The fixture drain shall be 4 in in size if the retention pit receives storm water. Despite the foregoing, for a single-family house, the fixture drain may be 3 in in size. No mechanical fitting shall be used inside a retention pit.
(3) A reversed sanitary T fitting shall be located inside the retention pit and the deep seal trap may be located inside or outside the retention pit. In the last case, the trap cleanout shall be extended to the floor level.
(4) The lower end of the reversed sanitary T fitting shall be placed 200 mm or more from the bottom of the retention pit. For a deep seal trap, the upper end of the trap shall be placed not less than 300 mm from the bottom of the retention pit.
(5) The retention pit shall be covered, at the floor or ground level, by a cast iron or steel cover not less than 6 mm thick or any other material conforming to the Code.
(6) The fixture drain of a retention pit exposed to frost shall have a trap inside the building, unless it drains into another retention pit that is not exposed.
(7) The fixture drain of a retention pit shall be directly connected to the sanitary drainage system and drain into it by gravity or in the manner described in Article 2.4.6.3.
(8) The invert of a discharge pipe connected to a retention pit shall be higher than the crown of the fixture drain.
(9) A retention pit with a fixture drain 4 in in size for a draining area of 370 m2 shall be provided. For a fixture drain more than 4 in in size, the drained area may be increased by 280 m2 by additional inch.
(10) A check valve is permitted to be installed inside a retention pit provided it is extended by a length equal to the length of the valve.
(11) The requirements relating to the fall and ventilation of trap arms do not apply to the fixture drain serving a retention pit.”;
(22)  by replacing Article 2.4.5.3. by the following:
“2.4.5.3. Connection of Subsoil Drainage Pipe to a Drainage System
(1) Where a subsoil drainage pipe is connected to a drainage system, the connection shall be made on the upstream side of a trap with a cleanout, a trapped sump or a retention pit. (See Appendix A.)”;
(23)  in Article 2.4.5.4., by adding the following after Sentence (1):
“(2) No sanitary drainage system or combined building drain shall have a building trap.”;
(24)  in Article 2.4.5.5., by adding the following after Sentence (1):
“(2) Water from the trap seal of a floor drain in a dwelling unit need not be maintained by a trap seal primer.
(See Appendix A.)”;
(25)  in Article 2.4.6.4., by replacing Sentence (2) by the following:
“(2) A backwater valve may be installed in a building drain if
(a) it is of a “normally open” design, and
(b) it does not serve more than one dwelling unit.”;
(26)  by striking out Article 2.4.6.5.;
(27)  in Article 2.5.2.1.,
(a) by replacing “Table 2.5.2.1.” in Clause (a) of Sentence (1) by “Article 2.5.8.1.”;
(b) by replacing Clause (d) of Sentence (1) by the following:
“(d) the trap arms of the WCs connected to a vertical pipe are connected downstream from all other fixtures,”;
(b.1) by replacing Clause (e) of Sentence (1) by the following:
“(e) trap arms and fixture drains do not exceed 2 in in size when connected to a wet vent that extends above more than 1 storey, except for connections from emergency floor drains in accordance with Sentence 2.5.1.1.(3);”;
(b.2) by replacing “;Table 2.5.2.1”; in Clause (f) of Sentence (1) by “Article 2.5.8.1.”;”;;
(c) by replacing Clause (j) of Sentence (1) by the following:
“(j) the portion of the soil-or-waste stack including a wet vent that extends above more than one storey is the same size as its bottom to the uppermost connection of a fixture.”;
(d) by striking out Table 2.5.2.1.;
(28)  in Article 2.5.8.1.,
(a) by replacing “Table 2.5.8.1.” in Sentence (1) by “Tables 2.5.8.1.A. and 2.5.8.1.B.”;
(b) by inserting the following before Table 2.5.8.1.:
“
Table 2.5.8.1.A
Maximum Permitted Hydraulic Loads
Drained to a Wet Vent Serving
Fixtures on the same Storey
Forming part of Sentence 2.5.8.1.(1)
_____________________________________________________________
| |
| Size of Wet Vent of a Maximum Hydraulic Loads, |
| Storey, inches fixture units |
|_____________________________________________________________|
| |
| 1 1/4 1 |
| 1 1/2 2 |
| 2 5 |
| 2 1/2 8 |
| 3 18 |
| 4 120 |
|_____________________________________________________________|
”;
(c) by replacing the title of Table 2.5.8.1. by “Table 2.5.8.1.B.”;
(29)  in Article 2.6.1.1., by adding the following after Sentence (3):
“(4) In a hot water distribution system with a recirculation loop, the temperature of the water in the loop shall not be less than 55 °C when the water is circulating. (See note A-2.6.1.12.(1).)
(5) The recirculation loop referred to in Sentence (4) may operate intermittently.
(6) The recirculation loop referred to in Sentence (4) may be replaced by a self-regulating heat tracing system.”;
(30)  in Sentence (10) of Article 2.6.1.7.,
(a) by replacing “The” in the part of the Sentence preceding Clause (a) by “Except as provided in Clause (d), the”;
(b) by replacing Clause (a) by the following:
“(a) be not less than 50 mm larger than the walls of the service water heater and have side walls not less than 75 mm high,”;
(c) by replacing “, and” in Clause (b) by “, without being less than 1 1/4 in,”;
(d) by inserting the following in Clause (c):
“(d) not be required to have a fixture drain where the relief valve discharge pipe conforms to Sentence (5).”;
(31)  in Article 2.6.1.9., by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
“(1) Water distribution systems shall be protected against water hammers by prefabricated water-hammer arresters.
(See Appendix A.)”;
(32)  in Article 2.6.1.12., by replacing Sentence (1) by the following:
(1) The temperature control device of storage-type service water heaters shall be set so that the temperature of stored water is not less than 60 °C. (See Appendix A.)”;
(33)  in Article 2.6.2.1., by adding the following after Sentence (3):
“(4) In the case of backflow preventers that, according to CSA B64.10, require testing after installation, the person testing the backflow preventers shall hold a certificate issued in accordance with section 4 of CSA B64.10.1. by an organization or association certified by AWWA.”;
(34)  in Article 2.6.2.4.,
(a) by replacing Sentence (2) by the following:
“(2) Except as required by Sentence (4), potable water system connections to fire sprinkler and standpipe systems shall be protected against backflow caused by back-siphonage or back pressure in conformance with Clauses (a) to (g):
(a) residential partial flow-through fire sprinkler/standpipe systems in which the pipes and fittings are constructed of potable water system materials shall be protected by a dual check valve backflow preventer conforming to one of the following standards:
i) CAN/CSA-B64.6.1, Backflow Preventers, Dual Check Valve Type for Fire Systems (DuCF), or
ii) CAN/CSA-B64.6, Dual Check Valve (DuC) Backflow Preventers,
(b) Class 1 fire sprinkler/standpipe systems shall be protected by a single check valve backflow preventer or by a dual check valve backflow preventer, provided that the systems do not use antifreeze or other additives of any kind and that the pipes and fittings are constructed of potable water system materials. The backflow preventer shall conform to one of the following standards:
i) CAN/CSA-B64.9, Single Check Valve Backflow Preventers for Fire Protection Systems (SCVAF), or
ii) CAN/CSA-B64.6, Dual Check Valve (DuC) Backflow Preventers,
(c) Class 1 fire sprinkler/standpipe systems not covered by Clause (b) as well as Class 2 and Class 3 fire sprinkler/standpipe systems shall be protected by a double check valve backflow preventer, provided that the systems do not use antifreeze or other additives of any kind. The backflow preventer shall conform to one of the following standards:
i) CAN/CSA-B64.5.1, Double Check Valve Backflow Preventers for Fire Protection Systems (DCVAF), or
ii) CAN/CSA-B64.5, Double Check Valve (DCVA) Backflow Preventers,
(d) Class 1, Class 2 and Class 3 fire sprinkler/standpipe systems in which antifreeze or other additives are used shall be protected by a reduced pressure principle backflow preventer, installed on the portion of the system that uses the additives and the balance of the system shall be protected as required by Clauses (b) or (c). The backflow preventer shall conform to one of the following standards:
i) CAN/CSA-B64.4.1, Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers for Fire Protection Systems (RPF), or
ii) CAN/CSA-B64.4, Reduced Pressure Principle (RP) Backflow Preventers,
(e) Class 4 and Class 5 fire sprinkler/standpipe systems shall be protected by a reduced pressure principle backflow preventer conforming to one of the following standards:
i) CAN/CSA-B64.4.1, Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers for Fire Protection Systems (RPF), or
ii) CAN/CSA-B64.4, Reduced Pressure Principle (RP) Backflow Preventers,
(f) Class 6 fire sprinkler/standpipe systems shall be protected by a double check valve backflow preventer conforming to one of the following standards:
i) CAN/CSA-B64.5.1, Double Check Valve Backflow Preventers for Fire Protection Systems (DCVAF), or
ii) CAN/CSA-B64.5, Double Check Valve (DCVA) Backflow Preventers,
(g) Where a potentially severe health hazard may be caused by backflow, Class 6 fire sprinkler/standpipe systems shall be protected by a reduced pressure principle backflow preventer conforming to one of the following standards:
i) CAN/CSA-B64.4.1, Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers for Fire Protection Systems (RPF), or
ii) CAN/CSA-B64.4, Reduced Pressure Principle (RP) Backflow Preventers.
(See Appendix A.)”;
(b) by replacing Sentence (4) by the following:
“(4) Where a reduced pressure principle backflow preventer is required on a water service pipe at a fire service connection located on the same premises as the fire service pipe in Class 3, 4, 5 and 6 fire sprinkler/standpipe systems, a reduced pressure principle backflow preventer shall also be required on the fire service connection and conform to one of the following standards:
i) CAN/CSA-B64.4.1, Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers for Fire Protection Systems (RPF), or
ii) CAN/CSA-B64.4, Reduced Pressure Principle (RP) Backflow Preventers.”;
(35)  in Article 2.7.3.2., by replacing Clause (a) of Sentence (1) by the following:
“(a) a sink or lavatory, except in the case of a seasonal tourist establishment referred to in Chapter V.1 of the Regulation respecting the quality of drinking water.”;
(36)  in Table 2.8.1.1. of Article 2.8.1.1.,
(a) by adding the following after Article 2.1.3.2.:
_________________________________________________________________________________
| |
| 2.1.4.1. Structural Movement |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
|(1) | [F23, F43-OS3.4] |
| |_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F23-OH1.1, OH2.1, OH2.4, OH5] |
| |_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F43-OH2.1, OH2.4, OH5] |
| |_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F23, F43-OP5] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
”;
(a.1) by adding the following after Sentence (5) of Article 2.2.3.1.:
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
|(6) | [F81-OH1.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
”;
(b) by adding the following after Sentence 2.2.3.2.(2):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
|(3) | [F81-OH2.1,OH2.3,OH 2.4] [F46-OH2.2] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
”;
(c) by adding the following after Sentence 2.2.5.13.(2):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
|(3) | [F20-OP5] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
”;
(d) by adding the following after Article 2.2.6.9.:
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| |
| 2.2.6.10. Stainless Steel Pipes |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
|(1) | [F80-OH2.1,OH2.3,OH1.1] applies to |
| | drainage systems and ventilation |
| | systems |
| |_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F46-OH2.2] applies to water systems |
| |_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F80-OP5] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
”;
(e) by replacing Sentences 2.2.9.2.(4) and 2.2.9.2.(5) by the following:
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
|(4) | [F80-OH2.1,OH2.3,.1] |
| |_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F80-OP5] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
”;
(f) by replacing Article 2.2.10.13. by the following:
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| |
| 2.2.10.13. Service Water Heater |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
|(1) | [F46-OH2.2] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F80,F81-OP5] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F31, F81-OS3.2] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F43-OS3.4] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
”;
(g) by adding the following after Article 2.2.10.16.(1):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| |
| 2.2.10.17. Potable Water Treatment Units |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
|(1) | [F70,F81,F46-OH2.1, OH2.2, OH2.3] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
|(2) | [F70,F81,F46-OH2.1, OH2.2, OH2.3] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
|(3) | [F70,F81,F46-OH2.1, OH2.2, OH2.3] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
|(4) | [F70,F81,F46-OH2.1, OH2.2, OH2.3] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
|(5) | [F70,F81,F46-OH2.1, OH2.2, OH2.3] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| |
| 2.2.10.18. Backwater Valves |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
|(1) | [F80-OH2.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| |
| 2.2.10.19. Floor Drains and Shower Drains |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
|(1) | [F80-OH2.1,OH2.4] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| |
| 2.2.10.20. Roof Drains |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
|(1) | [F80-OP5] |
| |_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F80-OS2.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| |
| 2.2.10.21. Trap Seal Primers |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
|(1) | [F80-OH1.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| |
| 2.2.10.22. Air Gaps |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
|(1) | [F80-OH2.1,OH2.2, OH2.3] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| |
| 2.2.10.23. Pipe Hangers and Supports |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
|(1) | [F20-OH2.1] |
| |_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F20-OS3.1] |
| |_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F80-OP5] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
”;
(h) by adding the following after Sentence 2.3.3.10.(1):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
|(2) | [F20, F80-OP5] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
|(3) | [[F20, F80-OP5] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
”;
(i) by adding the following after Sentence 2.3.4.1.(3):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
|(4) | [F20-OH2.1, OH2.4] |
| |_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F20-OP5] |
| |_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F20-OS3.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
”;
(j) by adding the following after Sentence 2.4.2.1.(4):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
|(5) | [F81-OH1.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
|(6) | [F81-OH1.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
|(7) | [F81-OH1.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
|(8) | [F81-0H1.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
”;
(k) by adding the following after Article 2.4.3.6.:
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| |
| 2.4.3.7. Retention Pit |
|_________________________________________________________________________________|
| | |
|(1) | [F60,F61-OH1.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
|(2) | [F81-OH1.1,OH2.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
|(3) | [F81-OH1.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
|(4) | [F81-OH1.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
|(5) | [F40-OH1.1] |
| |_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F30-OS3.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
|(6) | [F81-OH2.1, OH2.3] |
| |_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F81-OP5] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
|(7) | [F81-OH2.1, OH2.2] |
| |_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F72-OH2.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
|(8) | [F81-OH2.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
|(9) | [F72-OH2.1] |
| |_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F81-OS2.1] |
| |_______________________________________|
| | |
| | [F81-OP5] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
|(10) | [F81-OH2.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
|(11) | [F81-OH1.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
”;
(l) by adding the following after Sentence 2.4.5.4.(1):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
|(2) | [F81-OH2.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
”;
(m) by adding the following after Sentence 2.4.5.5.(1):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
|(2) | [F81-OH1.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
”;
(m.1) by striking out Article 2.4.6.5.”;
(n) by adding the following after Sentence 2.6.1.1.(3):
“
_________________________________________________________________________________
| | |
|(4) | [F40-OH1.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
| | |
| 6) | [F40-OH1.1] |
|_________________________________________|_______________________________________|
”;
(37)  (paragraph revoked);
(37.1)  by replacing note A-2.2.10.7. by the following:
“A-2.2.10.7. Water Temperature Control. Hot water produced by a service water heater must be at a minimum temperature of 60 °C to prevent the development of potentially fatal bacteria. At that temperature, water causes second degree burns to the skin in 1 to 5 seconds. Consequently, Article 2.2.10.7. provides for the installation and adjustment of valves, mixing valves and limiting devices to provide a water outlet temperature that is lower than the temperature produced by a service water heater. Compliance with that Article reduces the risk of scalding in showers and bathtubs, where severe burns occur, and reduces the risk of thermal shock that may occur in the shower and lead to falls.
Children, the elderly and persons with disabilities are particularly at risk of scald burns because they are not always able to remove themselves quickly from a situation that could lead to burns. At 49 °C, the time for a scald burn to occur on a healthy adult is nearly 10 minutes, whereas the time for a skin burn to occur on an elderly is 2 minutes, because the elderly’s skin is thinner and less vascularized. For those persons, a temperature of 43 °C provides a more adapted protection against burns because they can only occur after a number of hours of exposure.
In private seniors’ residences and care occupancies, Article 2.2.10.7. provides that the valves, mixing valves and limiting devices must be adjusted to provide a maximum water outlet temperature at 43 °C. The installation of pressure-balanced valves is also prohibited, because those valves are sensitive to seasonal changes of the cold water temperature and require some settings per year in order not to exceed the prescribed temperature.
The water outlet temperature at other fixtures, such as lavatories, sinks, laundry trays or bidets, is not addressed by Article 2.2.10.7., but a scald risk may exist at such fixtures nonetheless.”
(38)  by replacing Figure A-2.4.2.1.(2) in note A-2.4.2.1.(2) by the following:
Figure A-2.4.2.1.(2)
(39)  by adding the following after note A-2.4.2.1.(4):
A-2.4.2.1.(7) and (8) Suds Pressure Zones Connections
Figure A-2.4.2.1.(7) and (8)
Suds Pressure Zones Connections.”;
(40)  by adding the following after note A-2.4.3.3.(1):
A-2.4.3.7. Retention Pit
(41)  in note A-2.4.5.3.(1),
(a) by striking out “A trap or sump may be provided specifically for the subsoil drains, or the trap of a floor drain or storm water sump as shown in Figure A-2.4.5.3.(1) may be used.”;
(b) by replacing Figure A-2.4.5.3.(1) by the following:
Figure A-2.4.5.3.(1) Subsoil Drainage Connection
(42)  by striking out note A-2.4.5.4.(1);
(43)  in note A-2.4.5.5.(1), by striking out “Periodic manual replenishment of the water in a trap is considered to be an equally effective means of maintaining the trap seal in floor drains in residences.”;
(44)  by adding the following after note A-2.4.5.5.(1):
“A-2.4.5.5.(2) Maintaining Trap Seals in Floor Drains in Dwelling Units. Periodic manual replenishment of the water in a trap maintains the trap seal in floor drains in dwelling units.”;
(45)   in note A-2.4.8.2.(1)
(a) by replacing Figure A-2.4.8.2.(1) by the following:
Figure A-2.4.8.2 (1)
(b) by replacing the title of Figure A-2.4.8.2.(1) by the following:
“Figure A-2.4.8.2.(1)
Island Fixture Installation.”;
(46)  in notes A-2.5.2.1 and 2.5.3.1.,
(a) by replacing Figures A-2.5.2.1. and 2.5.3.1.-C by the following:
(b) by replacing Figures A-2.5.2.1. and 2.5.3.1.-E by the following:
Figure A-2.5.2.1.
(c) by replacing Figures A-2.5.2.1. and 2.5.3.1.-F by the following:
(d) by replacing Figures A-2.5.2.1. and 2.5.3.1.-L by the following:
(47)  by replacing note A-2.6.1.12.(1) by the following:
“A-2.6.1.12.(1) Service Water Heater
Water in a service water heater or a distribution system at a temperature not more than 60 °C permits Legionella bacteria to survive and thrive. Water heated at a temperature equal to or greater than 60 °C reduces bacterial contamination of the hot water distribution system. To do so, the thermostat must be set at different temperatures depending on the type of service water heater.”.
O.C. 294-2008, s. 1; O.C. 939-2009, s. 6; O.C. 1202-2012, s. 1.
3.06. The Code is amended in Division C,
(1)  by striking out Article 2.2.1.1.;
(2)  by replacing Subsection 2.2.2. by the following:
“2.2.2. Plans and Specifications
“2.2.2.1. Requirements
(1) A plumbing contractor or owner-builder may not begin construction work on a plumbing system to which Chapter III of the Construction Code applies unless there are plans and specifications for the work, if the total hydraulic load to be installed exceeds 180 fixture units.
“2.2.2.2. Content
(1) Plans shall be drawn to scale and show
(a) a plan view of the location and dimension of the drains and cleanouts, the location of fixtures and the water distribution system,
(b) an elevation view of the location of fixtures and traps, the dimension of drains, leaders, soil-or-waste stacks, stack vents and vent stacks as well as the water distribution system;
(c) the connection of the subsoil drainage pipe.”;
(3)  by adding the following after Subsection 2.2.2.:
“2.2.3. Approval of Materials
“2.2.3.1. Approved Materials, Fixtures and Facilities used in a Plumbing System
(1) In a plumbing system, only materials, fixtures or facilities that are certified or approved by one of the following organizations may be used:
(a) Canadian Gas Association (CGA),
(b) Bureau de normalisation du Québec (BNQ),
(c) CSA International (CSA),
(d) IAPMO Research and Testing Inc. (UPC),
(e) Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada (ULC),
(f) NSF International (NSF),
(g) Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB),
(h) Quality Auditing Institute (QAI),
(i) Intertek Testing Services NA Itd. (ITS),
(j) Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL),
(k) Water Quality Association (WQA),
(l) any other organization accredited by the Standards Council of Canada as a certifying organization in the field of plumbing which has notified the Board of its accreditation.
“2.2.3.2. Sale and lease
(1) Materials, fixtures or facilities to be used in a plumbing system must be certified or approved by an organization listed in Sentence 2.2.3.1.(1) before being sold or leased.
“2.2.4. Declaration of Work
“2.2.4.1. Application
(1) A plumbing contractor shall declare to the Régie du bâtiment du Québec all construction work to which Chapter III of the Construction Code applies if the work pertains to a new plumbing system or requires the replacement of a service water heater or pipes.
“2.2.4.2. Submission of the Declaration
(1) The declaration required under Article 2.2.4.1. shall be forwarded to the Board not later than the twentieth day of the month following the date on which work starts.
“2.2.4.3. Form
(1) The declaration of work shall be made on the form provided by the Board or on any other document prepared for that purpose.
“2.2.4.4. Content
The declaration shall contain
(a) the address of the site where the work is performed,
(b) the name, address and telephone number of the person for whom the work is performed,
(c) the name, address, telephone number and licence number of the plumbing contractor,
(d) the estimated start and end dates of the construction work,
(e) the nature and type of the work,
(f) the occupancy of the building or facility intended for use by the public, the classification and building area under the code referred to in Chapter I of the Construction Code, and the existing and planned number of storeys, and
(g) the number of fixtures and service water heaters to be installed.
“2.2.5. Fees Payable
“2.2.5.1. Calculation
(1) The following fees shall be paid to the Board by the plumbing contractor when the plumbing contractor declares the construction work pertaining to plumbing systems for which a declaration is required under Article 2.2.4.1.:
(a) $143.26 for a new single-family detached or semi-detached house or row house,
(b) $86.72 per dwelling unit other than those referred to in Clause (a) for the construction of a new building intended for housing or for the conversion of a building of another nature into a building intended for housing, regardless of the number of fixtures and service water heaters, or
(c) in the case of work other than work referred to in Clauses (a) and (b),
(i) $11.50 per fixture or service water heater, where the work is performed on more than one, or
(ii) $19.72 where the work is performed on only one or no fixture or service water heater.
(2) A plumbing contractor or owner-builder shall pay the following inspection fees to the Board for the inspection of a plumbing system following the issue of a remedial notice provided for in section 122 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1):
(a) $96.76 for the first hour or any fraction thereof,
(b) half the hourly rate established in Clause (a) for each half-hour or fraction thereof added to the first hour.
(3) A plumbing owner-builder shall pay to the Board the inspection fees fixed in Clauses (a) and (b) of Sentence (2) for the inspection of a plumbing system.
(4) For the approval of a plumbing material, fixture or facility that cannot be certified or approved by one of the organizations listed in Article 2.2.3.1., approval fees corresponding to the amounts established in Clauses (a) and (b) of Sentence (2) shall be paid to the Board.
“2.2.5.2. Sending
(1) The fees payable under Sentence 2.2.5.1.(1) shall be included with the declaration of work required under Article 2.2.4.1.
(2) The fees payable under Sentences 2.2.5.1.(2), (3) and (4) shall be paid to the Board not later than 30 days after the billing date.”;
(4)  by replacing Subsection 2.3.1. by the following:
“2.3.1. Approval of Alternative Solutions
“2.3.1.1. Conditions for Approval
(1) The proposed alternative solutions shall be approved by the Board on the conditions it sets pursuant to section 127 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1).”.
(5)  by striking out note A-2.3.1.”.
O.C. 294-2008, s. 1; O.C. 939-2009, s. 7.
DIVISION IV
OFFENCE PROVISION
O.C. 294-2008, s. 1.
3.07. Every contravention against a provision of this Chapter, except Subsection 2.2.5, introduced by paragraph 3 of section 3.06, constitutes an offence.
O.C. 294-2008, s. 1.
CHAPTER IV
ELEVATORS AND OTHER ELEVATING DEVICES
O.C. 895-2004, s. 1.
DIVISION I
INTERPRETATION
O.C. 895-2004, s. 1.
4.01. In this Chapter, unless the context indicates otherwise, “Code” means the “Code de sécurité sur les ascenseurs et monte-charge, CAN/CSA B44-00”, including the updates of June, November and December 2003, the “CSA Standard CAN/CSA B44-00: Safety Code for Elevators” including the updates of September 2002, May and December 2003, and “standard” means the standard “Appareils élévateurs pour personnes handicapées, CAN/CSA B355-00” including the amendments of “B355S1-02 Supplément no 1 à CAN/CSA B355-00 Appareils élévateurs pour personnes handicapées” and the updates of March 2002 and October 2003, “CSA Standard CAN/CSA B355-00: Lifts for Persons with Physical Disabilities”, including the amendments of “B355S1-02 Supplement No. 1 to CAN/CSA-B355-00, Lifts for Persons with Physical Disabilities” and the updates of March 2002 and October 2003 or the standard “Appareils élévateurs d’habitation pour personnes handicapées, CAN/CSA B613-00”, including the update of January 2002, “CSA Standard CAN/CSA B613-00: Private Residence Lifts for Persons with Physical Disabilities”, including the update of January 2002, published by the Canadian Standards Association, as well as such subsequent amendments as may be published by that organization.
However, any amendments that are published after the date of 21 October 2004 apply to construction work only from the date that corresponds to the last day of the sixth month following the month of publication of the French text of those amendments.
O.C. 895-2004, s. 1; O.C. 635-2012, s. 1.
DIVISION II
APPLICATION OF CODES AND STANDARDS
O.C. 895-2004, s. 1.
4.02. Subject to the amendments provided for in Division VII of this Chapter, the codes, standards and provisions of this Chapter apply to all construction work on an elevator or other elevating device referred to in the codes and standards and installed in a building or constituting facilities intended for use by the public designated by regulation made by the Government under subparagraph 4 of the first paragraph of section 182 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1) to which the Act applies and that is carried out from the 21 October 2004.
3. Despite this section, for construction work other than maintenance, repair or demolition work, for which contracts were signed before 21 October 2004, a contractor may meet the requirements of either the Regulation respecting the application of a safety code for elevators and a standard for lifts for persons with physical disabilities (O.C. 111-97, 97-01-29) or the Regulation respecting passenger ropeways (O.C. 2476-82, 82-10-27) provided the construction work begins before 19 April 2005.(O.C. 895-2004, s. 4)
O.C. 895-2004, s. 1.
DIVISION III
REFERENCES
O.C. 895-2004, s. 1.
4.03. Unless otherwise provided for, a reference in this Chapter to a standard or code is a reference to that standard or code as adopted by the chapter of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) or Safety Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 3) that refers to it.
O.C. 895-2004, s. 1; O.C. 1263-2012, s. 2.
DIVISION IV
PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
O.C. 895-2004, s. 1.
4.04. A contractor or owner-builder may not begin construction work, except maintenance, repair or demolition work, on an elevator or other elevating device to which Chapter IV of the Construction Code applies, unless the plans and specifications have been prepared for the work, where information is required, in respect of the work, under section 2.28 or 3.28 of the Code.
The plans shall be drawn to scale and shall, with the specifications, indicate the nature and scope of the work in such manner as to establish if the work carried out complies with section 4.02.
O.C. 895-2004, s. 1.
DIVISION V
INSTALLATION
O.C. 895-2004, s. 1.
4.05. A contractor or owner-builder may not install an elevator or other elevating device unless it meets the design and manufacturing requirements of the Code or standards referred to in section 4.01, as the case may be.
O.C. 895-2004, s. 1.
4.06. A contractor or owner-builder may not install a lift for persons with physical disabilities unless the prototype has been approved by an engineer who is a member of the Ordre des ingénieurs du Québec, or by the holder of a temporary licence issued under the Engineers Act (chapter I-9), whose professional activities are related to the field of elevators or other elevating devices. The approval must certify that the prototype complies with the standards referred to in section 4.01 and that the approval has been sent to the Régie du bâtiment du Québec.
The type, trademark, model number and features of the approved prototype and the name of the manufacturer shall be entered on the list of the approved prototypes of lifts for persons with physical disabilities that is made public by the Board.
O.C. 895-2004, s. 1.
DIVISION VI
DECLARATION OF WORK
O.C. 895-2004, s. 1.
4.07. A contractor or owner-builder shall, after construction work, except maintenance, repair or demolition work on an elevator or other elevating device referred to in section 4.02, declare the work to the Board with the following information:
(1)  the components that were subject to tests and inspections provided for the elevating device when required under 8.10 of the Code or Appendix A “Inspection and Testing” of “CSA Standard CAN/CSA B355-00: Lifts for Persons with Physical Disabilities”;
(2)  the name, address and telephone number of the person for whom the work is carried out;
(3)  the name, address and telephone number of the person who prepared the plans and specifications related to the construction work;
(4)  the address of the site and nature of the work;
(5)  the type, trademark and model of the device, the name of the manufacturer and the technical features of the device; and
(6)  the date and place where the tests and inspections were conducted together with the name and title of the person by whom they were performed.
The declaration must be sent to the Board no later than on the twentieth day of the month that follows the completion of the work or the re-use of the elevator or elevating device, as the case may be. The declaration must be made on the form provided for that purpose by the Board or on any other document drawn up for that purpose.
O.C. 895-2004, s. 1.
DIVISION VII
AMENDMENTS TO THE CODE
O.C. 895-2004, s. 1.
4.08. Code CSA B44-00 is amended
(1)  by replacing the definition of “authority having jurisdiction” in 1.3 by the following:
“authority having jurisdiction: Régie du bâtiment du Québec”;
(2)  by adding “The term also includes a funicular railway.” at the end of the definition of “elevator, inclined” in 1.3;
(3)  by replacing the definition of “regulatory authority” in 1.3 by the following:
“regulatory authority: Régie du bâtiment du Québec”;
(4)  by replacing “inspection”, “inspecter” and “inspecté” wherever those words appear in the French text by “vérification”, “vérifier” and “vérifié”, with the necessary modifications;
(5)  by replacing “possible” in 2.11.6.2 of the French text by “impossible”;
(6)  by replacing “MAINTENIR” in figure 2.27.7.2 of the French text by “ATTENTE”;
(7)  by replacing “c8.6.12.1.1” in c8.6.12.1.1 of the French text by “c8.6.12”;
(8)  by replacing “c8.6.12.1.2” in c8.6.12.1.2 of the French text by “c8.6.12”;
(9)  by replacing “the contractor” in c8.6.12.4.1.1 by “the contractor or owner-builder”;
(10)  by replacing “contractor” in c8.6.12.2.5 by “contractor or owner-builder”;
(11)  by striking out “by an inspector employed by the authority having jurisdiction, or” in 8.10.1.1.1;
(12)  by striking out “in the presence of the inspector specified in 8.10.1.1.1” in 8.10.1.1.2;
(13)  by adding “NOTE: 8.11 becomes the first part of Appendix N.” in 8.11.”.
O.C. 895-2004, s. 1.
DIVISION VIII
PENAL
O.C. 895-2004, s. 1.
4.09. Any contravention of any of the provisions of this Chapter constitutes an offence.
O.C. 895-2004, s. 1.
CHAPTER V
ELECTRICITY
O.C. 961-2002, s. 5.
DIVISION I
INTERPRETATION
O.C. 961-2002, s. 5.
5.01. In this Chapter, unless the context indicates otherwise, “Code” means the Code canadien de l’électricité, Première partie, vingt et unième édition, norme CSA-C22.1-09 and the Canadian Electrical Code, Part I, Twenty-first edition, CSA Standard C22.1-09 published by the Canadian Standards Association, as well as any subsequent amendments that may be published by that organization.
However, any amendments published after 1 October 2002 will apply only to construction work from the date corresponding to the last day of the sixth month following the month in which the French text of those amendments is published.
O.C. 961-2002, s. 5; O.C. 1385-2003, s. 1; O.C. 986-2006, s. 1; O.C. 577-2007, s. 1; O.C. 939-2009, s. 8; O.C. 1062-2010, s. 1.
DIVISION II
SCOPE OF THE CANADIAN ELECTRICAL CODE
O.C. 961-2002, s. 5.
5.02. Subject to the amendments provided for in this Chapter and to the exemptions provided for by regulation made by the Government under subparagraph 1 of the first paragraph of section 182 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1), the Code applies to any construction work to an electrical installation as defined in the Code to which the Act applies and which is carried out effective from 1 October 2002.
O.C. 961-2002, s. 5.
DIVISION III
AMENDMENTS TO THE CODE
O.C. 961-2002, s. 5.
5.03. Unless otherwise provided for, a reference in this Chapter to a standard or code is a reference to that standard or code as adopted by the chapter of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) or Safety Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 3) that refers to it.
O.C. 961-2002, s. 5; O.C. 1263-2012, s. 2.
5.03.01. “Electrical installation” means the installation of any wiring in or upon any land or in a building from the point or points where electric power or energy is delivered therein or thereon by the supply authority or from any other source of supply, to the point or points where such power or energy can be used therein or thereon by any electrical equipment and shall include the connection of any such wiring with any of the said equipment. (See Appendix B)
O.C. 1385-2003, s. 3.
5.04. The Code is amended:
(1)  in Section 0:
(0.1)  by striking out the following portion of the second paragraph of the definition “Object”: “Safe installations may be also achieved by alternatives to this Code, when such alternatives meet the fundamental safety principles of IEC 60364-1 (see Appendix K). These alternatives are intended to be used only in conjunction with acceptable means to assess compliance of these alternatives with the fundamental safety principles of IEC 60364 by the authorities enforcing this Code.
(1)  by deleting “Scope”;
(2)  by deleting the definition of “Electrical Installation“;
(3)  by deleting the definition “Permit”; and
(4)  by deleting the definition “Current-permit”;
(5)  by inserting the following definition after “Conduit”:
“Connecting point: The point at which the consumer’s service entrance is connected to the distributor’s supply (see appendix B).”;
(2)  by deleting Rule 2-000;
(3)  by replacing Rule 2-004 by the following:
“2-004 Declaration of Work
(1)  An electrical contractor or owner-builder shall declare the construction work carried out to which Chapter V of the Construction Code applies to the Régie du bâtiment du Québec, except work specified in an application for a connection made to a public electricity distribution undertaking, or work of a power not exceeding 10 kW that does not require the replacement or addition of wiring.
(2)  The declaration shall contain the following information:
(a)  the address of the work site;
(b)  the name, address and telephone number of the person for whom the work is carried out;
(c)  the name, address, telephone number and licence number of the electrical contractor or owner-builder;
(d)  the dates scheduled for the beginning and end of the construction work;
(e)  the nature and type of work, in particular the specific kind of work and a description of the powers to be installed;
(f)  the use of the building or installation and the number of stories and dwellings in the building.
(3)  The declaration shall be made on the form provided for that purpose by the Board or on any other document containing the information required by Subrule (2).
(4)  The declaration shall be sent to the Board not later than the twentieth day of the month following the date on which the work begins.”;
(4)  by deleting Rule 2-006;
(5)  by replacing Rule 2-008 by the following:
“2-008 Levies and fees
(1)  The levy which every electrical contractor shall pay annually to the Régie du bâtiment du Québec is $754.02 plus an amount corresponding to 2.5% of the contractor’s payroll.
(2)  For the purposes of this Rule, “payroll” means the total of payments made, before deductions, to journeymen and apprentice electricians carrying out construction work on an electrical installation, including hourly or piece-work wages, commissions, bonuses, pay for leave and any other form of remuneration. The payments made annually to a journeyman or apprentice electrician by an electrical contractor are presumed to be made to a person assigned to construction work on an electrical installation.
(3)  The following payments are not included in the payroll:
(a)  payments to a person who qualifies an electrical contractor for the issue of a licence because of his or her technical knowledge;
(b)  payments for construction work on an electrical installation at a hydroelectric power station at the time of the original construction.
(4)  An electrical contractor renting the services of journeymen or apprentice electricians through a third party that does not hold a licence shall include the cost of those services in calculating the payroll.
(5)  A journeyman or apprentice electrician who is a partner in a partnership is, for calculation of the payroll, presumed to receive annual wages of $35,493.20 for the electrical installation work he or she carries out for the partnership.
(6)  The fixed amount of the levy to be paid under Subrule (1) is established in proportion to the number of months for which the licence is valid, a part of a month being considered a full month.
(7)  In the case of voluntary abandon of a holder’s licence, the validity period of the licence is deemed to have ended on the date on which the Board received a notice to that effect.
(8)  An electrical contractor shall pay the levy under this Rule to the Board not later than:
(a)  31 May for a payroll calculated for the period from 1 January to 31 March of the current year;
(b)  31 August for a payroll calculated for the period from 1 April to 30 June of the current year;
(c)  30 November for a payroll calculated for the period from 1 July to 30 September of the current year;
(d)  28 February for a payroll calculated for the period from 1 October to 31 December of the preceding year.
(9)  Each payment shall also include the applicable portion of the fixed amount of the levy. An electrical contractor shall provide with each payment a written statement indicating the portion of the payroll applicable to each journeyman or apprentice electrician identified by name. If a licence is issued to the electrical contractor during the year, the first statement and the first payment shall be made on the first date in Subrule (8) that is at least two months after the issue of the licence.
(10)  If an electrical contractor fails to send the statement required under this Rule to the Board, or if the Board has reason to believe that the statement is inaccurate, the Board shall make an estimate of the contractor’s payroll. In such a case, it is the contractor’s responsibility to demonstrate that the estimate is inaccurate.
(11)  If it is established that an electrical contractor’s payroll differs from the amount used to establish the levy, the Board shall bill or credit, as the case may be, an amount equal to the difference between the amount levied and the amount calculated according to the actual payroll.
(12)  The levy that an electrical owner-builder shall pay annually to the Board in accordance with Subrule (8) is $565.53, plus inspection fees of $149.55 for the first hour of inspection or fraction thereof and half that rate for each half-hour or fraction thereof of inspection in addition to the first hour; an amount of $70.36 for each trip related to the inspection shall be added to those fees.
(13)  For approval of electrical equipment referred to in Rule 2-024 or 2-026 that is not already approved by an organization mentioned in Subrule (2)-028(1), approval fees are $149.55 for the first hour of approval or fraction thereof and half that rate for each half-hour of approval or fraction thereof in addition to the first hour; an amount of $70.36 for each trip related to the approval and $8.80 for each approval mark affixed by the Board shall be added to those fees.
(14)  The fees payable under Subrules (12) and (13) shall be paid not later than 30 days after the billing date.”;
(6)  by deleting Rules 2-010 and 2-012;
(7)  by replacing Rule 2-014 by the following:
“2-014 Plans and Specifications
(1)  An electrical contractor or owner-builder shall not start construction work on an electrical installation to which Chapter V of the Construction Code applies unless plans and specifications have been prepared for the work if the installation requires a service line exceeding 200 kW.
(2)  The plans and specifications referred to in Subrule (1) shall contain the following information:
(a)  name and address of the person responsible for preparing them;
(b)  type of building or electrical installation and the location of the work;
(c)  location of the service line and distribution;
(d)  the supply voltage and the single-line diagram of the service line and distribution;
(e)  loads, protection characteristics and identification of the feeder and branch circuits at their respective panelboards;
(f)  rated power of each apparatus;
(g)  type and size of raceways to be used;
(h)  number and characteristics of conductors used in the raceways;
(i)  cable characteristics;
(j)  type of materials, accessories or apparatus installed in hazardous locations;
(k)  size and location of grounding conductors;
(l)  a description of all underground parts of the installation;
(m)  for an addition to an existing electrical installation, all information on the part of the installation on which work is to be carried out and a list of the existing loads or of the maximum demand loads of the existing installation recorded for the last 12 months;
(n)  for an electrical installation exceeding 750 V, the vertical and horizontal clearances of live parts and a description of the grounding and mechanical protection of live parts.”;
(8)  by deleting Rules 2-016 to 2-020;
(9)  by replacing Rules 2-024 to 2-028 by the following:
“
2-024 Approval of Electrical Equipment Used in an Electrical Installation or Intended to Consume Energy from an Electrical Installation
(1)  The selling or renting of electrical equipment that has not been approved is prohibited.
(2)  All electrical equipment used in an electrical installation shall be approved for the use for which it is intended. In addition, the use of electrical equipment that has not been approved in an electrical installation or the permanent connection of such equipment to such an installation, is prohibited. However, for purposes of a test, exhibition, presentation or demonstration, electrical equipment shall be permitted to be used without being approved if a notice containing the following warning in letters at least 15 mm high is posted: “NOTICE: This electrical equipment has not been approved for sale or rental as required by Chapter V of the Construction Code.”.
(3)  This Rule does not apply to electrical equipment of a power not exceeding 100 volt-amperes and of a voltage not exceeding 30 V, with the exception of luminaires, thermostats with heat anticipators, electromedical devices and apparatus installed in a hazardous location.
“2-026 Approval of a Prefabricated Building
“A prefabricated building in which the electrical installation work was not carried out by an electrical contractor shall not be sold, rented, exchanged or acquired unless it has been approved.
2-028 Mark of Approval
(1)  Electrical equipment or a prefabricated building that has received certification by one of the following organizations is considered to be approved:
(a)  CSA International (CSA);
(b)  Curtis-Straus LLC (cCS);
(c)  FM Approvals (cFM);
(d)  IAPMO Research and Testing Inc. (cIAPMO, cUPC or cUSPC);
(e)  Labtest Certification Inc. (cLC);
(f)  Underwriter’s Laboratories of Canada (ULC);
(g)  Intertek Testing Services NA Ltd (WH, cETL);
(h)  MET Laboratories, Inc. (cMET);
(i)  Nemko Canada Inc. (cNemko);
(j)  NSF International (cNSF);
(k)  OMNI-Test Laboratories, Inc. (cO-T L);
(l)  QPS Evaluation Services, Inc. (cQPS);
(m)  Quality Auditing Institute, Ltd (cQAI);
(n)  TÜV SÜD America Inc. (cTÜV Product Service);
(o)  TUV Rheinland of North America Inc. (cTUV);
(p)  Underwriters’ Laboratories Inc. (cUL);
(q)  any other certification organization accredited by the Standards Council of Canada that has notified the Board of its accreditation and whose certification seal or label attests to compliance with Canadian standards.
(2)  Electrical equipment bearing the label of an organization accredited by the Standards Council of Canada that has notified the Board of its accreditation attesting that, without being certified by an organization listed in Subrule (1), the equipment is recognized as complying with the requirements of Standard SPE-1000-99 Model Code for the Field Evaluation of Electrical Equipment or complying with the requirements of Standard C22.2 n° 125-M1984 Équipement électromédical and Standard C22.2 No. 125-M1984 Electromedical Equipment, published by the Canadian Standards Association, as amended or republished by that organization, is also considered to be approved.
(3)  Notwithstanding Subrules (1) and (2), approval is not required for each of the components of electrical equipment if the equipment has received an overall approval.”;
(10)  (paragraph revoked);
(10.1)  by replacing Rule 2-322 by the following:
“2-322 Electrical Equipment in the Vicinity of a Venting or Relief Discharge for Combustible Gas (see Appendix B)
“(1)  Arc-producing electrical equipment shall be installed at least 3 m from the discharge of a combustible gas relief device or vent.
“(2)  Notwithstanding Subrule (1), in the case of natural gas, the distance allowed shall be permitted to be 1 m.”;
(11)  by adding the following Subrule to Rule 4-022:
“(5)  Notwithstanding Subrule (3), for underground consumer’s services exceeding 600 A fed by parallel conductors, each neutral conductor shall be sized in accordance with Table 66.”;
(12)  (paragraph revoked);
(13)  by replacing Rule 6-104 by the following:
“6-104 Number of Consumer’s Services permitted
“(1)  The number of low-voltage consumer’s services terminating at any one overhead supply service run shall be limited by the following factors:
(a)  the total calculated load shall not exceed 600 A;
(b)  the number of conductors connected to the supply service conductor shall not exceed four
“(2)  In the case of a change to the electrical installation of a building with more than four conductors connected to one supply service conductor, replacement of the conductors shall be permitted provided that the total number of conductors is not increased and the total calculated load does not exceed 600 A.”;
(14)  in Rule 6-112:
(1)  in Subrule (2), by replacing “9 m” by “8 m”;
(2)  by adding the following after Subrule (8):
“(9)  Notwithstanding Subrule (2), in the case of an existing installation and where it is impossible to comply with the minimum 1 m clearance set out in Subrule (3), the height of the point of attachment of service conductors shall be not more than 9 m, if such a measurement allows compliance with the clearance required.
“(“ 10)  Notwithstanding Subrules (2) and (9), in the case of an existing installation and where it is impossible to comply with the minimum 1 m clearance set out in Subrule (3), it shall be permitted to install a barrier made of solid material so as to make service conductors exposed to persons from a window, door or porch permanently inaccessible.
“(“ 11)  Notwithstanding Subrule (6), in the case of an existing installation in which the connection presents no noise problem due to the amplification of vibrations caused by the mutual repulsion of the conductors, it shall be permitted to fasten the service conductor support to a solid wooden structural member with a lag screw not less than 9 mm in diameter. The threaded part of the lag screw shall penetrate the solid wooden structural member to a depth of at least 75 mm.
(15)  in Rule 6-206:
(1)  by inserting “except in existing buildings” in item (c) of Subrule (1) after “less than 2 m”;
(2)  by adding the following after Subrule (2):
“(3)  Notwithstanding Subrule (1)(d), in the case of dwelling units, the service box shall be permitted to be a meter mounting device equipped with a combined breaker outside the building or on a post, provided that an associated branch circuit panelboard equipped with a main breaker of a rating equal to or lower than that of the meter mounting device is used inside the building. The service box shall
(a)  be weatherproof and specifically approved for that use;
(b)  be protected against mechanical damage if installed less than 2 m above ground;
(c)  be equipped with a lockable outside cover; and
(d)  supply only one feeder dedicated to the associated panelboard.
“(4)  The meter mounting devices installed in compliance with Subrule (3) shall be grouped into a single connecting point.
“(5)  The feeder cables installed in compliance with Subrule (3), that penetrate or pass through a fire separation, shall comply with the requirements of Chapter I of the Construction Code and have not more than 30 mm in diameter.
(16)  (paragraph revoked);
(17)  (paragraph revoked);
(17.1)  in Rule 6-302, by replacing Subrule (2) by the following:
“(2)  Except for an installation on an existing trestle, no portion of the conductors that is run on the supply side of the consumer’s service head on outside building surfaces shall be permitted to be run as exposed wiring.”;
(18)  by inserting the words “Except for 347/600 V underground consumer’s service in a raceway,” at the beginning of Rule 6-308;
(19)  (paragraph revoked);
(20)  in Rule 8-106, by adding the following after Subrule (8):
“(9)  The method of calculation in Subrule (8) shall be permitted to be used for the replacement of a service or feeder of an existing installation, with or without additional load.”;
(21)  (paragraph revoked);
(22)  in Rule 8-202:
(1)  (subparagraph revoked);
(2)  by inserting “,except automobile heater receptacles included in the basic load of each dwelling” after “75%” in item (d) of Subrule (3).”;
(23)  (paragraph revoked);
(24)  (paragraph revoked);
(25)  in Rule 8-400:
(1)  by deleting the definition of “Restricted””
“(45)  in Rule 26-714:
(1)  by adding “ground floor” before “single dwelling” in Paragraph (a);
(2)  by substituting the following for Paragraph (c):
“(c)  At least one duplex receptacle shall be provided for each garage or carport of single dwellings.”;
(2)  by replacing Subrules (3) to (5) by the following:
“(3)  Service or feeder conductors shall be considered to have a basic load of
(a)  1,300 W for each of the first 30 duplex receptacles;
(b)  1,100 W for each of the next 30 duplex receptacles;
(c)  900 W for each additional duplex receptacle.
“(4)  If the load is controlled, the ampacity of the service or feeder conductors shall:
(a)  be determined in accordance with Subrule (3), considering only the maximum number of duplex receptacles that can be supplied simultaneously; or
(b)  not be lower than 125% of the maximum current of the load controller.
“(5)  For the purposes of Subrules (3) and (4), two single receptacles are considered to be one duplex receptacle.”;
(26)  (paragraph revoked);
(27)  (paragraph revoked);
(28)  (paragraph revoked);
(29)  (paragraph revoked);
(30)  (paragraph revoked);
(31)  (paragraph revoked);
(31.1)  by adding the following paragraph in Rule 12-116:
“(5)  Cutting or adding strands, or altering in any other way conductors to connect them to terminal parts, lugs or other junctions is prohibited.
(32)  by replacing Rule 12-312 by the following:
“12-312 Conductors Over Buildings
“Only conductors entering a building shall be permitted to run over the building.”;
(33)  (paragraph revoked);
(34)  (paragraph revoked);
(34.01)  by replacing Rule 12-516 by the following:
“12-516 Protection for cable in concealed installations (see Appendix G)
“(1)  The outer surfaces of the cable shall be kept a distance of at least 32 mm from the edges of the members intended to be used as support for sheathing or cladding, or the cable shall be effectively protected from mechanical injury both during and after installation.
“(2)  Where the cable passes through a structural metal element, it shall be protected by an insert approved for the purpose and adequately secured in place.
“(3)  Where the cable is installed behind a baseboard, moulding or other similar finishing element, its outer surfaces shall be kept a distance of at least 32 mm from the hidden side of the element or it shall be effectively protected from mechanical injury from driven nails or screws.
(34.02)  by adding the following after Subrule (2) in Rule 12-616:
“(3)  The installation of armoured cable in a concealed space in a metal element constituting the roof deck of a building or structure is prohibited.
(34.1)  by deleting “metallic” in Subrule (1) of Rule 12-904;
(34.2)  by inserting the following after Rule 12-1122:
“12-1124 Split Straight Conduit
“(1)  In an existing installation located above ground, split straight conduits and split couplings shall be permitted to be used to repair a damaged part of a raceway provided that:
(a)  both halves of each split conduit are notched or grooved to ensure the integrity of the assembly, and are glued;
(b)  the assembly is connected at each end to the non-split rigid conduit with split couplings glued to the conduit;
(c)  each coupling assembly is clamped at each end;
(d)  non-removable stainless steel clamps are used; and
(e)  the repair work does not damage the insulation of the raceway conductors.
“(2)  If the assembly mentioned in Subrule (1) exceeds 500 mm in length, additional non-removable stainless steel clamps spaced not more than 500 mm apart shall be installed.”;
(35)  (paragraph revoked);
(36)  (paragraph revoked);
(37)  (paragraph revoked);
(38)  (paragraph revoked);
(39)  in Rule 18-010:
(1)  by inserting “(1)” in the part preceding item (a) before “Class III”;
(2)  by adding the following Subrules:
“(2)  For stationary woodworking machines, the vertical cylindrical volume centred around the dust-producing parts of the machine is a Class III, Division 1 location:
(a)  if the machine is used for sanding, the radius and height of the cylindrical volume above the floor is 3.6 m if there is a dust collector or 9 m in all other cases; and
(b)  for other types of machines, the radius and height of the cylindrical volume above the floor is 1.8 m if there is a dust collector or 4.5 m in all other cases.
“(3)  Sawmills where humidity is excessive are considered to be locations to which Section 22 applies.
“(4)  The dust collectors mentioned in Subrule (2) shall be connected to a dust removal system to avoid any accumulation within the cylindrical volume.”;
(40)  in Rule 18-302, by inserting “with rain-tight couplings and connectors” in Subrule (1) after “electrical metallic tubing”;
(41)  (paragraph revoked);
(41.1)  in Rule 20-102, by inserting “showrooms, sales offices,” after “stockrooms” in Subrule (5);
(42)  (paragraph revoked);
(43)  (paragraph revoked);
(44)  (paragraph revoked);
(44.1)  in Rule 26-712, in item (d), by replacing items iv and v by the following:
“(iv)  at least one receptacle (15 A split or 20 A T-slot) installed at each permanently fixed island counter space;
“(v)  at least one receptacle (15 A split or 20 A T-slot) installed at each peninsular counter space, except if the wall adjacent to the mating edge of the peninsula is equipped with a receptacle provided for in item iii;”;
(44.2)  in Rule 26-712, by replacing item (h) by the following:
“(h)  receptacles shall not be required to be tamper resistant, provided that they are not accessible by their location, by the presence of stationary or fixed appliances, or they are located at more than 2 m from the floor or the finished grade.”;
(45)  in Rule 26-714:
(1)  by adding “ground floor” before “single dwelling” in item (a);
(2)  by replacing item (b) by the following:
“(b)  At least one duplex receptacle shall be installed in each garage or carport of single dwellings.”;
(46)  (paragraph revoked);
(47)  (paragraph revoked);
(48)  in Rule 28-604, in Subrule (4), by replacing items (a), (b) and (c) by the following:
(a)  it is capable of safely making and interrupting the locked rotor current of the connected load; and
(b)  it is capable of being locked in the open position.
(48.1)  In Rule 30-320, in Subrule (3), by replacing item (b) by the following:
“(b)  if the requirement of item (a) cannot be complied with, be protected by a Class A ground fault circuit interrupter and be installed inside the room without being located within the perimeter of the bath or shower.”;
(48.2)  By deleting Rules 30-500 to 30-510;”;
(49)  (paragraph revoked);
(50)  (paragraph revoked);
(51)  (paragraph revoked);
(52)  (paragraph revoked);
(53)  in Rule 32-000, by replacing Subrule (1) by the following:
(1)  This Section applies to the installation of fire pumps required by Chapter 1 of the Construction Code.”;
(54)  by deleting Rules 32-100 to 32-110;
(54.1)  by replacing Rule 32-206 by the following:
“32-206 Disconnecting means and overcurrent protection (see Appendices B and G)
(1)  No device capable of interrupting the circuit shall be placed between the service box and a fire pump transfer switch or a fire pump controller, other than a circuit breaker lockable in the on position or an unfused switch lockable in the off position, labelled in a conspicuous, legible, and permanent manner identifying it as the fire pump disconnecting means.
(2)  The circuit breaker referred to in Subrule (1) shall be permitted to be used in the separate service box described in Rule 32-204 and the rating or setting shall
(a)  comply with Rule 28-200 where it is installed in an emergency supply circuit between the emergency power source and the fire pump transfer switch; or
(b)  be not less than the overcurrent protection that is provided integral with the fire pump controller where it is installed in a normal supply circuit upstream of the controller.
(3)  The unfused switch referred to in Subrule (1) shall
(a)  be capable of safely making and interrupting the locked rotor current of the connected load;
(b)  comply with the requirements of the supply authority;
(c)  bear a mark indicating the need to maintain it at all times in the on position to ensure functionality of the fire pump; and
(d)  be equipped with an integral device connected to the fire alarm system to signal the provisional deactivation of the fire pump.
(55)  (paragraph revoked);
(56)  by deleting Section 38;
(57)  by deleting Rule 44-100;
(58)  by deleting Section 54;
(59)  (paragraph revoked);
(60)  (paragraph revoked);
(61)  (paragraph revoked);
(61.1)  by striking out Section 58 – Passenger ropeways and similar equipment
(62)  by deleting Rule 60-108;
(63)  by deleting Rules 60-500 to 60-510;
(64)  by deleting Rules 60-600 to 60-604;
(65)  in Rule 62-102, by inserting the following definition, in alphabetical order:
“Wire mesh heating system means a heating system which uses concrete-embedded wire mesh as a heating element.”;
(66)  by inserting the following after Rule 62-500:
“Wire Mesh Heating Systems
“62-600 Wire Mesh Heating Systems
“Rules 62-602 to 62-606 apply to the supply and connection of wire mesh embedded in a concrete slab or concrete wall for heating, from the point of emergence of the wire mesh at the slab level. However, those rules do not apply to the wire mesh or to the part of busbars embedded in concrete.
“
62-602 Use
(1)  Connection of wire mesh to the electrical supply if the wire mesh is installed in shower rooms, in or around swimming pools or in other locations involving similar hazards, is prohibited.
(2)  If a wire mesh heating system produces electrical currents in metallic parts other than the mesh, the mesh shall be supplied only if the currents have been eliminated.
62-604 Other Conductors and Outlets in a Heated Slab
(1)  Any other conductor shall be located at least 50 mm from the wire mesh and busbars and shall be considered to operate at an ambient temperature of 40 °C.
(2)  Any outlet to which a lighting fixture or other heat-producing equipment is likely to be connected shall be located at least 200 mm from the wire mesh.
62-606 Transformers for Wire Mesh Heating Systems
(1)  Transformers supplying wire mesh heating systems shall have a grounded electrostatic shield between the primary and secondary windings.
(2)  The secondary voltage of a transformer supplying a wire mesh heating system shall not exceed 30 V measured on the secondary side of a single-phase transformer or between two phases on the secondary side of a three-phase transformer.
(3)  The conductors connected to the secondary side of a transformer supplying a wire mesh heating system do not require overcurrent protection.”;
(67)  in Rule 66-000, by deleting Subrule (2);
(67.1)  by inserting the following after Rule 66-402:
“66-404 Receptacles
Receptacles with a CSA 5-15R configuration and those with a CSA 5-20R configuration installed in itinerant midways, carnivals, fairs and festivals and intended to supply outside loads or in a damp location shall be protected by a ground fault circuit interrupter of the Class A type.
(68)  by inserting the following after Rule 66-504:
“Itinerant Rides
“
66-600 Bonding
(1)  Notwithstanding Rules 66-200 and 66-202, an itinerant ride shall be permitted to be bonded by one of the following means:
(a)  a loop-shaped copper conductor at least equal in size to that specified in Table 16, but not less than No. 6 AWG, installed so as to form a loop around the ride or around the group of rides connected to the supply system of those rides; the ends of the loop shall be connected to a block whose terminals are connected to the grounded neutral conductor of the supply system. The non-current-carrying parts of the supply system and of the rides connected to the system shall be connected to the loop-shaped conductor by means of a copper conductor at least equal in size to that specified in Table 16, but not less than No. 6 AWG;
(b)  an insulated copper conductor, attached to the supply cable, at least equal in size to that specified in Table 16, but not less than No. 6 AWG.
“66-602 Splitter
“An itinerant ride shall be permitted to be connected to the supply system by means of a movable splitter provided that the splitter is water and dustproof and is raised at least 25 mm from the surface on which it is installed.
“66-604 Live Bare Parts
“The cover of a box containing live parts shall be screwed shut or key-locked. Failing that, the box shall be inaccessible to the public.
“66-606 Supply
“A receptacle used to supply an amusement ride shall be of the locking type or the equivalent. In addition, a receptacle that does not ensure the simultaneous disconnecting of all conductors shall be inaccessible to the public.”;
(68.01)  (paragraph revoked);
(68.1)  in Rule 68-304, by adding “(see Appendix B)” in the title after “Control”;
(69)  (paragraph revoked);
(70)  (paragraph revoked);
(71)  (paragraph revoked);
(72)  in Rule 72-110, by adding the following Subrules:
“( 5)  Each recreational vehicle lot equipped with sewers shall be provided with at least one receptacle of each type described in Subrule (1)(a) or (b) and (1)(c).
“(5)  Each recreational vehicle lot equipped with only one water outlet shall be provided with one receptacle of the type described in Subrule (1)(a) or (b).”;
(73)  in Rule 76-014, by substituting the words “unless an acceptable warning has been posted at all interconnecting points or other dangerous places” for the words “except by special permission”.;
(73.1)  in Rule 76-016, by replacing “configuration 5-15R or 5-20R” by “15 A and 20 A to 125 V”;
(74)  (paragraph revoked);
(75)  (paragraph revoked);
(76)  by inserting the following table after Table 65:
“Table 66
“[See Rule 4-022(6)]
“Minimum Size of Neutral Conductors for Underground Consumer’s Services Rated at More than 600 A and Fed by Parallel Conductors
“


Nominal Rating AWG Size of each AWG Size of each
of Service Box A Copper Neutral Aluminum Neutral
Conductor Conductor

601 to 1,200 0 000

1,201 to 2,000 00 0000

2,001 or more 000 250 kcmil
(77)  in Appendix B:
(1)  in Section 0, by adding the following note before the note “in alphabetical order”:
“Electrical installation
“From the definition of “electrical installation” it is understood that installations, from the connecting point where the supply authority supplies the customer or from any other supply, to the connection point where the fixture receives its power to function, are electrical installations as defined in the Code. “Electrical installation” therefore means the “infrastructure” used to direct the electrical current to equipment requiring the current to function (appliance, equipment, specialized system) but not such equipment. The following systems in particular are not electrical installations as defined in the Code: intercommunication systems, public address systems, synchronized clock systems, visual, sound or voice signalling systems, telephony systems, their interconnection to the telephone network, closed circuit television systems, access cards, community antennae, instrumentation and regulation systems related to heating, air conditioning, air venting and industrial processes, burglar alarm systems and fire alarm systems.
“
(2)  in Section 0, by adding the following note after the note “in alphabetical order”:
“Connecting point
“The connecting point for the supply of the electrical installation of a building or structure shall be situated on the closest wall to the line of the electric distributor.
“
However it may be situated:
(1)  if the system of the electric distributor is an overhead system:
(a)  in the case of a 750-volt supply or less:
i.  either on one of the adjacent walls closest to the line of the electric distributor and at the most 3 m away from it, when the service conductors of the electric distributor make an angle of 5 degrees or more in relation to one of the walls; however that distance may be wider when the service conductors of the electric distributor make an angle of 15 degrees or more in relation to one of the walls; or
ii.  on a pole or other structure
(b)  in the case of a supply at more than 750 V: upstream of the shackle insulators on the receiving structure; and
(c)  whatever the supply voltage: on a pole or structure belonging to the electric distributor, subject to the specific requirements of such distributor;
(2)  if the system of the electric distributor is an underground system:
(a)  in the case of a 750-V installation or less: on the meter mounting device, on a multiple-meter mounting device, in a junction box, in a service connecting box, in the main disconnect switch or in a manhole located outside the building; however, when the distributor service connectors enter the building, they shall have a mechanical protection and if they end at the main disconnect switch, they shall comply with that switch approval specifications;
(b)  in the case of a supply at more than 750 V: upstream of the shackle insulators of the owner on his or her receiving structure, in a manhole located outside the building, in a compartment of the service entrance or in a box specifically designed for that purpose; however, when the distributor service connectors enter the building, they shall have a mechanical protection;
(3)  at the secondary taps of the transformers if the supply comes from a non-network station, the connecting point may also be located at the taps of the raceways in an adjacent room.
(3)  (subparagraph revoked);
(3.1)  the following note after the note related to Rule 2-318 in Section 2:
“2-322 Flowmeters are not considered to be devices equipped with a vent or allowing the relief of combustible gas.
“The distances prescribed are measured from the combustible gas relief device and not from the appliance. An appliance may be located near arc-producing equipment provided that an airtight conduit conveys the exhaust gas beyond the prescribed distances.”;
(4)  in Rule 6-112 (4), by deleting
(1)  “200 A or” in subparagraph a of the second paragraph;
(2)  subparagraph b of the second paragraph;”;
(5)  (subparagraph revoked);
(6)  (subparagraph revoked);
(7)  by inserting the following note after the note related to Rule 26-700 (11):
26-710(e)(iv) It is understood from the expression “Unfinished” that even after the installation of the wall covering (gypsum, etc.), it may be impossible to find the appropriate location for the installation of the receptacles required by Rule 26-712(a), if partitions and usable wall space have not yet been delimited. A basement is not considered to be “a finished basement” if the foundation walls are finished but the ceiling is not finished or is partly finished. However, the installation of a duplex receptacle required under Rule 26-710(e)(iv) does not remove the requirement to install the receptacles for specific use already required by other rules of the Code.”;
(7.1)  by inserting the following after the note related to Rule 26-712(g):
“26-712 (g) (h) The purpose of Rule 26-712(g) is to protect children against electrical shock when they are able to reach receptacles. Where the location of a receptacle is inaccessible, the receptacle may not be tamper resistant [Rule 26-712(h)]. For example, receptacles dedicated for recessed microwaves, refrigerators, freezers, washing machines and those located in an attic, a crawl space or at a distance of more than 2 m from the floor or the finished floor are considered inaccessible to children.
(8)  (subparagraph revoked);
(8.1)  (subparagraph revoked);
(9)  by adding the following after the note related to Rule 68-068:
“68-304 If that requirement cannot be met, the control devices should be installed as far away as possible from the bathtub and shower but not outside the bathroom.”.
O.C. 961-2002, s. 5; O.C. 1385-2003, s. 3; O.C. 577-2007, s. 2; O.C. 1062-2010, s. 3.
DIVISION IV
PENAL
O.C. 961-2002, s. 5.
5.05. Any infringement of one of the provisions of this Chapter, except for Rule 2-008 introduced by paragraph 5 of section 5.04 of this Chapter, is an offence.
O.C. 961-2002, s. 5.
CHAPTER VII
PASSENGER ROPEWAYS
O.C. 895-2004, s. 2.
DIVISION I
INTERPRETATION
O.C. 895-2004, s. 2.
7.01. In this Chapter, unless the context indicates otherwise, “standard” means the standard “Remontées mécaniques, CAN/CSA Z98-01, Avril 2002” including the amendments in the standard “Z98S1-02 Supplément no 1 à la norme CAN/CSA-Z98-01 Remontées mécaniques, Février 2003” and the updates of July 2002 and October 2003 or “CSA Standard CAN/CSA Z98-01: Passenger Ropeways, June 2001” including the amendments in “Z98S1-02 Supplement No. 1 to CAN/CSA-Z98-01 Passenger Ropeways, December 2002” and the updates of July 2002 and October 2003, published by the Canadian Standards Association, as well as such subsequent amendments and editions as may be published by that organization.
However, the amendments and new editions published after the 21 October 2004 apply to construction work only from the date that corresponds to the last day of the sixth month following the month of publication of the French text of those amendments or editions.
O.C. 895-2004, s. 2.
DIVISION II
APPLICATION OF STANDARDS
O.C. 895-2004, s. 2.
7.02. Subject to the amendments provided for in Division V of this Chapter, the standards and provisions of this Chapter apply to all construction work on a passenger ropeway referred to in the standard and constituting facilities intended for use by the public designated by regulation made by the government under subparagraph 4 of the first paragraph of section 182 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1) to which the Act applies, including its vicinity, and that is carried out from the 21 October 2004.
Despite this section, for construction work other than maintenance, repair or demolition work, for which contracts were signed before 21 October 2004, a contractor may meet the requirements of either the Regulation respecting the application of a safety code for elevators and a standard for lifts for persons with physical disabilities (O.C. 111-97, 97-01-29) or the Regulation respecting passenger ropeways (O.C. 2476-82, 82-10-27) provided the construction work begins before 19 April 2005. (O.C. 895-2004, s. 3)
O.C. 895-2004, s. 2.
DIVISION III
PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
O.C. 895-2004, s. 2.
7.03. A contractor or owner-builder may not begin construction work, except maintenance, repair or demolition work on a passenger ropeway to which Chapter VII of the Construction Code applies, unless the plans and specifications have been prepared for the work.
The plans shall be drawn to scale and shall, with the specifications, indicate the nature and scope of the work to establish if the work carried out complies with section 7.02.
The plans and specifications must contain information on the following:
(1)  towers;
(2)  upper and lower stations;
(3)  sheaves and sheave assemblies;
(4)  counterweight sheaves;
(5)  deropement equipment and switches;
(6)  main drive;
(7)  rope grips;
(8)  hangers and spring boxes;
(9)  hangers and chairs, or cars, or cabins;
(10)  brakes and backstops;
(11)  tensioning systems and details;
(12)  foundations of all structures;
(13)  electric power and lightning protection;
(14)  electric controls and safety schematics;
(15)  communication systems;
(16)  hydraulic schematic systems;
(17)  haul and counterweight rope details;
(18)  structures or buildings;
(19)  evacuation equipment (seats, ropes);
(20)  service and inspection platforms;
(21)  ramps; and
(22)  elevation plan.
O.C. 895-2004, s. 2.
DIVISION IV
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
O.C. 895-2004, s. 2.
7.04. A contractor or owner-builder shall, after construction work, except maintenance, repair or demolition work on a passenger ropeway, provide the Régie du bâtiment du Québec with a certificate of conformity with this Chapter produced and signed by a recognized person stating that
(1)  the passenger ropeway is installed in accordance with this Chapter;
(2)  the tests and inspections that are provided for the passenger ropeway have been performed and their results are satisfactory; and
(3)  the information required from the manufacturer pursuant to the standard has been provided by the latter.
The certificate shall also specify the components inspected, the means used and the data used as the basis for drawing up the certificate, the type, trademark, model, address of the site where the construction work on the passenger ropeway was performed, the nature of the work, the date of the tests and inspections and the name and title of the person by whom they were performed, the date of signature, name, address and telephone number of the engineer who produced the certificate and the date of completion of the construction work. The certificate of conformity may be made on the form provided for that purpose by the Board.
O.C. 895-2004, s. 2.
7.05. An engineer who is a member of the Ordre des ingénieurs du Québec, or the holder of a temporary licence issued under the Engineers Act (chapter I-9), whose professional activities are related to the field of elevators or other elevating devices, is a person recognized for producing and signing the certificate of conformity required under section 7.04.
O.C. 895-2004, s. 2.
7.06. A person is no longer recognized when the person ceases to be a member of the Ordre des ingénieurs du Québec or is no longer the holder of a temporary licence.
O.C. 895-2004, s. 2.
DIVISION V
AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD
O.C. 895-2004, s. 2.
7.07. Standard CSA Z98-01 is amended
(1)  by revoking Clause 1.5;
(2)  by replacing Clause 1.6 by the following:
“1.6. For the purposes of this standard, a self-powered reversible above-surface ropeway means a passenger ropeway.”;
(3)  by replacing “The owner” in Clause 11.25.3 by “The owner or owner-builder”;
(4)  by replacing “It shall be the responsibility of the owner to ensure that the following conditions have been met:” in Clause 11.25.4 by “The owner or owner-builder shall ensure that the following conditions have been met:”.
O.C. 895-2004, s. 2.
DIVISION VI
PENAL
O.C. 895-2004, s. 2.
7.08. Any contravention of any of the provisions of this Chapter constitutes an offence.
O.C. 895-2004, s. 2.
CHAPTER VIII
PETROLEUM EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
DIVISION I
INTERPRETATION
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.01. In this Chapter, unless the context indicates otherwise,
“airport outlet” means a motor fuel dispensing outlet where aviation fuel is dispensed to an aircraft; (poste d’aéroport)
“aviation fuel” means aviation gasoline and aviation turbine fuel; (carburant d’aviation)
“aviation turbine fuel” means a medium petroleum distillate for use as motor fuel in turbine engines; (carburéacteur)
“biodiesel fuel” means an oxygenated ester- or ether-based fuel derived from vegetable oils or animal fats; (carburant bio-diesel)
“booth” means a shelter situated within a dispensing area, to be used for the sale of motor fuel and, where applicable, for controlling motor fuel dispensing equipment; (kiosque)
“bulk plant” means a facility for the storage of bulk petroleum products and having a tank truck, tank car or a cargo tank trailer loading facility; (dépôt)
“designated location” means a quarry, mine, forest operations site, agricultural establishment, construction site, snowmobile stop, hunting or fishing camp, or a location not accessible year round by a practicable road in the Québec highway network; (endroit désigné)
“diesel fuel” means a medium petroleum distillate for use as motor fuel in a compression ignition engine; (carburant diesel)
“first storey” means the highest storey having its floor not more than 2 m above average ground level; (premier étage)
“flash point” means the minimum temperature at which a liquid within a container gives off vapour in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air near the surface of the liquid; (point d’éclair)
“fuel oil” means a homogeneous blend of hydrocarbon compounds for use as fuel; (mazout)
“gasoline” means a light petroleum distillate for use as motor fuel in an engine with electrical ignition; (essence)
“high-risk petroleum equipment” means petroleum equipment having one of the following characteristics:
(1)  petroleum equipment, one or more components of which is partially or completely buried, having a capacity of
(a)  500 or more litres, when it is installed to store motor fuel; or
(b)  4,000 or more litres, if it is installed to store fuel oil, except petroleum equipment of less than 10,000 litres used for heating a single-family dwelling;
(2)  aboveground petroleum equipment that has a capacity of 2,500 or more litres, if it is installed to store gasoline, fuel ethanol or Class I aviation fuel;
(3)  petroleum equipment that has a capacity of 10,000 or more litres, if it is installed to store a petroleum product; or
(4)  petroleum equipment installed for the purposes of trade in petroleum products;
The capacity of petroleum equipment that is joined, connected to or used with other petroleum equipment is determined by adding together their respective capacities; (équipement pétrolier à risqué élevé)
“lower explosive limit” means the minimum concentration of vapour in air at which the propagation of flame occurs on contact with an ignition source; (limite inférieure d’explosivité)
“marina outlet” means a motor fuel dispensing outlet where motor fuel is dispensed to motorized vessels; (poste de marina)
“motor fuel” means a combustible substance used in an internal combustion engine that includes gasoline, diesel fuel, biodiesel fuel, fuel ethanol and aviation fuel; (carburant)
“motor fuel dispensing outlet” means a self-serve facility, an unattended self-serve facility, an airport outlet, a user outlet, a marina outlet and a service station; (poste de distribution de carburant)
“petroleum equipment” means any container, piping, apparatus or other equipment or device that may be used for the distribution, handling, transfer or storage of petroleum products, or forming part of a petroleum equipment installation; (équipement pétrolier)
“recognized person” means a person able to produce or furnish a certificate of conformity pursuant to sections 16 and 35 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1; (personne reconnue)
“self-serve facility” means a motor fuel dispensing outlet where motor fuel is dispensed to a vehicle under the supervision of an attendant; (libre-service avec surveillance)
“service centre” means a site where the fuel system of an internal combustion engine is serviced; (atelier de mécanique)
“storey” means that part of a building between the top of a floor and the top of the next floor above it, or if there is no floor above it, that part between the top of a floor and the ceiling; (étage)
“tank” means a container that holds more than 225 litres; (réservoir)
“unattended self-serve facility” means a motor fuel dispensing outlet for commercial vehicles where motor fuel is dispensed to a vehicle without supervision of an attendant; (libre-service sans surveillance)
“underground piping” means piping or part of piping that is buried in the ground; (tuyauterie souterraine)
“underground tank” means a tank that is partially or entirely buried in the ground; (réservoir souterrain)
“user outlet” means a motor fuel dispensing outlet used for a purpose other than trade in motor fuel. (poste d’utilisateur)
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.02. For the purposes of this Chapter,
(1)  petroleum products are classified as follows:
(a)  Class 1: petroleum distillates having a flash point below 37.8 °C as determined by D56, Standard Test Method for Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester, published by the American Society for Testing and Materials;
(b)  Class 2: petroleum distillates having a flash point equal to or above 37.8 °C but below 60 °C as determined by D93, Standard Test Method for Flash-Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester, published by the American Society for Testing and Materials; and
(c)  Class 3: petroleum distillates having a flash point equal to or above 60 °C as determined by D93, Standard Test Method for Flash-Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester, published by the American Society for Testing and Materials;
(2)  fuel oil is of the following types:
(a)  Nos. 0, 1 and 2: distillate fuel for home heating appliances;
(b)  Nos. 4 and 5: a distillate, a residue or a blend of the two, used as fuel usually for burner installations without preheating devices; and
(c)  No. 6: a distillate, a residue or a blend of the two, used as fuel for burner installations with a preheating device.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
DIVISION II
APPLICATION OF CODES AND STANDARDS
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.03. Subject to the regulatory exemptions under subparagraph 1 of the first paragraph of section 182 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1), the codes, standards and provisions of this Chapter apply to all construction work on a petroleum equipment installation to which that Act applies, including its vicinity, carried out as of the date of coming into force of this Chapter.
Despite section 8.03, construction work commencing before 1 July 2007 is deemed to comply with the requirements of this Chapter if it complies with the requirements prescribed in the Regulation respecting petroleum products and equipment (O.C. 753-91, 91-05-29). (O.C. 220-2007, s. 2)
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
DIVISION III
REFERENCED DOCUMENTS
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.04. The requirements of the referenced documents in this Chapter apply only to the extent that they refer to petroleum equipment.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.05. Where the referenced requirements are inconsistent with the requirements of any provision of this Chapter, the latter prevail.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.06. The editions of the documents referenced in this Chapter are those indicated in the table below.
TABLE 1
REFERENCED DOCUMENTS

Agency Designation Title Reference

API 5L-2000 Line Pipe 8.25, 1st paragraph,
subpar. 1

API 650-1998 Welded Steel Tanks 8.24, 1st paragraph,
for Oil Storage subpar. 8

API 1104-1999 Welding of Pipelines 8.70
and Related Facilities

API 1542-2002 Identification Markings 8.188
for Dedicated Aviation
Fuel Manufacturing and
Distribution Facilities,
Airport Storage and
Mobile Fuelling
Equipment

API 2000-1998 Venting Atmospheric and 8.102
Low Pressure Storage
Tanks: Nonrefrigerated
and Refrigerated

ASME B16.5-2003 Pipe Flanges and 8.107, 2nd paragraph
Flanged Fittings

ASME B31.3-2004 Process Piping 8.25, 2nd paragraph

ASTM A53/A53M-05 Pipe, Steel, Black and 8.25, 1st paragraph,
Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, subpar. 2
Welded and Seamless

ASTM A193/A193M-06 Alloy-Steel and 8.109, 1st paragraph
Stainless Steel Bolting
Materials for High
Temperature or High
Pressure Service and
Other Purpose
Applications

ASTM D56-05 Standard Test Method 8.02, paragraph 1,
for Flash Point by Tag subpar. a
Closed Tester

ASTM D93-02a Standard Test 8.02, paragraph 1,
Method for Flash-Point subpar. b
by Pensky-Martens and c
Closed Cup Tester

BNQ CAN/BNQ 2501 Soils - Determination 8.33, 1st paragraph,
-255-3rd edition of the Water-Density subpars. 2
Relation - Modified and 3
Effort Compaction Test
(2,700 kN.m/m3)

CCBFC NRCC 53303 National Fire Code 8.21, 1st paragraph
- Canada 2010

CSA CSA-B139-2009 Installation Code 8.21, 2nd paragraph
for Oil Burning 8.84, paragraph 1,
Equipment subpar. c

CSA CSA-B140.0-03 Oil Burning Equipment: 8.26
General Requirements

CSA CSA-B346-M1980 Power-Operated 8.141
Dispensing Devices for
Flammable Liquids

CSA Z245.1-02 Steel Pipe 8.25, 1st paragraph,
subpar. 3

CSA CAN/CSA-Z662-03 Oil and Gas 8.103
Pipeline Systems

EPA EPA 530/UST-90/004 Standard Test 8.130, 2nd paragraph
Procedures for
Evaluating Leak
Detection Methods:
Volumetric Tank
Tightness Testing
Methods

EPA EPA 530/UST-90/007 Standard Test 8.130, 2nd paragraph
Procedures for
Evaluating Leak
Detection Methods:
Statistical Inventory
Reconciliation Methods

CPPI 1990 Colour-Symbol System 8.106, 1st paragraph
to Mark Equipment and 8.194
Vehicles for Product
Identification

NACE RP0169-2002 Control of External 8.42, 1st paragraph,
International Corrosion on subpar. 2
Underground or 8.130, 1st paragraph
Submerged Metallic
Piping Systems

NACE RP0285-2002 Corrosion Control 8.42, 1st paragraph,
International of Underground Storage subpar. 2
Tank System by 8.130, 1st paragraph
Cathodic Protection

NFPA 30-2003 Flammable and 8.65, paragraph 3
Combustible Liquids
Code

SAE AS 1852-1997 Nozzles and Ports- 8.181
Gravity Fueling
Interface Standard for
Civil Aircraft

TC No. 0-32 Flammable Liquids 8.196
Bulk Storage
Regulations

ULC ULC-S601-00 Standard for Shop 8.24, 1st paragraph,
Fabricated Steel subpar. 1
Aboveground Horizontal
Tanks for Flammable and
Combustible Liquids

ULC CAN/ULC-S602-03 Aboveground Steel 8.24, 1st paragraph,
Tanks for the Storage subpar. 2
of Combustible Liquids
Intended to be Used as
Heating and/or Generator
Fuels

ULC ULC-S603-00 Standard for Steel 8.23, 1st paragraph,
Underground Tanks for subpar. 1
Flammable and
Combustible Liquids

ULC Technical Supplement, Refurbishing of Steel 8.44, paragraph 1
ULC-S603(A)-2001 Underground Tanks for
Flammable and
Combustible Liquids

ULC CAN/ULC-S603.1-03 External Corrosion 8.42, 1st paragraph,
Protection Systems for subpar. 1
Steel Underground 8.88, 1st paragraph,
Tanks for Flammable and subpar. 1
Combustible Liquids

ULC CAN/ULC-S612-99 Hose for Flammable and 8.153
Combustible Liquids

ULC ULC-S615-98 Standard for Reinforced 8.23, 1st paragraph,
Plastic Underground subpar. 2
Tanks for Flammable and
Combustible Liquids

ULC Technical Supplement, Refurbishing of 8.44, paragraph 2
ULC-S615(A)-2002 Reinforced Plastic
Underground Tanks for
Flammable and
Combustible Liquids

ULC CAN/ULC-S620-99 Hose Nozzle Valves for 8.154
Flammable and
Combustible Liquids

ULC ULC-S630-00 Shop Fabricated Steel 8.24, 1st paragraph,
Aboveground Vertical subpar. 3
Tanks for Flammable 8.54, paragraph 2
and Combustible Liquids

ULC CAN/ULC-S642-M87 Compounds and Tapes for 8.69
Threaded Pipe Joints

ULC ULC-S643-00 Shop Fabricated Steel 8.24, 1st paragraph,
Aboveground Utility subpar. 4
Tanks for Flammable and
Combustible Liquids

ULC ULC-S651-00 Emergency Valves for 8.115
Flammable and 8.149
Combustible Liquids

ULC ULC-S653-05 Standard for 8.24, 1st paragraph,
Aboveground Steel subpar. 5
Contained Tank 8.143
Assemblies for
Flammable and
Combustible Liquids

ULC ULC-S655-98 Aboveground Protected 8.24, 1st paragraph,
Tank Assemblies for subpar. 6
Flammable and
Combustible Liquids

ULC ULC/ORD-C58.9-1997 Secondary Containment 8.62, paragraph 5,
Liners for Underground subpar. a
and Aboveground
Flammable and
Combustible Liquid
Tanks

ULC ULC/ORD-C58.10-1992 Jacketed Steel 8.23, 1st paragraph,
Underground Tanks for subpar. 3
Flammable and 8.35, 1st paragraph,
Combustible Liquids subpar. 2,
subpar. b
8.42, 2nd paragraph

ULC ULC/ORD-C58.12-1992 Leak Detection Devices 8.29, paragraph 2
(Volumetric Type) for
Underground Flammable
Liquid Storage Tanks

ULC ULC/ORD-C58.14-1992 Non-Volumetric Leak 8.28, 3rd paragraph
Detection Devices for 8.29, paragraph 2
Underground Flammable
Liquid Storage Tanks

ULC ULC/ORD-C58.15-1992 Overfill Protection 8.61, 1st paragraph,
Devices for Flammable subpar. 1,
Liquid Storage Tanks subpar. a
8.125, paragraph 1
8.127

ULC ULC/ORD-C58.19-1992 Spill Containment 8.127
Devices for Underground
Flammable Liquid
Storage Tanks

ULC ULC/ORD-C107.12-1992 Line Leak Detection 8.28, 3rd paragraph
Devices for Flammable
Liquid Piping

ULC ULC/ORD-C107.21-1992 Under-Dispenser Sumps 8.143

ULC ULC/ORD-C142.5-1992 Concrete Encased Steel 8.24, 1st paragraph,
Aboveground Tank subpar. 7
Assemblies for
Flammable and
Combustible Liquids

ULC ULC/ORD-C142.18-95 Rectangular Steel 8.24, 1st paragraph,
Aboveground Tanks for subpar. 9
Flammable and
Combustible Liquids

ULC ULC/ORD-C142.19-94 Spill Containment 8.61, 1st paragraph,
Devices for Aboveground subpar. 1,
Flammable and subpar. a
Combustible Liquid
Storage Tanks

ULC ULC/ORD-C842-M1984 Guide for the 8.115
Investigation of Valves
for Flammable and
Combustible Liquids

ULC ULC/ORD-C971-05 Nonmetallic Underground 8.27
Piping for Flammable
and Combustible Liquids
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1; O.C. 92-2014, s. 1.
8.07. Unless otherwise indicated in this Chapter, the referenced documents indicated in Table 1 of section 8.06 include all later amendments to an edition, published by an agency mentioned in that Table.
Despite the foregoing, amendments published after 6 March 2014 apply to construction work only as of the date corresponding to the last day of the sixth month following the month in which those amendments are published.
Unless otherwise provided for, a reference in this Chapter to a standard or code is a reference to that standard or code as adopted by the chapter of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) or Safety Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 3) that refers to it.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1; O.C. 1263-2012, s. 3; O.C. 92-2014, s. 2.
DIVISION IV
APPROVAL OF EQUIPMENT
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.08. Petroleum equipment used in a petroleum equipment installation must, when required by a provision of this Chapter, be approved for the use for which it is intended.
The sale or leasing of such equipment that has not been approved is prohibited. The use of such equipment in a petroleum equipment installation that has not been approved, except for approval purposes, is also prohibited.
Petroleum equipment may, however, during an exhibition, a presentation or a demonstration, be used without prior approval provided that it is accompanied by a notice with the following warning in characters measuring at least 15 mm: “WARNING: this material has not been approved for sale or rental as required under Chapter VIII of the Construction Code.”.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.09. Petroleum equipment certified by one of the following agencies is considered to be approved:
(1)  CSA International (CSA);
(2)  Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada (ULC);
(3)  Intertek Testing Services NA LTD. (WH, cETL);
(4)  Underwriters Laboratories Incorporated (cUL);
(5)  American Petroleum Institute (API); and
(6)  any other certification agency accredited by the Standards Council of Canada as a certification agency for petroleum equipment having notified the Régie du bâtiment du Québec of its accreditation.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.10. Despite section 8.08, approval is not required for each component of petroleum equipment if the petroleum equipment has received overall approval.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.11. For the purposes of this Chapter, “certification” or “certified” means recognition by one of the agencies referred to in section 8.09, by means of a label affixed on certified equipment certifying that the equipment complies with the construction and testing requirements published by the standards development organizations accredited by the Standards Council of Canada to develop petroleum equipment standards.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
DIVISION V
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.12. A contractor or owner-builder must, after construction work related to the installation, alteration or demolition of high-risk petroleum equipment or complete piping connected to it, provide the Régie du bâtiment du Québec with a certificate of conformity with this Chapter produced and signed by a recognized person under section 8.13 stating that
(1)  the work has been carried out in accordance with sections, 8.21, 8.23, 8.24, 8.26 to 8.28, paragraphs 1 to 3 of section 8.29, sections 8.30, 8.31 and section 8.32, as regards only the clearance between the top of the tank and ground level, sections 8.42 to 8.44, paragraphs 1 and 2 of section 8.45, section 8.46, except paragraphs 1 to 3 of the second paragraph, sections 8.48 to 8.50, paragraph 1 of section 8.51, sections 8.53, 8.55 to 8.57, 8.60 to 8.65, except paragraph 4 of that section, paragraph 2 of section 8.66, sections 8.69, 8.72, 8.75, 8.77, 8.79, 8.80 and section 8.83, as regards only the clearance between piping and ground level, sections 8.85, 8.88 to 8.95, the third paragraph of section 8.96, sections 8.97, 8.98, 8.100, 8.102, 8.108, paragraph 1 of section 8.110, the third paragraph of section 8.112, sections 8.116, 8.124, 8.125, 8.127, 8.128, 8.138, 8.141 to 8.147, 8.149 to 8.151, 8.153, 8.154, 8.156, 8.159, 8.160, the first paragraph of section 8.162, the first and second paragraphs of section 8.166, sections 8.168, 8.170 to 8.172, 8.174, 8.175, the second paragraph of section 8.177, section 8.178, except paragraph 5 of that section, sections 8.179, 8.180, 8.182, 8.185, 8.186, 8.195, 8.197 to 8.199 and section 8.200 as regards the manual valve, sections 8.201, 8.203 to 8.205, 8.207 to 8.209, 8.211 to 8.213 and 8.215 to 8.217;
(2)  the tests and inspections referred to in those sections for that work have been performed and their results are satisfactory; and
(3)  the equipment covered by the certificate is free from leaks and presents no danger to public safety.
Otherwise, the recognized person must inform the contractor or owner-builder and the Board, within 30 days, of any irregularities found and the reasons for refusing to produce the required certificate of conformity.
The certificate must also contain a description of the petroleum equipment inspected, its type, make, the petroleum product it is to contain, its model, capacity, serial number, the standard under which it has been approved or manufactured, the address of the site where the construction work on the petroleum equipment was carried out, the nature of the work carried out, the licence number of the contractor or owner-builder who carried out the work, the date of signature, the name, address, telephone number and professional order membership number, temporary or accreditation permit issued under the Act respecting petroleum products and equipment (chapter P-29.1), of the recognized person who produced the certificate and the date of the beginning and end of the construction work. The certificate may be produced on the form provided for that purpose by the Board.
If high-risk petroleum equipment has already been installed, altered or demolished, the contractor or owner-builder must take the necessary measures so that the recognized person may produce the certificate.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.13. The following persons whose professional activities are related to the inspection, surveillance or design of petroleum equipment installations may be recognized by the Board to produce and sign the certificate of conformity required under section 8.12:
(1)  an engineer who is a member of the Ordre des ingénieurs du Québec;
(2)  a holder of a temporary licence issued under the Engineers Act (chapter I-9) and
(3)  a professional technologist holding a licence issued by the Ordre des technologues professionnels du Québec.
Those persons must not be in a situation of conflict of interest, such as
(1)  performing work on petroleum equipment or decontamination work on sites polluted by petroleum products, or supervising such work, in the capacity of a contractor or employee; or
(2)  having a direct or indirect interest in an enterprise that performs work on petroleum equipment, designs or manufactures petroleum equipment or engages in activities in the field of petroleum product sales, storage or transportation.
An inspector whose certification issued under the Act respecting petroleum products and equipment (chapter P-29.1) is valid until 1 April 2011 may be recognized by the Board until 1 April 2012 to produce and sign the certificate of conformity required by section 8.12, provided the inspector complies with Chapter III of that Act as it read before being revoked.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1; O.C. 838-2011, s. 1.
8.14. The person referred to in section 8.13 who applies for recognition must
(1)  file an application with the Board that contains the following:
(a)  the person’s name, home address, telephone number and membership number of the person’s professional order or the person’s temporary licence number; and
(b)  the number of years of experience acquired in activities related to the fields referred to in section 8.13;
(2)  pay the fees of $563.41, unless the application concerns the third paragraph of section 8.13; and
(3)  certify the accuracy of the information contained in the application.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1; O.C. 838-2011, s. 2.
8.15. The recognition of a person may be revoked by the Board for the following reasons:
(1)  the person no longer meets the conditions set out in section 8.13; or
(2)  the person has been convicted of an offence under section 194 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1).
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
DIVISION VI
GENERAL
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.16. Construction work carried out on a petroleum equipment installation must be carried out so as to ensure that the equipment provides, in normal conditions of use and when used as intended, satisfactory levels of performance while minimizing danger to the public.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.17. A contractor or owner-builder must, during construction work,
(1)  use construction procedures suitable for the work;
(2)  use the materials, appliances, equipment or devices designed for that purpose; and
(3)  take the necessary precautions to prevent a risk of explosion, fire, spillage or other accidents of that nature.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
DIVISION VII
SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PETROLEUM EQUIPMENT
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.18. Petroleum equipment must
(1)  be installed in such a way as to safely contain the petroleum products to be handled and to resist wear, normal handling, fire and shocks;
(2)  be sufficiently leakproof to prevent the risk of explosion, fire, spillage or any other accident of that nature when used during construction work;
(3)  be installed in such a way as to prevent anyone not authorized by the person responsible for the equipment from gaining access to the equipment and be protected from coming into contact with any object that could cause an accident;
(4)  be installed and have the necessary protection devices to ensure the safety of the persons who have access to the equipment or who are supplied from it;
(5)  be designed, erected, installed or placed so that maintenance, repair or demolition work may be carried out; and
(6)  be designed for the use for which it is intended and to resist to the conditions of use to which it is submitted.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.19. Petroleum equipment used to store a Class 1 petroleum product may not be installed in a heated room unless the room is heated by means of an appliance that has no ignition source.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.20. Petroleum equipment used to store a Class 1 or Class 2 petroleum product may not be installed in a room housing an electrical appliance or a pump.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.21. Subject to the provisions of this Chapter, construction work carried out on an aboveground tank used to store petroleum products inside a building must be carried out in compliance with the requirements of section 4.3. of the National Fire Code of Canada, published by the Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes of the National Research Council of Canada, and any construction work carried out on aboveground piping and other petroleum equipment connected to such a tank and situated inside a building must be carried out in compliance with the requirements of Part 4 of that Code.
Any petroleum equipment that is covered by the standard “Installation Code for Oil Burning Equipment” (CSA-B139), published by the Canadian Standards Association, must be installed in accordance with the requirements of that standard if the equipment is intended to store diesel fuel or fuel oil and to supply an engine or equipment that is installed permanently.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1; O.C. 92-2014, s. 3.
8.22. The erection or installation of an underground or aboveground tank, a petroleum products distributor and a pump or piping containing such products is prohibited less than 3 m from a vertical plane touching the closest outside wall of a subway works.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.23. A contractor or owner-builder may not install an underground tank unless the underground tank has been approved under one of the following standards:
(1)  ULC-S603 Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada;
(2)  ULC-S615 Reinforced Plastic Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada; or
(3)  ULC/ORD-C58.10 Jacketed Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada.
The installation must also be carried out in compliance with the standard under which the tank has been approved.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.24. A contractor or owner-builder may not install an aboveground tank unless the aboveground tank has been approved under one of the following standards:
(1)  ULC-S601 Shop Fabricated Steel Aboveground Horizontal Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada;
(2)  CAN/ULC-S602 Aboveground Steel Tanks for the Storage of Combustible Liquids Intended to be used as Heating and/or Generator Fuels, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada;
(3)  ULC-S630 Shop Fabricated Steel Aboveground Vertical Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada;
(4)  ULC-S643 Shop Fabricated Steel Aboveground Utility Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada;
(5)  ULC-S653 Aboveground Steel Contained Tank Assemblies for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada;
(6)  ULC-S655 Aboveground Protected Tank Assemblies for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada;
(7)  ULC/ORD-C142.5 Concrete Encased Steel Aboveground Tanks Assemblies for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada;
(8)  API-650 Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage, published by the American Petroleum Institute; or
(9)  ULC/ORD-C142.18 Rectangular Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.25. A contractor or owner-builder may install steel piping only if it meets the manufacturing requirements of one of the following standards:
(1)  API-5L Line Pipe published by the American Petroleum Institute;
(2)  ASTM-A53/A53M Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless, published by the American Society for Testing and Materials; or
(3)  CSA-Z245.1 Steel Pipe, published by the Canadian Standards Association.
In addition, if service pressure exceeds 875 kPa, piping and fittings must meet the requirements of ASME Standard B31.3 Process Piping, published by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.26. A contractor or owner-builder may install copper piping only for fuel oil to supply a heating appliance, diesel fuel or biodiesel fuel to supply a generator engine. In addition, the piping must meet the requirements of CSA Standard B140.0 Oil Burning Equipment: General Requirements, published by the Canadian Standards Association.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.27. A contractor or owner-builder may install nonmetallic piping only if it meets the requirements of ULC/ORD Standard C971 Nonmetallic Underground Piping for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada. The piping must be installed so that there are no joints in the ground.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.28. A contractor or owner-builder may install double-walled piping only if it meets the requirements of
(1)  section 8.25, if it is steel;
(2)  section 8.26, if it is copper; or
(3)  section 8.27, if it is nonmetallic.
Such piping must be installed inside other piping that meets the requirements of section 8.25, 8.26 or 8.27, as the case may be.
It must also have an automatic leak detection system with a visual and audible alarm that meets the requirements of ULC/ORD Standard C107.12 Line Leak Detection Devices for Flammable Liquid Piping or ULC/ORD Standard C58.14 Non-Volumetric Leak Detection Devices for Underground Flammable Liquid Storage Tanks, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
DIVISION VIII
SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLYING TO HIGH-RISK PETROLEUM EQUIPMENT
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
§ 1.  — Underground tanks
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.29. An underground tank must, to be installed,
(1)  have a double wall and a capacity of more than 110,000 litres;
(2)  have, in its interstitial space, an automatic leak detection system with a visual and audible alarm manufactured under the requirements of ULC/ORD Standard C58.12 Leak Detection Devices (Volumetric Type) for Underground Flammable Liquid Storage Tanks or ULC/ORD Standard C58.14 Non-Volumetric Leak Detection Devices for Underground Flammable Liquid Storage Tanks, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada;
(3)  contain, in its interstitial space, where applicable, brine composed exclusively of calcium chloride with or without potassium chloride or sodium chloride where the respective concentration does not exceed 42%, 3% and 2%; and
(4)  have any damage repaired, before the tank is backfilled, according to the manufacturer’s specifications.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.30. An underground tank must be installed
(1)  at least 1 m from the foundations of any building;
(2)  at least 1 m from any other tank;
(3)  at least 1 m from the property line;
(4)  at least 750 mm from the inner wall of the excavation; and
(5)  in such manner that the loads carried by the foundations or the supports of a building cannot be transmitted to the tank; in addition, the soil must not be removed from the footing down to the bed of the excavation, in a 45 ° slope.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.31. An underground tank likely to be subjected to overhead vehicular traffic must be sited
(1)  at a depth not less than 1 m below ground level, be covered with not less than 900 mm of a backfill material referred to in section 8.33 and be covered with not less than 100 mm of bituminous concrete; or
(2)  at a depth of not less than 450 mm, be covered with at least 300 mm of a backfill material referred to in section 8.33 and be covered with a reinforced concrete slab not less than 150 mm thick; the slab must also extend at least 300 mm horizontally beyond the perimeter of the tank.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.32. An underground tank not to be subjected to overhead vehicular traffic must be sited
(1)  at a depth of not less than 600 mm below ground level and be covered with a backfill material referred to in section 8.33; or
(2)  at a depth of not less than 400 mm, be covered with a backfill material referred to in section 8.33 and be covered with a reinforced concrete slab at least 100 mm thick.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.33. An underground tank must be installed on a backfill foundation at least 300 mm thick, that exceeds the tank’s perimeter by at least 300 mm and is composed of one of the following materials:
(1)  in the case of a fibreglass tank, pea gravel, rounded pea gravel between 3 and 20 mm or crushed stone at least 3 mm and not more than 13 mm; in addition, each material used must be clean and without dust, sand, debris, organic material, ice or snow so that not more than 3% of its weight passes through a 2.5 mm sieve;
(2)  in the case of a steel tank, clean or natural sand free of stones compacted to at least 90% of the optimal density of the modified proctor determined according to CAN/BNQ Standard 2501-255, Soils - Determination of the Water-Density Relation - Modified Effort Compaction Test (2,700 kN.m/m3), published by the Bureau de normalisation du Québec, and be without stone, debris, organic material, ice or snow; or
(3)  in the case of a jacketed steel underground tank, clean or natural sand free of stones compacted to at least 90% of the optimal density of the modified proctor determined according to CAN/BNQ Standard 2501-255, Soils - Determination of the Water-Density Relation - Modified Effort Compaction Test (2,700 kN.m/m3), published by the Bureau de normalisation du Québec, and be without stone, debris, organic material, ice or snow, or pea gravel or rounded pea gravel between 3 and 20 mm.
The tank must be backfilled, as applicable, with the materials described in subparagraphs 1 to 3 of the first paragraph and be covered with a finishing grade layer not more than 300 mm thick.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.34. An underground tank must be lowered into an excavation by the use of lifting lugs and hooks designed for that purpose or spreader bars, if required by the manufacturer’s instructions; the use of chains or slings around the tank is prohibited.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.35. After an underground tank has been set in the excavation, it must undergo the leak tests listed below that are to be conducted in compliance with the following requirements:
(1)  for the inner wall of a tank,
(a)  all the tank’s caps must be removed and steel caps must be installed, after a joint compound or tape has been applied that meets the requirements of section 8.69;
(b)  a safety valve set to a pressure of not more than 40 kPa capable of discharging the flow from the pressure source must be installed on a tank opening and its operation inspected before each test;
(c)  the pressure inside the tank and in its interstitial space must be measured simultaneously using a pressure gauge calibrated in units of not more than 1 kPa;
(d)  a pressure of at least 30 kPa and not more than 35 kPa must be created inside the tank; and
(e)  the pressure in the interstitial space must remain stable;
(2)  for the outer wall of a tank,
(a)  the pressure inside the tank and in its interstitial space must be measured simultaneously using a pressure gauge calibrated in units of not more than 1 kPa;
(b)  the pressure source must come from the inside part of the tank and be transferred into the interstitial space until it reaches a pressure of at least 30 kPa and not more than 35 kPa; a tank manufactured under ULC/ORD Standard C58.10 Jacketed Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada, may be pressurized according to the manufacturer’s instructions;
(c)  it must be tested using leak detection fluid; and
(d)  the interstitial space of a fibreglass tank must be inspected according to the manufacturer’s recommendations.
During the tests, once the temperature has been stabilized and the pressure source removed, the pressure created must be maintained for at least one hour.
The pressure created in the interstitial space of the tank must be released before the pressure of the inner wall.
During each test period, the necessary inspections must be made to ensure the tests are properly conducted and to prevent accidents.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.36. In the case of a tank with compartments, each compartment must be tested separately in accordance with section 8.35, not simultaneously and only if the adjacent compartment is not under pressure.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.37. If the tank has already contained a petroleum product or other flammable product, the leak tests required by section 8.35 must be conducted using nitrogen.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.38. The tests required by section 8.35 need not be conducted if the contractor or owner-builder
(1)  ascertains that depressurization of at least 42 kPa created by the manufacturer in the interstitial space of the tank is maintained after it has been placed in the excavation; or
(2)  has conducted a vacuum test on the interstitial space at a pressure of at least 42 kPa for at least one hour, if such a test is authorized by the manufacturer.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.39. When leakage is detected during the leak tests, the tank must be repaired and subjected to a new test or be replaced.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.40. A contractor or owner-builder may not use a petroleum product to ballast a tank unless the tank has a fill pipe and a vent line and all other openings have been plugged.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.41. If the water table is reached during excavation work to install an underground tank, the contractor or owner-builder must comply with the following requirements:
(1)  the up-lift stress of the tank must be calculated and a copy of the calculation must accompany the analysis documents and be sent to the owner to be filed in the petroleum equipment installation register that the owner must make available to the Board in accordance with Chapter VI of the Safety Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 3) made under the Building Act (chapter B-1.1);
(2)  the calculation must be based on the highest estimated water-level elevation;
(3)  if the calculation indicates that the up-lift stress is such that an empty tank could be displaced, the tank must be anchored by anchor straps attached to a reinforced concrete slab or to anchor weights under the tank, by ground anchors or by use of a reinforced concrete slab above the tank;
(4)  the size of the slab or anchors must be designed on the basis of the up-lift stress to which the empty tank will be submitted and in a manner to prevent it from lifting;
(5)  the tank must be separated from a concrete slab or anchor weight by a layer at least 300 mm thick of a backfill material referred to in section 8.33;
(6)  every anchor strap or ground anchor must be electrically insulated from the tank, be installed in such a manner that it does not damage the tank’s protective coating, and be tightened by hand in the case of a strap; and
(7)  the strength of the anchor straps and ground anchors must be determined on the basis of the factors mentioned in paragraph 4.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.42. A contractor or owner-builder may not carry out construction work on a steel underground tank unless it is protected against corrosion using a method in either of the following documents:
(1)  CAN/ULC Standard S603.1 External Corrosion Protection Systems for Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada; or
(2)  RP0619 Standard 2002 Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems or RP0285 Standard 2002 Corrosion Control of Underground Storage Tank System by Cathodic Protection, published by NACE International, if the petroleum equipment installation is protected by an induced current system.
Despite the foregoing, a tank that meets the requirements of ULC/ORD Standard C58.10 Jacketed Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada, need not be protected against corrosion.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.43. Every excavation in which a tank is installed must have at least one observation well.
The observation well must consist of a perforated pipe at least 150 mm in diameter installed vertically, extending down 900 mm below the bottom of the tank, and be accessible from the ground. The pipe must also be enclosed inside a permeable lining if it is buried in sand.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.44. A contractor or owner-builder may not install
(1)  a steel underground tank that has been removed from the ground, unless it has been approved in accordance with the requirements of the ULC-S603(A) Technical Supplement Document, Refurbishing of Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada; or
(2)  a fibreglass underground tank that has been removed from the ground, unless it has been approved in accordance with the requirements of the ULC-S615(A) Technical Supplement Document, Refurbishing of Reinforced Plastic Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.45. If construction work consists in removing petroleum equipment from the ground, the contractor or owner-builder must, as the case may be,
(1)  empty all petroleum product from the tank, piping and motor fuel dispensers, before their removal;
(2)  remove the tank and piping from the ground and from the site along with the motor fuel dispenser connected to it, after purging the tank of all vapours until the flammable vapour concentration is less than 20% of the lower explosive limit; or
(3)  destroy the tank as provided by section 8.68 or have it approved as provided by section 8.44, in which case it must be purged of any vapour and its openings must be hermetically sealed other than a ventilation opening of at least 60 mm in diameter.
8.46. A contractor or owner-builder may not carry out alteration work to an underground tank that may be abandoned on site, unless the contractor or owner-builder has obtained the certificate of a person recognized under section 8.13, stating that
(1)  removing the tank would jeopardize the integrity of the building’s structure or of a part that is essential for the intended use of the building; or
(2)  the machinery required for the removal of the tank cannot be taken onto the site.
The contractor or owner-builder must then
(1)  remove all sludge from the tank so as to prevent any explosion and dispose of it in a tank or other closed container compatible with petroleum products;
(2)  remove the piping from the ground;
(3)  purge the tank of all vapours until the concentration is less than 10% of the lower explosive limit; and
(4)  fill the tank with inert material such as sand, gravel or concrete and plug the openings.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
§ 2.  — Aboveground tanks
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.47. An aboveground tank, a loading or unloading facility and metal piping installed on a tank must be protected against external corrosion by the use of paint, wrapping or coating.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.48. Siting of an aboveground tank must conform to the requirements of the following Tables 2 and 3:
TABLE 2
SITING OF ABOVEGROUND TANKS
__________________________________________________________________________

Minimum distance, in metres, measured
horizontally, between any point on
outside tank shell and
___________________________________________

Tank Product Dike centre line Closest Property
capacity when required by building* line
(Litres) sections 8.60 and
8.61
__________________________________________________________________________

2,000 to Class 1 D D D

5,000 Class 2 and 3 0.5 0.5 1.5
__________________________________________________________________________

5,001 to Class 1 D D D

47,000 Class 2 and 3** 1.5 1.5 1.5

Class 3 - flash 0.5 0.5 1.5
point above
93.3 °C
__________________________________________________________________________

47,001 to Class 1 D D D

200,000* Class 2 and 3** D D D

Class 3 - flash 1 1 D
point above
93.3 °C
__________________________________________________________________________

200,001 to All D 5 5
400,000

400,001 to All D 9 9
2,000,000

2,000,001 to All D 12 12
4,000,000

More than All D 15 15
4,000,000
__________________________________________________________________________
D: The greater distance between 3 m and one-half tank height. Tank height is measured from the bottom of the diked area.
* For tanks installed inside a building, distance is measured from the tank shell to the walls and ceiling of the building housing them.
** Class 3 products with a flash point not above 93.3 °C.
TABLE 3
DISTANCES BETWEEN TWO ABOVEGROUND TANKS
__________________________________________________________________________

Tank capacity Minimum free distance
__________________________________________________________________________

Tanks where none exceeds 1 m
230,000 L
__________________________________________________________________________

Tanks of various capacities, One-half of smallest tank
one only exceeding 230,000 L diameter, but never less than 1 m
__________________________________________________________________________

Tanks of equal capacity, each One-half diameter of one tank
exceeding 230,000 L
__________________________________________________________________________

Tanks of various capacities, One-half diameter of smallest
each exceeding 230,000 L tank
__________________________________________________________________________
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.49. Despite section 8.48, an aboveground tank used to store motor fuel in a motor fuel dispensing outlet situated in a designated location must be installed so that the tank and the end of the motor fuel dispensing hose are at all times at least 12 m from any building or property line.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.50. An aboveground tank used to store and sell motor fuel that is installed in a designated location within the limits of a municipality must be protected by a fence that meets the requirements of section 8.217.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.51. A contractor or owner-builder may not install
(1)  an aboveground vertical tank, unless it rests on concrete or masonry foundations or on a bed of crushed stone, gravel, sand or a combination of those materials; or
(2)  an aboveground horizontal tank, unless it sits above ground level on a support of concrete, masonry or steel coated with an anti-corrosive material.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.52. A steel support on which an aboveground tank is installed must have a fire-resistance rating longer than 2 hours within the meaning of Chapter I, except for a steel stand if the lowest point of the tank supported by it is not more than 300 mm above ground.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.53. A contractor or owner-builder may not install a vertical tank directly on the ground, unless the slope allows water to flow away from the base of the tank.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.54. In areas subject to earthquake forces, a tank used to store petroleum products, its supports and connections must be designed to resist such forces in compliance with
(1)  Part 4 of the Code referred to in Chapter I, as amended by Division III of that Chapter; and
(2)  Appendix A of ULC Standard S630 Shop Fabricated Steel Aboveground Vertical Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.55. A contractor or owner-builder may not install an aboveground tank on a floodplain referred to in the Protection Policy for Lakeshores, Riverbanks, Littoral Zones and Floodplains (chapter Q-2, r. 35), unless it is anchored to prevent floating.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.56. A contractor or owner-builder may not install an aboveground tank, unless it is protected from vehicle impact.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.57. A contractor or owner-builder may not install an aboveground tank that has piping or a fitting connected to it at a point below the highest level to which the petroleum product it contains may rise, unless the piping or fitting has a shut-off valve that meets the requirements of one of the standards referred to in section 8.115 and is located as near as is practicable to the shell of the tank.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.58. A contractor or owner-builder may not install an aboveground tank used to store petroleum products, unless openings for gauging tanks have a vapour tight and lockable cover.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.59. A contractor or owner-builder may not install an aboveground tank with a heating appliance, except if it has thermometers and thermostats so that the temperature of the product it contains is maintained at least 10 °C below the product’s flash point.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.60. A contractor or owner-builder may not install an aboveground tank used to store petroleum products, unless it has a dike to form a diked area around the aboveground tank or tank farm holding 5,000 litres or more.
To that end, the diked area that protects
(1)  one tank only must have a capacity sufficient to contain a volume of liquid at least 10% greater than the volume of the tank;
(2)  several tanks must have a capacity sufficient to contain a volume of liquid at least equal to the volume of the greater of
(a)  the capacity of the largest tank plus 10% of the aggregate capacity of all the other tanks; and
(b)  the capacity of the largest tank plus 10%.
In calculating the capacity of the diked area, the volume of the part of the tanks situated below the top of the dike must be included.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.61. The dike referred to in section 8.60 is not required for
(1)  a tank with a capacity of 50,000 litres or less that meets the following requirements:
(a)  it has an overfill protection device that meets the requirements of ULC/ORD Standard C58.15 Overfill Protection Devices for Flammable Liquid Storage Tanks, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada, and a containment device with a capacity of at least 15 litres that meets the requirements of ULC/ORD Standard C142.19 Spill Containment Devices for Aboveground Flammable and Combustible Liquid Storage Tanks, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada; and
(b)  it meets one of the standards referred to in paragraphs 5 to 7 of section 8.24 or, in the case of a double-walled tank, one of the standards referred to in paragraphs 1 and 3 of that section; or
(2)  a tank used to store Type No. 4, No. 5 or No. 6 fuel oil if it has a system capable in the event of leakage of containing or directing the product to a safe location.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.62. A contractor or owner-builder may not construct a dike around an aboveground tank, unless it meets the following requirements:
(1)  the dike must be of earthwork, steel, concrete or bonded masonry, be liquid-tight and be capable of withstanding a full hydrostatic head;
(2)  the slope of the walls of the dike must be consistent with the angle of repose of the material used;
(3)  the dike must not be higher than 1.8 m from the bottom of the diked area;
(4)  the minimum distance between the dike centre line and the outer tank shell must meet the requirements of Table 2 of section 8.48; and
(5)  the inner wall and the bottom of a diked area must be impermeable to petroleum products and, to that end, the impermeability must be ensured by
(a)  a liner protected against loads and fire complying with ULC/ORD Standard C58.9 Secondary Containment Liners for Underground and Aboveground Flammable and Combustible Liquids Tanks, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada;
(b)  a compacted layer of homogeneous soil at least 3 m thick where the water permeability coefficient of the soil is equal to or less than 10-6 cm/s; and
(c)  a construction consisting of concrete or other incombustible material, provided that the diked area is approved by an engineer who is a member of the Ordre des ingénieurs du Québec.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.63. In the case of subparagraph b of paragraph 5 of section 8.62, the contractor or owner-builder must obtain a laboratory report attesting to the required permeability and thickness of the soil. A copy of the report must be sent to the owner of the tank to be filed in the register referred to in paragraph 1 of section 8.41.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.64. A contractor or owner-builder may not install a tank used to store a Class 1 petroleum product, except if access to the roof of the tank and to the shut-off valve controls is situated higher than the height of the dike if
(1)  the height of the dike exceeds 3.5 m; or
(2)  the distance between the tank and the top inside edge of the dike wall is lower than the height of the dike.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.65. A contractor or owner-builder may not construct a diked area for an aboveground tank, unless
(1)  the diked area has a drainage system such as a sump or a channel located at its lowest point and has a closed valve to drain the water;
(2)  the control for the drainage system valve is accessible at all times;
(3)  the bottom of the diked area has a uniform slope of at least 1% between any tank and the lowest point; and
(4)  the diked area complies with paragraph f of section 4.3.2.3.2 of NFPA Standard 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, published by the National Fire Protection Association, if it contains more than 1 tank.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.66. If construction work consists in removing aboveground petroleum equipment, the contractor or owner-builder must
(1)  drain petroleum products from tanks, piping, motor fuel dispensers and loading and unloading equipment before they are removed; and
(2)  remove all tanks, piping, motor fuel dispensers, loading and unloading equipment and any leakage and spillage protection work from the site.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.67. A contractor or owner-builder may not install an aboveground tank or aboveground piping that has already been used, unless the following requirements are met:
(1)  the tank must be manufactured and approved in accordance with the provisions of section 8.24, and the plates identifying the manufacturer and the certification agency referred to in section 8.09 must be affixed to the tank and be legible;
(2)  the tank must be cleaned, inspected and subjected to pneumatic leak testing with inert or hydrostatic gas in compliance with the standards prescribed in section 8.24, and be protected against external corrosion; and
(3)  the piping must be cleaned, inspected and protected against external corrosion.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
§ 3.  — Demolition work
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.68. A contractor or owner-builder may not demolish a tank unless the tank has been
(1)  cleaned of any petroleum product residue; and
(2)  purged of any vapour while ensuring that, during the demolition operation, the concentration of vapours is less than 10% of the lower explosive limit at all times.
The work must be carried out in such a manner as to render the tank unusable and to prevent any accumulation of flammable vapours. The work must in addition be carried out in a safe location where the public has no access, using the equipment necessary to recover all petroleum product residue; that location must also comply with the planning by-laws in force in the territory of the municipality where the work is carried out.
A contractor or owner-builder must in addition place petroleum product residue in a tank or other closed container compatible with petroleum products. The residue and materials from the dismantling must be shipped to a site authorized under the Environment Quality Act (chapter Q-2).
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
§ 4.  — Piping
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.69. The threaded joint in piping used to contain petroleum products must be made using a joint compound or polytetrafluoroethylene tape that meets the requirements of CAN/ULC Standard S642 Compounds and Tapes for Threaded Pipe Joints, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.70. Piping used to contain petroleum products must be welded in compliance with API Standard 1104 Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities, published by the American Petroleum Institute.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.71. Except in the case of piping supplying a marina bulk plant, a contractor or owner-builder may install a petroleum equipment installation only if it has separate pipe lines for
(1)  unleaded regular or premium gasoline included in Class 1 petroleum products;
(2)  Class 1 petroleum products other than gasoline;
(3)  Class 2 petroleum products; and
(4)  Class 3 petroleum products.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.72. A contractor or owner-builder may not install metallic piping on a petroleum equipment installation, including its couplings, flanges and bolts, unless it is protected against external corrosion.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.73. A contractor or owner-builder may not install the transfer pump of a petroleum equipment installation able to create a pressure greater than that which the downstream piping components can withstand, unless the pump has a safety valve and a bypass.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.74. A contractor or owner-builder may not use in construction work aboveground piping, valves, connections or any other material, unless they are suitable for the maximum pressure and temperature for proper operation and for the chemical properties of the liquid the piping is to contain.
The contractor or owner-builder also may not use material that cannot withstand internal stress or mechanical damage related to its use or a combustible or low-melting material subject to failure even in a light fire.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.75. The underground piping of a petroleum equipment installation that is to pass through concrete must be installed in a sleeve to allow for expansion.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.76. Aboveground piping that is to contain petroleum products must, to be used, have been designed to make provision for thermal expansion and contraction related to its use.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.77. Piping that is to contain petroleum products must be installed to be accessible where it enters a building, and have inside and outside control valves.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.78. Every underground part of piping that is to contain petroleum products must, to be used, have a double wall that meets the requirements of section 8.28 and be connected at its lowest point with a liquid-tight collector well.
The collector well must, in addition, have an automatic leak detection system with a visual and audible alarm that meets the requirements of section 8.28.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.79. Construction work carried out on underground piping must, in addition to meeting the requirements of this Chapter, be carried out according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.80. A joint at the point of connection of underground piping with a tank must be a swing joint or have an underground flexible connection, unless the piping is vertical at its point of connection to the tank over its entire length.
In addition, a swing joint or flexible connection must be connected at the base of each dispenser, at the connection of a submersible pump and the vertical portion of the vent.
Despite the foregoing, a swing joint is not required if the piping is flexible.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.81. Piping connected to an underground tank that is to supply it must be connected at the top of the tank. The piping must also be free of pockets or traps allowing liquid to accumulate, and have a minimum 1% slope towards the tank.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.82. Piping must be backfilled
(1)  with clean or natural sand free of stones compacted mechanically on site in the case of steel piping;
(2)  with crushed stone or pea gravel in the case of fibreglass piping; or
(3)  according to the manufacturer’s instructions in the case of flexible piping.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.83. Underground piping must be backfilled with one of the materials referred to in section 8.82 in such manner that
(1)  the piping is bedded on at least 150 mm of backfill;
(2)  there is at least 150 mm of backfill measured horizontally between the piping and the excavation wall;
(3)  the backfill between each pipe is at least twice as thick as the nominal diameter of the largest pipe; and
(4)  the backfill above the piping is at least 450 mm deep including the finishing grade layer.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.84. Underground piping must, before being connected to a tank, be subjected to a leak test conducted in compliance with the following requirements:
(1)  for the inner wall,
(a)  the ends of the pipes must be hermetically plugged;
(b)  the pressure created inside the piping must be measured using a pressure gauge calibrated in units of not more than 10 kPa;
(c)  air or nitrogen hydrostatic pressure of not less than 350 kPa and not more than 700 kPa must be applied; despite the foregoing, the suction piping that is to contain fuel oil or motor fuel to supply a generator engine and that is referred to in CSA Standard B139 Installation Code for Oil Burning Equipment, published by the Canadian Standards Association, may be vacuum tested under at least 68 kPa;
(d)  each connection or accessible part of the piping must be tested before being backfilled, using leak detection fluid;
(e)  once the temperature has been stabilized and the pressure source removed, the pressure created must be maintained for at least one hour; and
(f)  if the piping is designed to be exclusively used as suction piping, it must be leak tested according to the manufacturer’s instructions; and
(2)  for the outer wall of double-walled piping, the leak test must be conducted according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.85. Every connection to underground piping that has not been leak tested under section 8.84 must, after being connected to the tank, be subjected to an air leak test or nitrogen leak test conducted in compliance with the following requirements:
(1)  a safety valve of not more than 40 kPa capable of discharging the flow from the pressure source must be installed and inspected before each test;
(2)  the pressure created inside the tank and the piping must be measured using a pressure gauge calibrated in units of not more than 1 kPa;
(3)  a pressure of not less than 30 kPa and not more than 35 kPa must be applied over the entire petroleum equipment installation being tested;
(4)  all the connections between the tank and the piping must be leak tested with leak detection fluid while the entire installation is under pressure; and
(5)  once the temperature has been stabilized and the pressure source removed, the pressure must be maintained for at least 1 hour.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.86. Despite sections 8.84 and 8.85, air may not be used in a leak test for petroleum equipment that has already contained a petroleum product or that has not been purged of all petroleum product vapour.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.87. If a leak test reveals leakage, all connections between the tank and the piping must be repaired or replaced and subjected to the tests referred to in sections 8.84 and 8.85.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.88. Metal material that is to contain petroleum products and that is used during the installation, repair or alteration of underground piping, including galvanized steel piping, valves, vents and underground metallic connections, must be new and protected against corrosion in compliance with Appendix A of CAN/ULC Standard S603.1 External Corrosion Protection Systems for Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada.
Corrosion protection in compliance with that method is not required if the piping is used in a designated location for a period of less than 2 years.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.89. Underground metallic piping installed during construction work must be installed with at least 2,000 kPa resistance screwed fittings or Schedule 40 welded fittings.
The use of tightened end joints or fully threaded joints for that purpose is prohibited.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.90. A coupler used on underground piping must be a 2,000 kPa coupler designed for petroleum products.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.91. A swing joint connected during construction work on threaded steel underground piping must be connected with two 90 ° elbows and a nipple.
For that purpose, the use of the following is prohibited:
(1)  a male-female elbow,
(2)  a close fully-threaded nipple, and
(3)  a 45 ° elbow.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.92. Underground galvanized steel piping may not be welded during construction work.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.93. Non-metallic piping used during construction work must be underground.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.94. A swing joint connected during construction work on rigid non-metallic underground piping must have a 90 ° elbow that can be connected to the petroleum product extraction system, a 1.5 metre-long non-metallic nipple connected to another 90 ° elbow in turn connected to non-metallic piping at least 1.5 m in length, installed respecting that sequence.
That type of swing joint may not be connected at the base of a dispenser.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.95. The tank of a petroleum equipment installation installed during construction work must have a vent.
The vent may not be connected to more than one tank unless it is of a diameter that allows the vapours from the various tanks to be purged without causing the allowable stress for each tank to be exceeded.
The vent on a tank that is to contain a Class 1 petroleum product may not be connected to the vent of a tank that is to contain a Class 2 or Class 3 petroleum product.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.96. The vent referred to in section 8.95 must, in the case of a tank that is to contain a Class 1 or Class 2 petroleum product, have a weather-proof hood, and a flame arrester device in the case of a tank that is to contain a Class 1 petroleum product.
Such a device must not create additional resistance to the flow of gases.
The vent must also be connected to the top of the tank by means of piping with a minimum 1% slope towards the tank and the aboveground portion of the vent must be protected from vehicle impact.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.97. The vent referred to in section 8.95 must be located outside a building and positioned in such a manner that flammable vapours cannot be drawn into the building.
The end must be
(1)  higher than the end of the fill pipe;
(2)  at a distance of not less than 3.5 m, in the case of a tank containing a Class 1 petroleum product, or 2 m in the case of a tank containing other petroleum products;
(3)  at a distance of not less than 1.5 m from any building opening in the case of a tank containing a Class 1 petroleum product, or not less than 600 mm in the case of a tank containing other petroleum products; and
(4)  at a distance of not less than 7.5 m from any dispenser, in the case of an underground tank containing gasoline.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.98. Vent piping for an underground tank must have a cross-sectional area sufficient to allow filling or withdrawal at the maximum rate without causing the allowable stress for the tank to be exceeded.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.99. Vent piping for an underground tank must be installed so that it is free from any device likely to cause back pressure exceeding the allowable stress for the tank.
In the case of an underground tank to be used to store a Class 2 or Class 3 petroleum product, vent piping may be fitted with return bends, coarse screens or other devices designed to minimize the entry of material.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.100. The minimum diameter of the vent referred to in section 8.99 must respect the values in the following Table 4 if the vent piping does not have more than 7 elbows; in other cases, the diameter must exceed the values so that the allowable stress for the tank is not exceeded.
TABLE 4
VENT DIAMETERS (mm)
________________________________________________

Maximum flow Pipe length
Rate (L/min) _____________________________

15 m 30 m 60 m
________________________________________________

380 32 32 32
760 32 32 32
1,140 32 32 38
1,520 32 38 50
1,900 32 38 50
2,280 38 50 50
2,660 50 50 50
3,040 50 50 75
3,420 50 50 75
3,800 50 50 75
________________________________________________
N.B.: Vent size is based on the highest filling or emptying flow rate.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.101. The vent referred to in section 8.99 may not extend more than 25 mm inside an underground tank, unless it has an alarm.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.102. A contractor or owner-builder may not install an aboveground tank unless it has safety venting that meets API Standard 2000 Venting Atmospheric and Low Pressure Storage Tanks: Nonrefrigerated and Refrigerated, published by the American Petroleum Institute or one of the construction standards referred to in section 8.24.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.103. A contractor or owner-builder may not install, in a petroleum equipment installation, aboveground piping that crosses a road, public road or public service installation, unless the piping meets the requirements of CAN/CSA Standard Z662 Oil and Gas Pipeline Systems, published by the Canadian Standards Association.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.104. An aboveground piping system installed on a petroleum equipment installation must have bypasses or safety valves capable of preventing over-pressurization.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.105. Aboveground piping used during construction work must have been designed and installed so that petroleum product velocity in the piping does not exceed 2.5 m/s, unless the piping is directly connected to a marine wharf.
In addition, insulation wrapping on aboveground piping must be non-combustible and, if inside a building, must meet the requirements of Chapter I.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.106. Aboveground piping that is to contain petroleum products, the piping valves and fill pipe of a petroleum equipment installation installed during construction work must display permanent identification of contents in compliance with the document entitled “Colour-Symbol System to Mark Equipment and Vehicles for Product Identification”, published by the Canadian Petroleum Products Institute.
In addition, the piping may not be red in colour.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.107. Flanged joints for aboveground piping must be provided in welded systems at intervals that will facilitate dismantling and avoid subsequent in-place cutting and welding operations.
Flanged joints must be made with forged or cast steel flanges designed, manufactured and installed in compliance with ASME Standard B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, published by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers; bronze flanges may be used on copper or brass piping not exceeding 50 mm in diameter.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.108. Only welded, screwed or flanged connections may be installed on piping inside a tank dike.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.109. Bolting materials for flanged connections installed on piping that is to contain petroleum products must be of alloy steel corresponding to Grade B-7 in ASTM Standard A193/A193M, Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Purpose Applications, published by the American Society for Testing and Materials.
Gaskets in flanged connections must be of a material resistant to the liquid contained in the piping and capable of withstanding temperatures of at least 650 °C without damage.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.110. At the time of installation, aboveground piping must be subjected to a leak detection test conducted in compliance with the following requirements:
(1)  a test pressure of not less than 350 kPa, or 1 1/2 times the maximum operating pressure that may be produced within the piping, whichever is greater, must be created within the piping;
(2)  the piping system and its joints must be inspected with leak detection fluid;
(3)  the pressure created in the piping must be measured using a pressure gauge calibrated in units of not more than 4 kPa for gauge pressure equal to or less than 700 kPa and in units not greater than 1% of the test pressure, if it exceeds 700 kPa and the piping system is designed for such pressures.
If test pressures exceed the design pressures for pumps or similar components in the piping system, the pumps or components need not be pressure tested.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.111. Aboveground piping containing petroleum products and installed within a building must be as short and direct as practicable.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.112. Aboveground piping must be installed in such manner as to reduce vibrations and stress to a minimum and not come directly into contact with the ground.
The use of expansion shields to suspend aboveground piping is prohibited in lightweight concrete or gypsum assemblies.
Aboveground piping must also be protected by barriers in areas subject to vehicle impact.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.113. The installation of the following is prohibited:
(1)  aboveground outdoor piping on walls unless the walls are of non-combustible construction;
(2)  outdoor piping above windows;
(3)  outdoor piping above roofs, except roofs that are non-combustible and impermeable to petroleum products with provision for the collection of spillage to prevent a fire; and
(4)  piping containing petroleum products in service tunnels used for pedestrian traffic other than tunnels reserved for maintenance personnel.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.114. Aboveground indoor piping containing petroleum products must be supported overhead or be located in a trench; it must not be installed under combustible flooring.
The trench referred to in the first paragraph must have trapped drains or positive ventilation to the outdoors preventing the accumulation of flammable vapours.
The aboveground piping must be located close to the ceiling or beams, or along walls not less than 1.8 m above the floor, subject to section 3.3.1.8 of the Code referred to in Chapter I, as amended by Division III of that Chapter.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.115. A contractor or owner-builder may not install valves or safety valves in aboveground piping that is to carry petroleum products, unless they meet the manufacturing specifications in either of the following standards: ULC/ORD-C842 Guide for the Investigation of Valves for Flammable and Combustible Liquids or ULC-S651 Emergency Valves for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.116. A shut-off valve must be installed on the aboveground piping of a petroleum equipment installation at the following locations:
(1)  at connections of the piping to aboveground tanks;
(2)  on supply piping where it enters buildings or any other works or place immediately accessible from the outside of the buildings or works;
(3)  on branch lines from the main supply line;
(4)  on supply lines at petroleum products dispensing locations;
(5)  at connections of meters or air bleeder valves; and
(6)  at connections of pumps.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.117. Diaphragm valves must have no direct connections to aboveground piping between the liquid and air section.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.118. Globe valves installed on aboveground piping must be arranged so that the packing is on the low pressure side.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.119. Rising stem or other indicating-type valves must be used to determine whether the valves are open or shut.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.120. Cast-iron meters installed on aboveground piping must have steel valves on each side.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.121. Valves installed on aboveground piping must be identified in compliance with section 8.106.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.122. Water bleed valves installed on aboveground tanks must be made of steel and protected from impact if the valves are outside the aboveground tanks.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.123. Heating equipment for aboveground piping containing petroleum products that is installed on a petroleum equipment installation must be designed not to overheat or create an ignition source for the liquids being heated.
For that purpose, the heating equipment may consist of
(1)  steam lines if
(a)  the minimum steam temperature and pressure to make the liquid fluid are used;
(b)  a pressure regulator is provided on the steam line with a relief valve on the downstream side of the regulator; and
(c)  the steam lines and piping are insulated in compliance with the requirements of Chapter I;
(2)  a set of electrical heating cables; and
(3)  low-voltage alternating current passing through the piping provided that
(a)  the heated sections of piping are isolated from the unheated sections by non-conductive material; and
(b)  all piping and fittings are enclosed by insulating coverings that prevent accidental grounding of the heating equipment.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.124. The intake end of a fill pipe or gauge pipe of an underground tank must be
(1)  located outside a building, more than 1.5 m from any building opening and in a place free of any ignition source;
(2)  located not less than 600 mm from any building opening in the case of a tank containing motor fuel as a Class 2 petroleum product and that supplies a generator engine or in the case of a fuel oil tank supplying heating equipment; and
(3)  capable of filling a tank containing motor fuel on land not forming part of a public road within the meaning of the second paragraph of section 66 of the Municipal Powers Act (chapter C-47.1).
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.125. A remote intake end of a fill pipe referred to in section 8.124 from an underground tank must be located lower than other outlets from the tank, unless the tank
(1)  is a tank with an overfill protection device that meets ULC/ORD Standard C58.15 Overfill Protection Devices for Flammable Liquid Storage Tanks, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada, adapted so as to include in the tank the volume of petroleum product that could be contained in the fill pipe without exceeding the maximum filling level of the tank as specified in the Standard; or
(2)  is a tank with a backflow device inside the piping connected to other openings.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.126. A fill pipe installed on an underground tank must be connected to the top part of the tank.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.127. A contractor or owner-builder may not install an underground tank that is to contain motor fuel, except a tank that is to supply a generator engine, unless the tank has an overfill protection device that meets the requirements of ULC/ORD Standard C58.15 Overfill Protection Devices for Flammable Liquid Storage Tanks and a spill containment device that meets the requirements of ULC/ORD Standard C58.19 Spill Containment Devices for Underground Flammable Liquid Storage Tanks, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.128. The intake end of a fill pipe or gauge pipe installed on an underground tank must have a tight-fitting cap.
It must also be protected against vehicle impact by at least one barrier if the pipe extends above ground level.
If the intake end of a fill pipe or gauge pipe is below or at ground level, it must be protected by a box with a cover made of metal or concrete that prevents any transmission of surface loads to the tank.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.129. A fill pipe installed on a tank that is to store motor fuel, except a fill pipe installed on a tank connected to a generator engine that is to use diesel fuel or biodiesel fuel, must extend to not more than 200 mm from the bottom of the tank and be fixed in such a way as to minimize vibration.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.130. If a petroleum equipment installation is altered to replace an underground tank, steel piping that is not protected against corrosion and connected to the tank must be removed from the ground, unless it is subjected to a leak detection test that meets the requirements of the second paragraph indicating that it is liquid-tight and protected against corrosion in compliance with RP0169-2002 Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems or RP0285-2002 Corrosion Control of Underground Storage Tank System by Cathodic Protection, published by NACE International.
The leak detection test must be conducted using a hydrostatic or vacuum method capable of detecting leaks of 1.2 L/h with a 95% probable success rate and a margin of error of no more than 5%, or using any other method capable of detecting leaks of 0.76 L/h, with the same probabilities, with the exception of pneumatic tests using gas, in the case of tanks except observation well surveillance systems. The methods must in addition meet the requirements of one of the following standards: EPA 530/UST-90/004 Standard Test Procedures for Evaluating Leak Detection Methods: Volumetric Tank Tightness Testing Methods, EPA 530/UST-90/007 Standard Test Procedures for Evaluating Leak Detection Methods: Statistical Inventory Reconciliation Methods, published by the Environmental Protection Agency.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
§ 5.  — Maintenance work
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.131. Construction work carried out on piping for a petroleum equipment installation must be carried out only when it is not under pressure.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.132. The piping for a petroleum equipment installation must be drained before being dismantled.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.133. The ambient air must be tested with a flammable vapour indicator before cutting or welding work on a petroleum equipment installation to ensure that no explosive concentration is present.
Two portable extinguishers having a minimum rating of 20-B: C must also be available on the work site while the work is being carried out.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
DIVISION IX
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO MOTOR FUEL DISPENSING OUTLETS AND SERVICE CENTRES
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
§ 1.  — General
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.134. A sign must be posted indicating the operating instructions of a self-serve facility.
In the case of an unattended self-serve facility, a service station or a motor fuel dispensing outlet where an attendant dispenses motor fuel to a vehicle, a sign must be posted indicating the operating instructions of every pump island if the dispensing outlet has more than one pump island.
Every pump island must also have a sign at least 100 mm in height by 180 mm in width visible from the fuelling area and displaying
(1)  the words: “DÉFENSE DE FUMER” and “ARRÊTEZ LE MOTEUR AVANT LE REMPLISSAGE” in letters at least 25 mm in height; or
(2)  the pictograms as illustrated in Schedule I.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.135. Dispensing outlets in an installation dispensing a petroleum product must be clearly legible and indicate the type of motor fuel dispensed.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.136. The intake end of a fill pipe installed on a tank storing motor fuel must have a tight-fitting device that prevents opening by a person who is not authorized by the person responsible for the equipment.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.137. The fuelling area of an installation dispensing motor fuel must be lighted to the intensity of at least 50 lx or 5 W/m2 for incandescent lighting.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.138. The total capacity of all underground tanks in a motor fuel dispensing outlet may not exceed 250,000 litres.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.139. Aboveground tanks that are to store motor fuel may be installed only for the supply of
(1)  a vehicle in a designated location that is not within the limits of a municipality;
(2)  an all-terrain vehicle, a snowmobile or any other vehicle of the same kind;
(3)  a vehicle in a user outlet;
(4)  an aircraft or a water craft; or
(5)  a vehicle in a territory north of the 50th parallel of north latitude and east of the 63rd meridian, or north of the 53rd parallel of north latitude.
An outside aboveground tank in a motor fuel dispensing outlet must have a capacity of not more than 50,000 litres and the aggregate capacity of all tanks in the outlet may not exceed 150,000 litres.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.140. A booth erected in a motor fuel dispensing outlet must be made of materials that do not sustain a flame and provide an unobstructed view from inside the booth at all times of the interior surroundings and of the fuelling areas in their entirety.
No combustion heating appliance may be located in a booth.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.141. A contractor or owner-builder may not install a Class 1 or Class 2 petroleum product motor fuel dispenser unless it meets the requirements of CSA Standard B346 Power-Operated Dispensing Devices for Flammable Liquids, published by the Canadian Standards Association.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.142. A motor fuel dispenser in a motor fuel dispensing outlet must be situated on an island at least 100 mm high, made of concrete or other non-combustible material or be protected from vehicle impact by barriers; that requirement does not apply to a dispenser fixed on an aboveground tank.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.143. A contractor or owner-builder may not install a pump island, unless it has, for each dispenser, a dispenser sump that meets the requirements of ULC/ORD Standard C107.21 Under-Dispenser Sumps or ULC Standard S653 Aboveground Steel Contained Tank Assemblies for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada; that requirement does not apply to a pump island on a floating wharf.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.144. The fuelling area in a motor fuel dispensing outlet must be impermeable to petroleum products over a surface extending at least 3 m in front and 1.5 m to the sides of each motor fuel dispenser measured from the centre of the dispenser. Despite the foregoing, that requirement does not apply to a fuelling area
(1)  for off-highway vehicles or farm equipment;
(2)  to be used for a single period of less than one year;
(3)  situated in a designated location; or
(4)  the tanks of which have a capacity lower than 2,500 litres.
The impermeability referred to in the first paragraph may be obtained using a reinforced concrete apron or an asphalt layer treated to make it resistant and impermeable to petroleum products.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.145. A dispenser installed or altered in a motor fuel dispensing outlet must comply with the clearances in the following Table 5:
TABLE 5
MOTOR FUEL DISPENSER CLEARANCES (M)


Dispenser Unattended Marina User outlet Airport outlet
outlet self-serve outlet
facility

From a building, 4.5(1) 6(1) 5 1(3) 15
except a booth

From property 4.5(1) 6(1) 4.5(1) 4.5(3) 15
lines

From a stationary 6(2) 6(2) 8 7.5(3) 6(2)
ignition source

From a building __ __ __ 4.5(3) __
opening other
than a booth
opening

From a dock,
wharf, pier or __ __ 5 __ 5
pontoon or
approach thereto
(1) If a petroleum product installation is altered, a dispenser installed before 1973 need not be relocated or may be replaced by another dispenser at the same place if it has the same number of dispensing hoses and dispenses the same number of products. In the case of a marina outlet, the shore is not to be considered a property line.
(2) Applies only to a fuel dispenser dispensing a Class 1 petroleum product.
(3) If a petroleum product installation is altered, a dispenser installed before 11 July 1991 need not be relocated or may be replaced by another dispenser at the same place if it has the same number of dispensing hoses and dispenses the same number of products.
In addition, the clearances must be increased, if necessary, so that any vehicle to be fuelled from that dispenser is completely within the property lines of the place where the dispenser is located.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.146. A clearly identified and accessible emergency shut-off switch must be located away from any motor fuel dispenser at a distance not exceeding 25 m.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.147. A motor fuel dispenser may be installed inside a building if it dispenses a Class 2 or Class 3 petroleum product provided that
(1)  the building is not accessible to the public;
(2)  the dispenser is on the first storey;
(3)  the ventilation of the building meets the requirements of Part 6 of Chapter I; and
(4)  a drainage system is installed for petroleum products that may be spilled.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.148. The pumps of a motor fuel dispenser installed or altered in a motor fuel dispensing outlet must have a mechanism that will prevent the dispenser pump from operating until a dispensing nozzle has been removed from its housing if the pump has been hand-activated, and that will shut off the pump when all nozzles have been reinserted in their housing; if the pump is connected to a satellite dispenser, it must also have a mechanism that prevents simultaneous dispensing of motor fuel.
The first paragraph does not apply to a dispenser that has a coiling mechanism.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.149. If a submersible pump is installed in a motor fuel dispensing outlet, the dispenser must have a fusible safety valve set not higher than 70 °C, firmly attached to the pump island and meeting the requirements of ULC Standard S651 Emergency Valves for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada.
That requirement also applies to a tank installed or altered at a level higher than the base of a motor fuel dispenser. If it is an aboveground tank, it must have a mechanical or electrical anti-siphon valve installed where the piping connects to the tank. The safety valve must also be installed so that the shear point is situated in the zone extending 25 mm below the base of a motor fuel dispenser to 13 mm above the base.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.150. The pump referred to in section 8.149 must have a leak detector device that, if the circumstances require, prevents the pump from operating.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.151. The pumps of a motor fuel dispenser installed in a motor fuel dispensing outlet must have a control device to prevent the pressure created from exceeding the allowable stress limit.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.152. The pit for a submersible pump or the piping of a submersible pump in a motor fuel dispensing outlet must be enclosed in a liquid-tight casing resistant to petroleum products. The casing must also be covered and installed in such a manner as to prevent external loads being transmitted to the tank or piping.
The pit must be large enough to enable the pump to be inspected and serviced.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.153. The dispensing nozzle on a dispenser hose in a motor fuel dispensing outlet must have
(1)  an automatic shut-off device if it dispenses a Class 1 or Class 2 petroleum product motor fuel, except in the case of an airport outlet; and
(2)  a rubber anti-splash collar.
The installation of a dispensing nozzle with a latch-open device at a self-serve facility, an airport outlet or a marina outlet is prohibited.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.154. A contractor or owner-builder may not install a dispensing nozzle on a motor fuel dispenser hose unless the nozzle meets the requirements of CAN/ULC Standard S620 Hose Nozzle Valves for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada, or is of a type used for aviation fuel, at an airport outlet.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.155. A contractor or owner-builder may not install on a motor fuel dispenser a hose that dispenses a Class 1 or Class 2 petroleum product unless the hose meets the requirements of CAN/ULC Standard S612 Hose for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada, or is a type used for aviation fuel, at an airport outlet. The dispenser must also be designed so that a person fuelling a vehicle activates the dispensing nozzle manually.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.156. A hose on a motor fuel dispenser must be no longer than
(1)  5 m; it may however be 6 m long if it has a retracting mechanism;
(2)  6 m for an unattended self-serve facility; it may however be 7.5 m long if it has a retracting or coiling mechanism; or
(3)  7.5 m for an airport outlet, a user outlet or a marina outlet if it has a retracting mechanism; that requirement does not apply to a hose with a coiling mechanism.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
§ 2.  — Service stations and service centres
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.157. Petroleum equipment may be installed in or near a building housing a service station or service centre if
(1)  the hazardous areas listed in Schedule II are separated from any room housing a solid or liquid fuel or gas heating appliance by walls having a fire-resistance rating of at least one hour within the meaning of Chapter I;
(2)  the room containing such heating appliance
(a)  does not have an opening less than 2.5 m from the floor; or
(b)  is not used to store a Class 1 or Class 2 petroleum product or as a service area where work on the fuel supply system of internal combustion engines or any dispensing, transferring or handling of Class 1 petroleum products is being performed; the bottom of the combustion chamber must be at least 500 mm above the floor and the heating appliance must be protected from impact;
(3)  the combustion air necessary for the appliance comes from outside the building;
(4)  the return air intake of a forced-air heating appliance is at least 1.25 m from the floor if it is located in a room listed as a hazardous area in Schedule II; and
(5)  the burner and combustion chamber of the equipment are at least 2.5 m from the floor, in an area used for dispensing, transferring or handling Class 1 petroleum products.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
§ 3.  — Self-serve facilities
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.158. Every motor fuel dispenser in a self-serve facility must have a remote on and off control of a console type located within a building.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.159. The console referred to in section 8.158 must
(1)  house the on and off controls of not more than 12 motor fuel dispensers;
(2)  allow not more than 8 dispenser nozzles to be used simultaneously; and
(3)  have an emergency master control that shuts off the dispensing of motor fuel to all dispensers simultaneously.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.160. The console referred to in section 8.158 must be located at a distance that is
(1)  not more than 25 m from the motor fuel dispenser; or
(2)  not more than 35 m from the motor fuel dispenser if the attendant is able to monitor from the work station the use of the dispenser using a camera and screen electrically interlocked with the dispenser.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.161. A pump island in a self-serve facility must have a two-way communication system between the attendant and the consumer.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.162. The location of motor fuel dispensers referred to in section 8.158 must be within a 160 ° visual field from the console.
A dispenser not intended to be operated as a self-serve facility must not be located between the console and a self-serve dispenser.
An unattended motor fuel dispenser in a self-serve facility must be located on the island farthest from the console.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.163. Signs posted in a self-serve facility must direct all heavy vehicles likely to block the line of vision of an attendant to refuel at the island farthest from the console.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.164. The siting of a pump island in a self-serve facility must allow an attendant to monitor, from the work station, the use of the dispensing nozzles, unless the island has mirrors or cameras and a screen for that purpose.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
§ 4.  — Unattended self-serve facilities
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.165. A sign at least 5 mm high stating the procedure to follow in the event of fire or a fuel spill must be conspicuously posted in the fuelling area in an unattended self-serve facility.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.166. The fuelling area referred to in section 8.165 must have a drainage system able to collect motor fuel in that area in the event of a leak or spill.
The drainage system must consist of a concrete apron having a minimum 1% slope away from the pump island, an oil separator and a drain connecting the apron and the separator.
The oil separator must be of a capacity sufficient to accept rainwater flow from the apron and flow from the motor fuel dispenser having the greatest flow.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.167. A coin, card or key-activated motor fuel dispenser that enables fuelling without the intervention of an attendant may be installed only in an unattended self-serve facility.
The flow of the unattended motor fuel dispenser must not exceed 70 L/min for motor fuel that is a Class 1 petroleum product or 180 L/min for motor fuel that is a Class 2 petroleum product.
The pump for such a dispenser must shut off automatically after 5 minutes of operation for motor fuel that is a Class 1 petroleum product and after 10 minutes for motor fuel that is a Class 2 petroleum product.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.168. An unattended motor fuel dispenser situated near a bulk plant must be located at a distance that is
(1)  not less than 6 m from the fenced area of the bulk plant;
(2)  not less than 30 m from an aboveground tank; and
(3)  not less than 15 m from the loading and unloading facilities of the bulk plant.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
§ 5.  — Marina outlets
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.169. A motor fuel dispenser in a marina outlet and the piping installed on a dock, wharf, pier or pontoon must be protected, where applicable, from impact such as impact from a water craft or seaplane.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.170. The piping of a tank installed at an elevation above the base of the motor fuel dispenser must have a solenoid check valve at the tank outlet that is designed to open only when the dispenser is being operated.
If the piping is connected to a submersible pump with a leak detection system, the solenoid check valve must be installed between the tank and the leak detection system.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.171. Every motor fuel dispenser in a marina outlet must have a safety valve that meets the requirements of section 8.149.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.172. A tank that is to store motor fuel must be situated not less than 4.5 m from the average annual high-water mark within the meaning of the Protection Policy for Lakeshores, Riverbanks, Littoral Zones and Floodplains (chapter Q-2, r. 35).
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.173. An underground tank installed at a marina outlet must have an observation well situated between the outlet and the shore and extend 900 mm below the low water line.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.174. A tank that is to store motor fuel for trade purposes may not be installed aboveground unless it is surrounded by a dike and a fence that meet, where applicable, the requirements of sections 8.61 to 8.63, paragraphs 1 and 3 of section 8.65 and paragraphs 1 and 2 of section 8.217.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.175. Piping installed on a dock, wharf, pier or pontoon must have 2 accessible valves designed to stop the supply of motor fuel from the shore. One of the valves must be located less than 350 mm from the edge of the dock, wharf, pier or pontoon, and the second valve must be located less than 350 mm from the connection with the dispenser.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.176. Piping installed between the shore and piers or wharves must be provided with swing joints or flexible connections to enable the pier or wharf and shore piping to move independently without strain on the piping.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.177. A motor fuel dispenser installation for a marina outlet must be installed
(1)  on the shore; or
(2)  on a dock, wharf, pier or pontoon.
A motor fuel dispenser must, if installed on a floating pontoon, be as close as practicable to the shore so that the piping installed above the water is as short as practicable.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
§ 6.  — Airport outlets
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.178. An airport outlet tank that is to store aviation fuel must be installed in compliance with the following requirements:
(1)  it must have a manhole;
(2)  all its metallic components must be bonded and grounded in accordance with Chapter V it the tank is fibreglass;
(3)  it must have a 1% slope if it is a horizontal tank;
(4)  it must have a water draw-off device located at the lowest point on the tank; and
(5)  it must have a floating suction system, if it is to store aviation turbine fuel.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.179. The use of galvanized steel piping that is to contain aviation fuel during construction work is prohibited.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.180. Piping installed downstream of the filter must be of a non-corrosive material that is
(1)  aluminum alloy;
(2)  reinforced glass fibre;
(3)  stainless steel; or
(4)  flexible hosing.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.181. A contractor or owner-builder may not install tanks to store aviation fuel included in petroleum products of various classes, unless the dispensers have grade selective nozzle spouts that meet the requirements of SAE AS Standard 1852 Nozzles and Ports-Gravity Fueling Interface Standard for Civil Aircraft, published by the Society of Automotive Engineers.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.182. An aboveground tank must be sited so that the distance between the dike centre line and the airport complex is not less than 45 m.
In the case of double-walled tanks or contained tank assemblies, that distance must be measured between the outer tank shell or secondary containment and airport complex.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.183. A fill pipe installed on a tank that is to store aviation fuel must have a line strainer fitted with No. 40 or the equivalent of a No. 40 mesh basket; a line strainer with a No. 60 mesh basket must also be installed on the upstream side of each meter, pump and piece of equipment requiring a line strainer.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.184. A petroleum equipment installation dispensing aviation fuel in an airport outlet must have a filtering system comprising at least one of the following:
(1)  a 5 µm filter;
(2)  a 15 P.P.M. water separator filter; or
(3)  a filter monitor.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.185. An installation dispensing aviation fuel that is at a height exceeding 1.6 m must have an obstacle light.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.186. An installation dispensing aviation fuel in an airport outlet must have a ground conforming to the requirements of Chapter V.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.187. A sign that indicates, for fuelling personnel, the operating procedure for petroleum equipment dispensing aviation fuel and the testing procedures that must be conducted for that purpose must be posted in the airport outlet.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.188. Piping containing petroleum products installed in an airport outlet must be marked in compliance with API Standard 1542 Identification Markings for Dedicated Aviation Fuel Manufacturing and Distribution Facilities, Airport Storage and Mobile Fuelling Equipment, published by the American Petroleum Institute.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.189. An aviation fuel dispenser installed in an airport outlet must be marked in compliance with the standard referred to in section 8.188. The lettering must be at least 80 mm in height.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.190. The requirements of section 8.145 as regards the distance between a fuel dispenser and a dock, wharf, pier or pontoon or approach thereto, sections 8.169 to 8.172 and those of sections 8.174, 8.175 and 8.177 also apply to an airport outlet from which an aircraft is fuelled on a body of water.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
§ 7.  — User outlets
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.191. The flow of a motor fuel dispenser in a user outlet must be not more than 70 L/min for motor fuel that is a Class 1 petroleum product and not more than 180 L/min for motor fuel that is a Class 2 petroleum product.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
DIVISION X
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO BULK PLANTS
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
§ 1.  — General
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.192. A bulk plant on an area subject to a 20-year flood event as determined in the land use planning and development plans or in an interim control by-law, adopted under the Act respecting land use planning and development (chapter A-19.1), must meet the following requirements:
(1)  each aboveground tank in the bulk plant must be installed in such a manner that the bottom is above the high-water mark; and
(2)  a source of water must be available for tank ballast.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.193. A gate and a loading and unloading ramp installed in a bulk plant and any place where petroleum equipment may cause the presence of flammable vapours must have a sign reading “DÉFENSE DE FUMER” or a pictogram similar to that appearing in Schedule I.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.194. A valve of an aboveground line connected to a tank, the end of a petroleum product line and a fill pipe must be identified in compliance with the document entitled “Colour-Symbol System to Mark Equipment and Vehicles for Product Identification”, published by the Canadian Petroleum Products Institute.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
§ 2.  — Loading and unloading facilities
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.195. A facility for loading and unloading petroleum products in a bulk plant must be sited
(1)  in the case of a Class 1 petroleum product, at a distance of more than 8 m from any aboveground tank, building or property line where the facility is located; or
(2)  in the case of a Class 2 or Class 3 petroleum product, at a distance of more than 5 m from any aboveground tank, building or property line where the facility is located.
The distance must be calculated from the down tube of a loading arm extending into the tank truck or from the connection of the tank truck when it is filled by bottom loading and the shelter for personnel and pumps must be considered integral parts of the facility.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.196. At a loading or unloading facility for tank cars, the minimum distance from any railway line must be in conformance with Flammable Liquids Bulk Storage Regulations (C.R.C., c. 1148).
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.197. Combustible material must be at a distance of not less than 5 m from the loading and unloading facilities and from the fill and gauge pipes erected or installed in a bulk plant.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.198. The vent of a tank storing a Class 1 petroleum product in a bulk plant must be installed at a distance of not less than 8 m from the loading and unloading facility and from a parking area.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.199. The loading or unloading ramp and every tank in a bulk plant must be situated at a distance of not less than 40 m from the fire station of the bulk plant.
The ramp must be of metal or concrete.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.200. The loading arm on a facility for unloading a tank truck or a tank car through the manhole must be long enough to extend down not less than 200 mm from the bottom of the cargo tank and have a valve that must be held open manually.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.201. Piping on a facility for unloading a tank truck or a tank car by means of a pump must have a soft-seat check valve.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.202. The fill pipe on the tank of a facility used to store petroleum products must have a tight-fill connection using a hose.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.203. The hose on a facility dispensing petroleum products in a container of not more than 225 litres designed to be moved must have a delivery nozzle of non-magnetic material provided with a manual trigger and an automatic shut-off device.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.204. A loading and unloading facility in a bulk plant must have barriers that protect it from vehicle impact.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.205. A loading and unloading facility must have a ground that meets the requirements of Chapter V, an electrical conductor and a clip making it possible to ground the cargo tank.
In the case of a key-operated bulk plant, the petroleum product can flow only if the grounding is effected.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.206. A facility for filling a tank truck or tank car by bottom loading must
(1)  have been designed to limit the loading rate to not more than 3,000 L/min; and
(2)  have a preset meter.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.207. A key-operated facility for loading a tank truck or tank car that is supplied by an aboveground tank in a bulk plant must have a remote control shut-off valve that opens only when the motor of the loading pump is operating.
The valve must be located at the outlet of the tank if the bulk plant is to be left unattended.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.208. The portion of the loading and unloading area of a bulk plant used to park a cargo tank during loading or unloading must,
(1)  in the case of Class 1 or Class 2 petroleum products, have a collection system for the products; the system must consist of a concrete apron having a minimum 1% slope away from the pump island in a direction opposite the loading or unloading ramp, an oil separator and a drain connecting the apron and the separator; or
(2)  in the case of Class 3 petroleum products or Class 1, Class 2 and Class 3 petroleum products in bulk plants located north of the 53rd parallel of north latitude and bulk plants in a designated location, be liquid-tight and designed in such manner that a spilled product remains confined.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
§ 3.  — Pumping
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.209. A positive displacement pump in a bulk plant must have a safety valve and a return bypass to the pump supply.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.210. A centrifugal pump in a bulk plant must have a check valve on the pump outlet, if it is without a built-in safety valve.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.211. A pump in a bulk plant that is subject to vehicle impact must be protected by a barrier or by a concrete or metal curb.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.212. A pump or motor may not be installed below a tank or in a building in which a petroleum product is handled.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.213. A pump in a bulk plant must,
(1)  if it is above ground level and outside buildings,
(a)  be located not less than 3 m from the property lines where the pump is situated; and
(b)  be located not less than 1.5 m from any opening in the main building of the bulk plant; and
(2)  be located not less than 8 m from any ignition source.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.214. A pump in a bulk plant must be installed so that vibration is not transmitted to the petroleum product installations connected to it.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.215. An electric motor for a pump in a bulk plant must have at least 2 controls, one of which must be in the control box at a distance of not less than 15 m from each loading or unloading ramp and from each tank.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.216. In a bulk plant, the pit housing an underground pump and the multiple connection pipes of a submerged pump must be enclosed within a casing made of metal or concrete and be installed in such manner that it does not transmit external loads to the pump, tank or piping.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
§ 4.  — Fencing
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.217. A fence must be erected around a bulk plant and
(1)  be not less than 1.8 m high;
(2)  be of firmly meshed metal wire of a gauge not smaller than USSMSG No. 9, if it is made of steel with mesh openings not greater than 150 mm on the side;
(3)  be not less than 150 mm from the ground, including its gates;
(4)  be fixed to metal poles driven solidly into the ground; and
(5)  have at least two gates to enable traffic of road vehicles that meet the requirements of paragraphs 1, 2 and 4, as remote from each other as practicable and that have locking devices.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
DIVISION XI
OFFENCES
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
8.218. Every contravention of any of the provisions of this Chapter constitutes an offence, except section 8.14.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
CHAPTER IX
AMUSEMENT RIDES AND DEVICES
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
DIVISION I
INTERPRETATION
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
9.01. In this Chapter, unless the context indicates otherwise, “Code” means CSA Standard CAN/CSA Z267-00, Code de sécurité concernant les jeux et les manèges, including Appendix C concerning tests, and CSA Standard CAN/CSA Z267-00, Safety Code for Amusement Rides and Devices, including Appendix C concerning tests, prepared and published by the Canadian Standards Association.
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
DIVISION II
APPLICATION
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
9.02. Subject to the exemptions and amendments set out in this Chapter, the Code and provisions of this Chapter apply to the design, construction procedure and all construction work carried out on an amusement ride or device referred to in the Code and designed as facilities intended for use by the public in section 9.03, including their vicinity.
The following are exempted from the application of this Chapter:
(1)  amusement rides and devices on a base that are designed to be used as coin-operated rides or devices;
(2)  children’s playspaces and equipment complying with CSA Standard CSA Z614, Children’s Playspaces and Equipment, published by the Canadian Standards Association, in public areas, play spaces and other similar areas;
(3)  air-supported amusement devices and structures;
(4)  soft contained play systems complying with ASTM Standard ASTM F 1918, Standard Safety Performance Specification for Soft Contained Play Equipment, published by the American Society for Testing and Materials;
(5)  recoil tethered rides (bungee);
(6)  water slides;
(7)  sliding playground and equipment that depend on snow or ice;
(8)  dry slides;
(9)  aerial courses, track rides and zip-lines;
(10)  go-kart tracks, karts and race tracks;
(11)  mechanical bulls;
(12)  hot-air balloons;
(13)  live animal rides; and
(14)  haunted houses, labyrinths and rides in darkness with no mechanical devices to move users.
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
9.03. For the purposes of section 10 of the Act, the amusement rides and devices referred to in CSA Standard CAN/CSA Z267-00, Safety Code for Amusement Rides and Devices, are facilities intended for use by the public.
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
DIVISION III
REFERENCES
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
9.04. A reference in the Code to a standard or another code referred to in Table 1 is a reference to the standard or code referred to in the chapter of the Construction Code referring thereto.
TABLE 1

Designation Title Chapter of
Construction Code

NRCC 38726 National Building I
Code of Canada

CAN/CSA-B44 Safety Code for Elevators IV

CAN/CSA C22.1 Canadian Electrical Code, V
Part I, Safety Standard for
Electrical Installations

CAN/CSA-Z98 Passenger Ropeways VII
In the Code, a reference to CSA Standard CAN/CSA B51, Boiler, Pressure Vessel, and Pressure Piping Code, is a reference to the edition referred to in the regulation made under the Act respecting pressure vessels (chapter A-20.01).
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
DIVISION IV
GENERAL
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
9.05. The design, construction procedure and construction work carried out on an amusement ride or device must be carried out so that the amusement ride or device provides, in normal conditions of use and when used as intended, satisfactory levels of performance while minimizing danger to the public.
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
9.06. A contractor or owner-builder must, during construction work carried out on an amusement ride or device,
(1)  use construction procedures suitable for the work;
(2)  use the materials, appliances, equipment or devices designed for that purpose;
(3)  take the necessary precautions to prevent risk of accidents; and
(4)  comply with the manufacturer’s requirements regarding installation and assembly.
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
DIVISION V
DECLARATION OF WORK
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
9.07. A contractor or owner-builder must, at least 45 days before the date of the beginning of construction work, except maintenance or repair work, on an amusement ride or device referred to in section 9.02, declare the work to the Board with the following information and documents:
(1)  the name, address, telephone number and licence number of the contractor or owner-builder who will carry out the work;
(2)  the name, address and telephone number of the person for whom the work is carried out;
(3)  the name, address and telephone number of the person who prepared the plans and specifications related to the construction work;
(4)  the address of the site and nature of the work;
(5)  the type, trademark and model of the amusement ride or device, the name of the manufacturer and the technical specifications of the amusement ride or device;
(6)  the date on which, the place where and the list of the tests and inspections were conducted together with the name of the person recognized under section 9.13 who will sign the certificate of conformity required under section 9.12; and
(7)  the expected date on which the amusement ride or device will be put into service for the public.
The declaration may be made on the form provided by the Board or on any other document clearly and legibly written for that purpose and updated if any changes are made to the information provided.
Despite the first paragraph of this section, a contractor or owner-builder who carries out demolition work on an amusement ride or device must declare the work to the Board with the information and documents required under subparagraphs 1 to 5.
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
9.08. Despite the first paragraph of section 9.07, a contractor or owner-builder who carries out alteration work recommended by the manufacturer on an amusement ride or device following an incident or an accident involving a similar amusement ride or device must, within 2 working days after the end of the alteration work, declare the work to the Board with the information required under subparagraphs 1 to 5 of that paragraph, and the nature of the work carried out.
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
DIVISION VI
PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
9.09. A contractor or owner-builder may not begin construction work, except maintenance, repair or demolition work, on an amusement ride or device, referred to in section 9.02, unless plans and specifications have been prepared for the work.
The plans must be drawn to scale and must, with the specifications, indicate the nature and scope of the work. The plans and specifications must include the manufacturer’s information and instructions on the erection and assembly of the amusement ride or device.
The plans and specifications must be signed and sealed by an engineer within the meaning of the Professional Code (chapter C-26), authorized to do so.
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
9.10. Despite section 9.09, a contractor or owner-builder may begin alteration work required following the issue of a bulletin by the manufacturer on an amusement ride or device if the contractor or owner-builder has in his or her possession the manufacturer’s instructions, drawings and testing procedures concerning the work.
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
9.11. A contractor or owner-builder must, at the end of the construction work provided for in section 9.09, give the final plans of the amusement ride or device to the owner.
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
DIVISION VII
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
9.12. A contractor or owner-builder must, at the end of the construction work on an amusement ride or device, except maintenance, repair, demolition or alteration work recommended by the manufacturer, provide the Board with a certificate of conformity with this Chapter produced and signed by a person recognized under section 9.13, stating that
(1)  the design, construction procedure and construction work on the amusement ride or device were carried out in accordance with the Code and this Chapter, and the amusement ride or device may be safely put into service for the public;
(2)  the installations related to the amusement ride or device, in particular, fences, ramps, stairs, guardrails, operator and supervisor stations, signals and signs, comply with the Code and this Chapter;
(3)  equipment, wiring and electrical connectors are certified as complying with Chapter V of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2);
(4)  the manufacturer’s instructions concerning the assembly have been followed;
(5)  the tests and inspections provided for in the Code for the amusement ride or device, by the designer and manufacturer, have been performed and their results are satisfactory;
(6)  the information on the maintenance, operation and periodic testing required from the designer and manufacturer by the Code have been provided to the owner; and
(7)  the pressure vessels are identified by their registration number.
The certificate must contain a declaration from the manufacturer certifying that the amusement device or its prototype has been designed and manufactured so as to withstand loads and constraints under all loading and operating conditions.
The certificate must also specify the information on the information plate required under Clause 4.1.3 of the Code, the components inspected, the means used and the data used as the basis for drawing up the certificate, the address of the site where the amusement ride or device was installed, the nature of the work, the date of the tests and inspections and the name and title of the person who performed them, the date of signature, name, address and telephone number of the recognized person that produced the certificate and the date of the end of the construction work.
The recognized person must provide the Board with information from the designer and manufacturer on the maintenance, operation and periodic testing of the amusement ride or device to which the certificate applies.
The certificate of conformity may be made on the form provided for that purpose by the Board or on any other document containing the same information clearly and visibly written for that purpose.
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
9.13. The following persons whose professional activities are related to amusement rides and devices may be recognized by the Board to produce and sign the certificate of conformity required under section 9.12:
(1)  an engineer who is a member of the Ordre des ingénieurs du Québec; and
(2)  the holder of a temporary licence issued under the Engineers Act (chapter I-9).
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
9.14. A person who applies for recognition must
(1)  file an application with the Board that contains
(a)  the person’s name, home address, telephone number and membership number of the person’s professional order or the person’s temporary licence number; and
(b)  the description of the experience acquired in activities related to the field of design, construction or inspection of amusement rides or devices; and
(2)  pay the fees of $563.41.
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
9.15. The recognition of a person may be revoked by the Board for the following reasons:
(1)  the person no longer meets the conditions set out in section 9.13; or
(2)  the person has been convicted of an offence under paragraph 2, 3, 4 or 7 of section 194 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1).
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
DIVISION VIII
AMENDMENTS TO THE CODE
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
9.16. The CAN/CSA Z267-00 Code, published by the Canadian Standards Association, is amended
(1)  by replacing the words “inspection”, “inspect” and “inspected” wherever they appear by the words “verification”, “verify” and “verified” with the necessary modifications;
(2)  by revoking Clause 1.4;
(3)  by revoking Clause 1.5;
(4)  by adding the following at the end of Clause 5.3.2: “The amusement ride or device must be equipped with a device to restrain passengers under all loading and operating conditions planned for the amusement ride or device, in compliance with ASTM Standard ASTM F2291-04, Standard Practice for Design of Amusement Rides and Devices, published by the American Society for Testing and Materials. The restraining device must be of a type that cannot be inadvertently released when the amusement ride or device is in operation and be inaccessible to passengers.”;
(5)  by adding the following at the end of Clause 5.3.3: “The following clearances are considered to comply with the requirements of Clause 5.3.3:
(1)  600 mm between a structural element and any point of the vehicle in contact with the passenger;
(2)  1,200 mm of vertical clearance between the seat and any fixed structural member located above such seat; and
(3)  2,000 mm of vertical clearance between the floor in front of the seat and any fixed structural member located above such floor, where the passenger is not restrained in the vehicle seat.
This section does not apply to a vehicle which is enclosed or has an openwork wire mesh preventing a 38-mm diameter spherical object from going through or 50-mm in the case of an amusement device to be used solely by adults.”;
(6)  by replacing Clause 5.4.3 by the following:
“5.4.3 Welding and welding procedures must comply with CSA Standard CSA W59, Welded Steel Construction, or CSA Standard CSA W59.2, Welded Aluminum Construction, published by the Canadian Standards Association.
“Welding must be performed by a qualified welder from a company that is certified according to CSA Standard CSA W47.1, Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of Steel, or CSA Standard CSA W47.2, Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of Aluminum, published by the Canadian Standards Association.”;
(7)  by adding the following paragraph at the end of Clause 5.4.5: “A rope tensioning device must be designed so that it will not release itself during the operation of an amusement ride or device and be equipped with a positive action manual reset slack rope device.”;
(8)  by revoking Clause  5.4.6;
(9)  by adding the following paragraph at the end of Clause 5.5.4: “Lighting of a minimum of 100 lx at floor level must be installed at the loading and unloading areas and entrances and egresses.”;
(10)  by adding the following at the end of Clause 5.5.5: “No part of an amusement ride or device is to come nearer to an electrical conductor of more than 750 V than the distance specified in the following table:

Voltage (in volts) Distance (in metres)

Less than 125,000 5

125,000 or more 30

.”;
(11)  by adding the following after Clause 5.7.2:
“5.7.3 A signal system must be provided during the starting or stopping of an amusement ride or device where the loading or unloading areas cannot be seen from the operating controls.
“5.7.4 An amusement ride or device must be equipped with an emergency stop device that causes the stoppage of the amusement ride or device and the application of the brakes that complies with CSA Standard CAN/CSA Z431-M89, Colours of Indicator Lights and Push Buttons, published by the Canadian Standards Association and marked “Arrêt de secours”. The device must be of the push-pull type and be provided with contacts which open by positive mechanical separation.”;
(12)  by adding the following after Clause 5.8.3:
“5.8.4 An amusement ride or device must be equipped with devices to prevent the vehicles from making translatory or rotary movements when they are at a standstill in the loading or unloading area or be equipped, to that effect, with a parking brake, except in the case of a vehicle composed of a suspended seat.
“5.8.5 A vehicle designed to be towed and each drive mechanism of such a vehicle must be equipped with backstop devices preventing any vehicle in the towing zone from moving back more than 150 mm.
“5.8.6 An amusement ride or device must be installed so that it does not exceed the operating limits specified by the designer or manufacturer or be equipped, to that effect, with a speed limiting device.”;
(13)  by adding the following after Clause 5.10:
“”5.11 Where a suspension or coupling device for a vehicle or any other moving part of an amusement ride or device is used as a single retainer, a safety retainer must be installed on the vehicle or the moving part to ensure the safety of passengers, unless the single coupling device has a safety factor of at least 10.
“5.12 Glazing used in a vehicle must be certified as complying with CGSB Standard CAN/CGSB B-12.1-M90, Tempered or Laminated Safety Glass, or CGSB Standard CAN/CGSB B-12.12-M90, Plastic Safety Glazing Sheets, published by the Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB).
“5.13 Every amusement ride or device equipped with a sloping channel and a receptacle basin, which uses water to generate or reduce the speed of a vehicle must be provided with devices allowing for the control of the water level of the basin and the water flow of the flume’s feed pump.
“In addition, the devices must automatically stop the operation of the amusement ride or device if the water level or flow does not comply with that required for the operation of the amusement ride or device.
“
5.14 Every amusement ride or device of the “roller coaster ride” type must comply with the following requirements:
(1)  be installed so as to allow for the presence of only one vehicle or only one train of vehicles, at the same time, in the space between each braking system along its path;
(2)  the nuts used to lock the wheels of a vehicle must be of the castle type and be locked with cotter pins;
(3)  every coupling device for vehicles must be locked, and any bolts, nuts or locks which are used must be equipped with a wire to prevent loosening or disengaging; and
(4)  operating controls must be located so as to allow the operator to monitor the entire loading and unloading area.
5.15 Where users are moved in darkness inside an enclosure or in the case of an amusement ride or device completely enclosed, the enclosure must be equipped with
(1)  a smoke alarm bearing a seal of approval from Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada (ULC) and installed in compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions. The proper working order of the smoke alarm must be checked at every assembly of a portable amusement ride or device and every month in other cases;
(2)  signs, visible from the vehicle, indicating egresses;
(3)  an emergency lighting system of not less than 10 lx at floor level and egress signs, activated automatically when the main source of electrical supply is interrupted.
In addition, each egress must bear the inscription “SORTIE” in lettering at least 25 mm high and, if locked, it must be possible to open it from the inside without a key.”.
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
DIVISION IX
OFFENCE
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
9.17. Every contravention of any of the provisions of this Chapter, except section 9.14, constitutes an offence.
O.C. 364-2012, s. 1.
CHAPTER X
BATHING PLACES
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
DIVISION I
INTERPRETATION
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.01. In this Chapter, unless the context indicates otherwise,
(a)  “accessory” means a water slide, a dry slide or any structure in or projecting into a bathing place; (accessoire)
(b)  “wading pool” means an indoor or outdoor artificial pool with a water depth not exceeding 600 mm; (pataugeoire)
(c)  “swimming pool” means an indoor or outdoor artificial pool having a water depth exceeding 600 mm; (piscine)
(d)  “diving platform” means a horizontal rigid and non-flexible, stationary diving structure; (plate-forme)
(e)  “deck” means the surface immediately surrounding a swimming pool, to which bathers have direct access when leaving the water. (promenade)
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
DIVISION II
APPLICATION
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.02. The provisions of this Chapter apply to all construction work on a swimming pool or wading pool constructed in a building to which Chapter I of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) applies, or constituting a facility intended for use by the public designated by section 10.03.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.03. For the purposes of section 10 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1), the following are facilities intended for use by the public:
— swimming pools and wading pools constructed and operated as bathing places, offered to the general public or a restricted group of persons;
— outdoor swimming pools of an immovable used as a dwelling unit that has more than 8 dwelling units, a rooming house that has more than 9 rooms or a supervised residence used to shelter or accommodate more than 9 persons
(a)  the area of which exceeds 100 m2; or
(b)  that have a diving board.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
DIVISION III
SWIMMING POOLS
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
§ 1.  — Construction
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.04. The basin, deck, pipe-work and accessories of a swimming pool must be constructed with materials that are inert, non-toxic for humans, impermeable, durable and non-corrosive, with smooth surfaces that may easily be cleaned, unless otherwise indicated in this Chapter.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.05. The basin of the swimming pool, taking its useful life into account, must
(a)  be constructed in such a way as to have sufficient structural resistance and integrity to safely withstand all the loads, effects and other forces that may be reasonably expected;
(b)  be designed to avoid resonance; and
(c)  be waterproof, durable and smooth, without cracks, corners or sharp edges.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.06. The walls of a pool must be vertical down to 150 mm from the bottom for the section that is between 750 mm and 1,400 mm deep, and vertical down to 75 mm from the bottom for the section that is less than 750 mm deep, except for the section occupied by stairs or a ladder.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.07. The walls of a pool must be equipped with recessed fittings in the shallow end, at a minimum distance of 300 mm before the change in slope of the pool bottom from gentle to steep, to which a safety line supported by buoys can be attached to warn bathers of the change in slope.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.08. The maximum slope of the pool bottom must be
(a)  300 mm vertically in 3.6 m horizontally for a water depth less than 1,400 mm; and
(b)  300 mm vertically in 900 mm horizontally for a water depth between 1,400 mm and 2,000 mm.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.09. A ladder or stairs must be installed
(a)  in the shallow end of the pool if the difference in elevation between the bottom of the pool and the deck is greater than 600 mm; and
(b)  on both sides of the deep end of the pool.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.10. Swimming pool stairs have steps
(a)  with a uniform rise between 125 and 200 mm;
(b)  with a uniform tread of at least 250 mm;
(c)  with nosing in a contrasting colour; and
(d)  with a non-slip surface.
The stairs may not project into the pool.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.11. A swimming pool ladder must have rungs
(a)  with a minimum length of 300 mm between the rails; and
(b)  with a non-slip surface.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.12. Swimming pools must be surrounded by a deck adjacent to the top of the walls. The deck must
(a)  have a non-slip surface;
(b)  have a minimum clear width of 1.5 m;
(c)  provide a clear passage of at least 900 mm behind a springboard, diving platform or accessory and its supporting structure;
(d)  provide a clear passage of at least 900 mm in front of or behind a structural column; and
(e)  be equipped with a guardrail having a height of 1,070 mm if a drop greater than 600 mm exists between the level of the deck and the level of the adjacent surface.
Despite the first paragraph, in the section of the pool where the water is 1,400 mm or less in depth, there may be a deck along one side of the pool only, provided that no point in the pool is further than 3.6 m from the edge of the deck.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.13. The submerged surfaces of the pool must be white or a pastel colour, except for the markings indicating swimming corridors.
Basins used exclusively for underwater diving may be another colour.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.14. The markings for swimming corridors must be a contrasting colour, no more than 250 mm wide and placed in a single direction.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.15. The water depth must be clearly marked on the deck in letters at least 100 mm high, in a contrasting colour, on each side of the basin and opposite
(a)  the deepest point;
(b)  the change in slope between the gentle and steep bottom slopes; and
(c)  the shallow end.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.16. A black circle 150 mm in diameter must be placed at the deepest point of the swimming pool.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.17. A “no diving” sign must be placed on the deck, using a pictogram or letters at least 100 mm high, in the section where the water depth is 1,400 mm or less.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.18. A swimming pool may be constructed with a slope towards the centre from the deck and such pool is not subject to sections 10.06 to 10.13, 10.15 and 10.16, provided that
(a)  the bottom is covered with a rigid white or pastel finish;
(b)  the maximum slope of the bottom is 300 mm vertically in 3.6 m horizontally;
(c)  the water depth does not exceed 1.8 m;
(d)  the entire pool is surrounded by a deck that is at least 3 m wide;
(e)  the bottom of the pool is marked, along its length, with a broken black line 250 mm wide; and
(f)  there is no diving platform, springboard or accessory.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
§ 2.  — Water treatment
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.19. The water supply and recirculation system for a swimming pool must be separated from the drinking water system by a shut-off valve and backflow preventer, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter III “Plumbing” of this Code.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.20. The devices in the filtration system, overflows and floor drains in the deck must be connected indirectly to the drainage system in accordance with the provisions of Chapter III “Plumbing” of this Code.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.21. Pipes, fittings, joints and filtration equipment in the water recirculation system of a swimming pool must be designed to resist at least 1 1/2 times the maximum rated operating pressure.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.22. The water recirculation system of a swimming pool must be designed to avoid trapping any swimmer who comes into contact with a drain or suction outlet. The system must be equipped, for each pump, with
(a)  at least 2 drain or suction outlets at least 1 m apart;
(b)  a device to limit the water flow through the openings in each outlet to the maximum prescribed by the drain cover manufacturer;
(c)  an emergency shut-off easily accessible to swimmers at a clearly indicated location; and
(d)  drain or suction outlets covered by drain covers that comply with the standard “Suction Fittings for Use in Swimming Pools, Wading Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs, and Whirlpool Bathtub Appliances”, ASME 112.19.8 M, and designed so that bathers cannot remove them without tools.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
§ 3.  — Lighting and access
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.23. An outdoor pool used after sunset or an indoor pool must have
(a)  a lighting system which illuminates the underwater areas of the pool and also illuminates all parts of the deck and water surface with an illumination level of at least
i.  30 decalux, for an indoor swimming pool; and
ii.  10 decalux, for an outdoor swimming pool; and
(b)  an emergency lighting system supplied by a generator or a recharging battery with an automatic relay to illuminate the bottom of the pool, the deck and the changing room for an average illumination of at least 1 decalux at floor level, the steps and water surface in case of a failure of the electric lighting power supply. Any self-contained emergency lighting units must comply with CSA Standard CSA C22.2 No. 141-M, “Unit Equipment for Emergency Lighting”.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.24. A swimming pool must be designed in such a way as not to be accessible to the public outside opening hours. The enclosure used for that purpose must have a minimum height of 1.20 m and have no fixture, projection or opening enabling it to be climbed. It may, however, have openings provided that a spherical object of 100 mm in diameter cannot pass through them or, in the case of a chain link fence, that each link measures no more than 38 mm.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.25. When the deck of the swimming pool is adjacent to an area used for purposes other than bathing, an enclosure with a minimum height of 900 mm must separate the deck from that area. The enclosure used for that purpose must have no fixture, projection or opening enabling it to be climbed. It may, however, have openings provided that a spherical object of 100 mm in diameter cannot pass through them or, in the case of a chain link fence, that each link measures no more than 38 mm. The enclosure must be equipped at each entrance with a lockable barrier.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
§ 4.  — Springboards, platforms and accessories
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.26. The installation of a springboard or diving platform must comply with the minimum dimensions indicated in the table in Schedule III. The reference point when measuring is the plummet or vertical line passing through the centre of the end of the springboard or diving platform.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.27. A springboard, diving platform or accessory
(a)  must be accessible only by stairs or a ladder; and
(b)  must have a walking surface designed with a non-slip finish, and the nosing of the springboard or diving platform must be in a contrasting colour.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.28. A springboard, diving platform or accessory that is 3 m high or more may only be accessible by stairs equipped with a lockable barrier to control access at the deck level.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.29. The part of a springboard, diving platform or accessory that is not over water and that is 1 m high or more must be equipped, on both sides, with a guardrail that prevents bathers from passing through but allows them to be seen by the safety supervisors.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.30. The ladder of a springboard, diving platform or accessory must
(a)  have rungs of a minimum length of 300 mm between the rails; and
(b)  have rungs with a non-slip surface.
The part of the ladder above a height of 1 m must be equipped with handrails that comply with paragraphs a and b of section 10.33.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.31. The stairs of a springboard, diving platform or accessory must have steps
(a)  with a uniform rise between 125 and 200 mm;
(b)  with a tread between 210 and 355 mm;
(c)  with a uniform depth between 235 and 355 mm;
(d)  with nosing in a contrasting colour; and
(e)  with a non-slip surface.
Each flight of stairs must have a vertical height of not more than 3.7 m and be equipped, between each flight, with a landing of a length and width at least equal to the width of the stairs.
The stairs of a springboard, diving platform or accessory that is 1 m high or more must be equipped with a guardrail and a handrail.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.32. The guardrails must
(a)  not have any opening allowing a spherical object of over 100 mm in diameter to pass through;
(b)  have a height of at least
i.  1,070 mm in the part of a springboard, diving platform or accessory that is not over water and that is 1 m high or more;
ii.  920 mm measured vertically to the top of the guardrail from a line drawn through the outside edges of the stair nosings;
iii.  1,070 mm around the landings.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.33. The handrails must
(a)  be not more than 40 mm in diameter;
(b)  be continuous with the handrail around all horizontal areas; and
(c)  have a minimum height between 865 and 965 mm on stairs.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.34. A swimming pool equipped with a diving platform exceeding 3 m in height must be designed exclusively for diving or, to delimit the diving area, be equipped with a rigid barrier or recessed fittings to which a double safety line supported by buoys can be attached, the two lines being at least 300 mm apart. The minimum distance between the pool wall under the diving platform and the double safety line or rigid barrier must be as indicated in the following table:

Height of the diving platform Distance from the pool wall
m m

5 11.5

7.5 12.5

10 15
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.35. A device to agitate the surface water must be installed in order to allow divers to distinguish the water surface under diving installations of 3 m or more.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.36. The surface of a submersible platform must be free of cracks and corners, have a non-slip finish and be of a contrasting colour.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
DIVISION IV
WADING POOLS
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.37. The submerged area of a wading pool must be white or of a pastel colour. The bottom of the wading pool must have a non-slip surface.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.38. Sections 10.04, 10.05 and 10.19 to 10.25 apply to wading pools, with the necessary modifications.
Despite the first paragraph, section 10.24 does not apply to a wading pool that is emptied before the supervisor leaves.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
DIVISION V
OFFENCES
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
10.39. Every contravention of any of the provisions of this Chapter constitutes an offence.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
SCHEDULE I
(ss. 8.134 and 8.193)
PICTOGRAMS
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
SCHEDULE II
(s. 8.157)
HAZARDOUS AREAS IN WHICH A HEATING APPLIANCE MAY NOT BE INSTALLED
(1) The area around the end of the fill pipe of an underground tank, up to 0.5 m from ground level and within a horizontal radius of 3 m;
(2) The area around the vent outlet of an underground tank, up to a radius of 5 m in all directions;
(3) A dispensing area, up to 0.5 m from ground level;
(4) The area around a motor fuel dispenser, up to 1.5 m in all directions;
(5) A service area, up to 0.5 m above ground or floor level over the entire surface area;
(6) A zone for transferring Class 1 petroleum products, up to 1.5 m in all directions;
(7) A salesroom, storeroom or washroom, if an opening connects to any area described above; and
(8) Any space, pit or box below ground level and located wholly or partly in any area described above.
O.C. 220-2007, s. 1.
SCHEDULE III
(s. 10.26)
MINIMUM DIMENSIONS OF SPRINGBOARD AND DIVING PLATFORM INSTALLATIONS

Springboard Diving platform
? 0.5 m 0.5 m < h
? 1 m 3 m 1 m
0.6 m in width 3 m
0.6 m in width 5 m
1.5 m in width 7.5 m
1.5 m in width 10 m
2.5 m in width
A. From plummer to pool wall behind 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.25 1.25 1.50 1.50 1.50
AA. From plummet back to plummet for platform below 0.75 0.75 0.75
B. From plummet to side pool wall 2.50 2.50 3.50 2.30 2.90 4.25 4.50 5.25
C. From plummet to adjacent plummet 2.40 2.40 2.60 1.95 2.10 5/3
2.50 m
5/1
2.50 m 7. 5/5
2.50 m
7.5/3/1
2.50 m 10/7. 5/5
2.75 m
10/3 or 1
2.75 m
D. From plummet to pool wall ahead 9.00 9.00 10.25 8.00 9.50 10.25 11.00 13.50
E. From plummet to ceiling above 5.00 5.00 5.00 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 5.50
F. Clearance above, behind and to each side of plummet 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75
G. Clearance above and ahead of plummet 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 6.00
H. Depth of water at plummet 3.05 3.50 3.80 3.40 3.60 3.80 4.50 5.00
J/K. Distance and depth ahead of plummet at a distance of 4.60
minimum depth of 2.90 at a distance of 6.00
minimum depth of 3.40 at a distance of 6.00
minimum depth of 3.70 5.0 dist.
3.30 depth 6.00
3.50 6.00
3.70 8.00
4.40 12.00
4.75
L/M. Distance and depth to each side of plummet at a distance of 2.50
minimum depth of 3.40 at a distance of 2.50
minimum depth of 3.40 at a distance of 3.25
minimum depth of 3.70 2.05
3.30 2.65
3.50 4.25
3.70 4.50
4.40 5.25
4.75
N. Maximum angle of slope to reduce pool depth beyond area of required depth 30 degrees 30 degrees 30 degrees 30 degrees
P. Maximum angle of slope to reduce ceiling height beyond area of required clearance 30 degrees 30 degrees 30 degrees 30 degrees

The dimensions indicated in rows B and C of the table in Schedule III apply to diving platforms having the width indicated in the table. For diving platforms of greater width, the dimensions must be increased by one-half of the extra width.
O.C. 115-2013, s. 1.
TRANSITIONAL
2013
(O.C. 115-2013) SECTION 2. Despite section 1, the Regulation respecting safety in public baths (chapter B-1.1, r. 11) may be applied to the construction of a bathing place or its transformation, as defined in the Chapter provided that the work has begun before the 18th month of the date of coming into force of this Regulation (before 13 September 2011).
2012
(O.C. 858-2012) SECTION 9. Despite the foregoing, the provisions of the Regulation respecting energy conservation in new buildings (chapter E-1.1, r. 1) may be applied to the construction and enlargement of a building having a building area not more than 600 m2, a building height not more than 3 storeys and whose major occupancy is Group C and housing only dwellings, on the following conditions:
(a) the plans and specifications are filed with a municipality for the purpose of obtaining a construction permit before 30 August 2012; and
(b) work begins before 28 November 2012.
REFERENCES
O.C. 953-2000, 2000 G.O. 2, 4203 and 4437
O.C. 961-2002, 2002 G.O. 2, 4636
O.C. 875-2003, 2003 G.O. 2, 2730
O.C. 1385-2003, 2003 G.O. 2, 3903
O.C. 895-2004, 2004 G.O. 2, 2833
O.C. 872-2005, 2005 G.O. 2, 4342
O.C. 873-2005, 2005 G.O. 2, 4347
O.C. 1172-2005, 2005 G.O. 2, 5127
O.C. 120-2006, 2006 G.O. 2, 1118
O.C. 986-2006, 2006 G.O. 2, 3569
O.C. 220-2007, 2007 G.O. 2, 1140
O.C. 577-2007, 2007 G.O. 2, 1953
S.Q. 2007, c. 3, s. 72
O.C. 293-2008, 2008 G.O. 2, 975
O.C. 294-2008, 2008 G.O. 2, 1022
O.C. 939-2009, 2009 G.O. 2, 3231
O.C. 1062-2010, 2010 G.O. 2, 3864
O.C. 838-2011, 2011 G.O. 2, 2487
O.C. 364-2012, 2012 G.O. 2, 1151
O.C. 635-2012, 2012 G.O. 2, 2080
O.C. 858-2012, 2012 G.O. 2, 2617
O.C. 1202-2012, 2012 G.O. 2, 3663
O.C. 115-2013, 2013 G.O. 2, 384
O.C. 1263-2012, 2013 G.O. 2, 127
O.C. 92-2014, 2014 G.O. 2, 402
© Gouvernement du Québec